Report on Environmental Plan for Vijayawada

Page 1


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 (Municipal Corporation Area)

Prepared by: Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2nd Semester 2020-2022 Batch Department of Planning School of Planning and Architecture Vijayawada (An Institute of National Importance, MoE, Govt of India)

Under The Supervision of: Mr. Rajeev R. (Asst. Prof.) Dr. Adinarayanane R. (Assoc. Prof.)

Note: Prepared as an academic studio exercise as a part of 2nd Semester Planning Studio of MEPM Batch, 2020-22 Front Cover Image Credits: Output of the Project Back Cover Image Credits: Output of the Project

For Citation, use as below: Department of Planning (2021): ‘Environmental Master Plan for Vijayawada Municipal Corporation 2041’. Unpublished Report prepared by M. Plan (EPM Batch 2020-22) as academic project at the School of Planning and Architecture Vijayawada, Government of India

For any clarifications and queries please mail us @ environmentalplanners2022@gmail.com

© Department of Planning, SPA Vijayawada June, 2021

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

1


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Acknowledgment

We, the students of MEPM batch of 2020-22 of SPAV would like to express our sincerest gratitude to our studio coordinators, Associate Professor, Assistant Professor, Rajeev R and Dr. Adinarayanane R. for guiding us. Their overall encouragement and support throughout the project helped us overcome the limitation of an online medium and ensure successful completion of the project. Secondly, we would like to thank officials from Vijayawada Municipal Corporation and UNDP, for providing us with the information required for the project. We are also thankful to Mr. Imran Basha and Ms. Mansi Sachdev, for helping us with data collection and suggestions related to the project. A special thanks to the Director of our college, Prof. Dr. Minakshi Jain for providing us with the opportunity to work on this project. We would also like to express our gratitude towards the Department of Planning and the Head of Department, Professor Dr. Abdul Razak Mohamed for their support and guidance. We would also like to thank and appreciate each and every one who helped us to complete the project successfully.

June, 2021 MEPM Batch, 2020-22

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

2


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Project Team Project Supervisors: i.

Mr. Rajeev R (Assistant Professor)

ii.

Dr. Adinarayanane R (Associate Professor)

Editorial Team: i.

Kshitij Tewari

Design Team: i.

Kshitij Tewari

ii.

Arunsharan K.

iii.

Ahwan Nayak

iv.

Deepa Mohanty

v.

Deenaharikrishna P.

vi.

Sakshi Bajpai

Planning Team i.

Ahwaan Nayak

ii.

Anne Therese George

iii.

Arunsharan K.

iv.

Deenaharikrishna P.

v.

Deeksha Shrirang Jadhav

vi.

Hun i tre Bereh

vii.

Kshitij Tewari

viii.

M Maniratna Sai Manjusha

ix.

Natukula Mounika

x.

Navya Ann Thomas

xi.

P Jinesh Jain

xii.

Prathyusha Pasupuleti

xiii.

Puloma Choudhury

xiv.

Sakshi Bajpai

xv.

Sukanya Senapati

xvi.

Urbi Mondal

xvii.

Vemula Lavanya

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

3


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Executive Summary Cities being the centers of rampant urban growth act as centralized sources of concentrated environmental problems. Haphazardly and organically planned cities and their services lack the ability to absorb future growth, which has made most cities less livable and ecologically disturbing. Many countries including India, now face the challenge of making cities both ecologically sustainable and environmentally responsive. As it has been observed in the recent past, concepts such as sustainable development plans and resilient city models have been adopted by various cities across the globe. The idea of Ecological Footprint Analysis to analyze and understand whether or not our cities and the social system are consuming at a rate which can sustain the existence of the generations to come. India has a very small footprint as compared to China yet it is a much larger consumer than Britain and various other European counterparts. The idea of Sustainable City is the one which is able to provide basic needs to its residents at present without compromising with needs of its future residents. In a nutshell it is a city with a vibrant economy, resilient physical and social systems and minimal environmental ramifications. A sustainable city is planned with consideration for social, economic, environmental impacts, and resilient habitat for existing populations. It is built on synergy and inter- dependence of ecological, economic, and social sustainability, and their fundamental ability to reinforce each other in the urban context (World Bank, 2010). The need for a Sustainable City is greatly recognized in Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Goal 11 of SDGs aims to make cities inclusive, resilient, safe and sustainable. In view of this National Mission on Sustainable Habitat (NMSH) aims in fostering the development of Sustainable Cities. The studio exercise is aimed to integrate the potential and extent of environmental concerns within the urban planning dogma to synchronize the environmental and spatial processes to develop a sustainable environmental planning model for Vijayawada City. Considering the existing pandemic scenario and the limitations of access to primary data, the scope of the study was restricted. Thus the Studio exercise aims to develop an ENVIRONMENTAL PLAN FOR VIJAYAWADA CITY, which will address specific issues concerning the urban environment, unlike a generic Master Plan. The vision is to formulate a comprehensive cross-sectoral plan that envisions Vijayawada's long-term viability based on its human, biological, and geographic diversity, in order to

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

4


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

boost the city's adaptive potential by fostering a balanced growth of the economic and environmental sectors, as well as adequate infrastructure. An extensive literature study has been carried out at the initial stage primarily focusing on the various concepts, theories and practices of sustainable environmental planning with tools and techniques to critically analyze the generic sectors involved. Master plans of various cities have also been studied both at national and international level to understand the whats and hows of environmental planning. This analysis helped us understand the practices being utilized in the world for driving their growth and development towards a balanced future. The Vijayawada city has been described as the commercial and educational capital of Andhra Pradesh. Being the second largest city in the state, it is also one of the fastest growing urban areas in India. The city is the second most populous in the state with a population of more than one million (2011 census) and is also the third most densely populated urban built-up areas in the world. The Phase - 1 of the analysis is primarily focused on generic sectors like Regional setting and History, Demography and Socio-Economic characteristics, Landuse, Economy and Tourism, Physical and Social infrastructure, Housing and Slums, Environment and Governance. The impacts of these development sectors on the urban environment leads to a set of relative sectors which may be studied in detail to get a clearer picture of the same, addressing all the concerns. So the Phase - 2 of the analysis is oriented towards studying the exclusive sectors like Urban Greens and Biodiversity, Water Resources, Urban Climate, Energy, Carbon Footprint, Spatial Growth and Urban Carrying Capacity. The inferences have been framed based on the issues and problem statements identified by the various sectoral teams so as to decide upon the way forward by proposing various strategies and interventions to develop a sustainable environmental planning model for Vijayawada City.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

5


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table of Contents Chapter 1:

Introduction ............................................................................................................ 36

Overview of the Batch ....................................................................................................... 36 Overview of the Studio work ............................................................................................. 36 Why a need for Environmental Management Plan ............................................................ 37 Chapter 2:

Literature Review .................................................................................................... 38

Concepts Theories and Practices ....................................................................................... 38 Environmental Planning .......................................................................................... 38 Ecological Footprint ................................................................................................ 38 Various Concepts Related to Environmental Planning ............................................ 39 Governance............................................................................................................. 39 Tools and Techniques ........................................................................................................ 40 Case Studies ....................................................................................................................... 41 Copenhagen Bicycle – Friendly City ........................................................................ 41 2.3.1.1

Urban Figures .................................................................................................. 41

2.3.1.2

Public Transportation – All options ................................................................. 42

2.3.1.3

Sustainability ................................................................................................... 43

2.3.1.4

Goals ............................................................................................................... 43

2.3.1.5

Copenhagen Vision ......................................................................................... 43

Singapore-Eco City .................................................................................................. 44 2.3.2.1

Sustainability Approaches ............................................................................... 44

2.3.2.2

Success Factors ............................................................................................... 45

Guwahati Master Plan,2025.................................................................................... 46 2.3.3.1

Housing ........................................................................................................... 46

2.3.3.2

Commercial ..................................................................................................... 46

2.3.3.3

Infrastructure .................................................................................................. 46

2.3.3.4

Transport ........................................................................................................ 46

2.3.3.5

Environment ................................................................................................... 46

Chandigarh Master Plan, 2031 ................................................................................ 46 2.3.4.1

Housing ........................................................................................................... 46

2.3.4.2

Commercial ..................................................................................................... 46

2.3.4.3

Infrastructure .................................................................................................. 46

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

6


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 2.3.4.4

Transport ........................................................................................................ 47

2.3.4.5

Industrial ......................................................................................................... 47

Surat Master Plan, 2035.......................................................................................... 47 2.3.5.1

Jurisdiction of SUDA ........................................................................................ 47

2.3.5.2

Housing ........................................................................................................... 47

2.3.5.3

Physical Infrastructure .................................................................................... 47

2.3.5.4

Transport ........................................................................................................ 47

2.3.5.5

Environment ................................................................................................... 47

Kochi Master Plan, 2031 ......................................................................................... 47 2.3.6.1

Housing ........................................................................................................... 48

2.3.6.2

Infrastructure .................................................................................................. 48

2.3.6.3

Transport ........................................................................................................ 48

2.3.6.4

Economy ......................................................................................................... 48

2.3.6.5

Environment and Disaster Management ........................................................ 48

Chapter 3:

Overview ................................................................................................................. 49

Aim..................................................................................................................................... 49 Objectives: ......................................................................................................................... 49 Methodology: .................................................................................................................... 50 Chapter 4:

Regional Setting and History ................................................................................... 52

Regional Context ................................................................................................................ 52 Connectivity ....................................................................................................................... 53 Development History and Density ..................................................................................... 54 Key cities, towns and villages in the region........................................................................ 59 Environment of the region................................................................................................. 59 Hills Forest .............................................................................................................. 60 Forestry and Biodiversity ........................................................................................ 60 Water Resources ..................................................................................................... 61 4.5.3.1 Chapter 5:

Key Issues ........................................................................................................ 61

City Profile............................................................................................................... 62

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 62 Vijayawada City Connectivity ............................................................................................. 62 Vijayawada City Economy .................................................................................................. 63

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

7


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Vijayawada City Vulnerability............................................................................................. 64 Chapter 6:

Demography and Socio Economic Characteristics .................................................. 65 Demography ........................................................................................................... 65 Distribution of Population ....................................................................................... 66 Density of Population .............................................................................................. 67 Sex Ratio ................................................................................................................. 67 Age - Sex Pyramid ................................................................................................... 68 Literacy Rate ........................................................................................................... 68 Distribution of Population Category Wise............................................................... 69

6.1.7.1

Religion ........................................................................................................... 69

6.1.7.2

Community ..................................................................................................... 70

Household and Slums.............................................................................................. 70 6.1.8.1

Household ....................................................................................................... 70

6.1.8.2

Slums............................................................................................................... 71

Population Growth .................................................................................................. 72 6.1.9.1

Population Growth Contributors .................................................................... 74

6.1.9.2

Ward wise Growth rate comparison ............................................................... 74

Population Projection ............................................................................................. 75 Socio – Economic Characteristics....................................................................................... 77 Working Population ................................................................................................ 77 Workforce Participation .......................................................................................... 77 Total Working Population ....................................................................................... 78 Main Workers ......................................................................................................... 78 Marginal Workers ................................................................................................... 79 Non - Workers ......................................................................................................... 79 Chapter 7:

Land use .................................................................................................................. 80

Introduction ....................................................................................................................... 80 Sectoral Objectives ................................................................................................. 82 Methodology .......................................................................................................... 82 Existing land use scenario .................................................................................................. 83 Land use study ................................................................................................................... 84 Land use concentration .......................................................................................... 85

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

8


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Land use Compatibility ............................................................................................ 86 Chapter 8:

Economy and Tourism & Heritage .......................................................................... 89

Economy ............................................................................................................................ 89 Introduction to Economy ........................................................................................ 89 Regional Context ..................................................................................................... 89 Key Natural Resources ............................................................................................ 90 Trade and Commerce ............................................................................................. 91 Sectors of Economy ................................................................................................ 92 8.1.5.1

Overview ......................................................................................................... 92

8.1.5.2

Industrial Sector .............................................................................................. 92

8.1.5.3

Retail ............................................................................................................... 92

8.1.5.4

Tourism ........................................................................................................... 93

8.1.5.5

Transportation ................................................................................................ 93

Finance.................................................................................................................... 93 8.1.6.1

Income and Expenditure ................................................................................. 93

8.1.6.2

Tax................................................................................................................... 94

Conclusion............................................................................................................... 94 Tourism and Heritage ........................................................................................................ 95 Introduction to Tourism .......................................................................................... 95 Types of Tourist Destinations .................................................................................. 95 Tourist Footfall ........................................................................................................ 96 Climate Suitability .............................................................................................................. 96 Tourist Places ..................................................................................................................... 97 Kanaka Durga Temple ............................................................................................. 97 Undavalli Caves ....................................................................................................... 98 Bhavani Island ......................................................................................................... 98 Mogalarajapuram Caves ......................................................................................... 99 Hazrat Bal Mosque ................................................................................................ 100 Gundala Matha Shrine .......................................................................................... 101 Victoria Museum................................................................................................... 102 Conclusion ....................................................................................................................... 102 Chapter 9:

Water Supply ........................................................................................................ 103

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

9


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 103 Existing Details ................................................................................................................. 103 City Level Analysis ................................................................................................. 105 Key issues .............................................................................................................. 107 Projected Water demand ................................................................................................ 108 Chapter 10:

Sanitation .............................................................................................................. 109

Introduction................................................................................................................. 109 Current Sanitation Scenario......................................................................................... 109 Sanitation facilities ................................................................................................ 109 Public toilets.......................................................................................................... 110 Key issues and challenges ............................................................................................ 110 Effect of poor sanitation on health ....................................................................... 111 Effect of poor sanitation on environment............................................................. 111 Vision of Andhra Pradesh State Sanitation Strategy .................................................... 111 Goals and service outcomes ................................................................................. 112 Strategies and action plan..................................................................................... 112 Initiatives taken by the Government ........................................................................... 113 Programmatic initiatives ....................................................................................... 113 Policy initiatives .................................................................................................... 113 Chapter 11:

Sewerage and Drainage ........................................................................................ 114

Overview ..................................................................................................................... 114 Rationale ..................................................................................................................... 114 Aim ........................................................................................................................ 114 Objective ............................................................................................................... 114 Scope .................................................................................................................... 114 Limitations ............................................................................................................ 115 Methodology ........................................................................................................ 115 Data required ........................................................................................................ 115 Storm water management .......................................................................................... 116 Current scenario and the challenges .................................................................... 117 Sewerage in Vijayawada........................................................................................ 118 Distribution Network and Current Scenario.......................................................... 119

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

10


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 11.3.3.1

Sewage Treatment Plant ............................................................................... 119

11.3.3.2

Key Issues and Challenges ............................................................................. 121

11.3.3.3

Targeted and achieved benchmarks ............................................................. 121

Estimation of Storm water and sewage ................................................................ 122 11.3.4.1

Strom water Estimation ................................................................................ 122

11.3.4.2

Sewage Estimation ........................................................................................ 122

11.3.4.3

Estimation of Peak Discharge ........................................................................ 123

Flood analysis of Vijayawada................................................................................. 123 11.3.5.1

Flooding in Krishna River ............................................................................... 123

11.3.5.2

Flooding in Budameru River .......................................................................... 123

11.3.5.3

Effect of flooding on Vijayawada .................................................................. 124

11.3.5.4

Areas Effected ............................................................................................... 124

Projects Undertaken by VMC ...................................................................................... 124 Projects for Storm Water Drains ........................................................................... 124 Projects for Sewerage ........................................................................................... 124 Chapter 12:

Solid Waste Management ..................................................................................... 126

Introduction................................................................................................................. 126 Sources of Waste ......................................................................................................... 127 Type of Waste.............................................................................................................. 128 Benchmarks ................................................................................................................. 128 Four Step Solid Waste Management ........................................................................... 129 Garbage Bins ......................................................................................................... 131 Staffs Involved ....................................................................................................... 132 Generation and Processing of Waste .......................................................................... 132 Waste Generation in Wards Per Day .................................................................... 133 Transportation of Waste ............................................................................................. 134 Technologies and Treatment Plants ............................................................................ 135 Measures the Corporation Is taking and planning to Take in Future........................... 140 Online Waste Management System (OWMS) ....................................................... 141 E-Waste Management System .............................................................................. 141 Flower Waste Management System ..................................................................... 143 Key Concerns ............................................................................................................... 143

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

11


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Peripheral Area ................................................................................................. 145 Plastic Use ......................................................................................................... 146 Disposal Site Problems ...................................................................................... 146 Transportation of Waste ................................................................................... 147 Chapter 13:

Electricity .............................................................................................................. 148

Energy.......................................................................................................................... 148 Electricity ..................................................................................................................... 148 Source of power generation: ................................................................................ 148 Electricity Demand ................................................................................................ 148 Power for All ......................................................................................................... 149 For the city of Vijayawada for the year 2019: ....................................................... 149 Distribution network ............................................................................................. 149 Environmental Management Systems: ........................................................................ 150 Chapter 14:

Transportation ...................................................................................................... 151

Current situation in Vijayawada .................................................................................. 151 Vehicular Growth and Composition ............................................................................ 152 Public Transport System .............................................................................................. 153 Multi-Pollutant Inventory ............................................................................................ 154 Gridded PM 2.5 emissions (2018 and 2030)................................................................ 155 Chemical Transport Modelling .................................................................................... 155 Chapter 15:

Social Infrastructure .............................................................................................. 157

Education..................................................................................................................... 157 Management of Primary, High School and Junior Colleges ......................................... 158 Primary School ...................................................................................................... 158 High School ........................................................................................................... 158 Junior Colleges ...................................................................................................... 159 Analysis ........................................................................................................................ 160 GAP Analysis.......................................................................................................... 160 Annexure: Ward wise Gap Analysis ....................................................................... 161 Health Care .................................................................................................................. 163 Analysis ................................................................................................................. 164 Recreational Facility .................................................................................................... 164

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

12


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Parks ..................................................................................................................... 165 Public semi-public facility ............................................................................................ 166 Socio-cultural ........................................................................................................ 166 Civic Facility ........................................................................................................... 167 Chapter 16:

Housing and Slums ................................................................................................ 169

Introduction................................................................................................................. 169 Definitions ............................................................................................................. 169 Housing census in Vijayawada .............................................................................. 169 Expansion in Vijayawada City ...................................................................................... 169 Housing Characteristics in Vijayawada ........................................................................ 171 Housing Condition................................................................................................. 171 Housing Typology .................................................................................................. 171 Housing Ownership ............................................................................................... 172 Housing Structure ................................................................................................. 172 16.3.4.1

Housing with Temporary Roof ...................................................................... 172

16.3.4.2

Housing with Temporary Wall....................................................................... 173

Housing dwelling unit distribution ........................................................................ 173 Slums ........................................................................................................................... 174 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 174 Slum in Vijayawada ............................................................................................... 174 16.4.2.1

Wards with respect of slum populations ...................................................... 175

16.4.2.2

Critical wards at Vijayawada ......................................................................... 176

16.4.2.3

The Nine(9) Indicators................................................................................... 176

Shelter for Urban Homeless .................................................................................. 177 16.4.3.1

Introduction .................................................................................................. 177

16.4.3.2

Vijayawada City Scenario .............................................................................. 177

Housing Shortage ........................................................................................................ 177 Congestion Factor and shortage Calculation ........................................................ 178 Regulations .................................................................................................................. 179 Group Development Schemes .............................................................................. 179 High rise buildings ................................................................................................. 179 Row Housing ......................................................................................................... 179

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

13


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Cluster Housing ..................................................................................................... 179 Schemes and Acts ........................................................................................................ 180 YSR Housing Scheme ............................................................................................. 180 Acts and Policies for Housing ................................................................................ 180 Acts and Policies for Slums.................................................................................... 180 Observation and Analysis ............................................................................................ 180 Chapter 17:

Environment ......................................................................................................... 182

Introduction to Environment ....................................................................................... 182 Climatic condition ........................................................................................................ 182 Urban greens and blues............................................................................................... 182 Biodiversity .................................................................................................................. 183 Flora ...................................................................................................................... 184 Fauna .................................................................................................................... 184 Geology ....................................................................................................................... 185 Ground water .............................................................................................................. 186 Pollution ...................................................................................................................... 186 Air pollution ................................................................................................................. 187 Water pollution ........................................................................................................... 189 Ground Water pollution .............................................................................................. 189 Disaster Risks ............................................................................................................... 190 Urban Flooding ................................................................................................. 190 Landslide ........................................................................................................... 190 Cyclone ............................................................................................................. 192 Earthquake ........................................................................................................ 193 Fire .................................................................................................................... 194 Tsunami and storm surge ................................................................................. 194 Health hazards .................................................................................................. 194 Adaptation and mitigation measures .......................................................................... 195 Cyclone adaptation and mitigation measures................................................... 195 Flood adaptation and mitigation measures ...................................................... 195 Epidemics adaptation and mitigation measures ............................................... 195 Rock fall/Landslide adaption and mitigation measures .................................... 195

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

14


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Heat wave adaptation and mitigation measures .............................................. 196 Climate change adaptation measures ............................................................... 196 Chapter 18:

Governance........................................................................................................... 197

Introduction to city governance .................................................................................. 197 Legal framework ................................................................................................... 197 Functional Domain ................................................................................................ 197 Institutional Framework .............................................................................................. 198 They include: State Government Agencies ........................................................... 198 Physical Infrastructure ................................................................................................. 199 Water Supply ........................................................................................................ 199 18.3.1.1

Water resource and irrigation department functions; .................................. 199

Sewerage .............................................................................................................. 200 Solid waste management and Sanitation .............................................................. 200 Drains and Storm Water Drains ............................................................................ 201 PWD and Building Department ............................................................................. 201 Social Infrastructure .................................................................................................... 202 Public health department ..................................................................................... 202 Education Department.......................................................................................... 203 Other Departments ..................................................................................................... 203 Municipal engineering section .............................................................................. 203 Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation .................................................. 203 APTRANSCO .......................................................................................................... 203 RTO ....................................................................................................................... 204 APSRTC .................................................................................................................. 204 Revenue Department............................................................................................ 204 E - Governance ...................................................................................................... 204 Housing ................................................................................................................. 205 Labour Department .............................................................................................. 206 18.5.9.1

Role and functionality of the department..................................................... 207

18.5.9.2

Schemes ........................................................................................................ 207 Horticulture Department .................................................................................. 207

18.5.10.1 Schemes........................................................................................................ 208

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

15


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 AP Pollution Control Board ............................................................................... 209 Disaster management ....................................................................................... 210 Inter-relationship between organizations......................................................... 210 Key Issues in Governance.................................................................................. 211 18.5.14.1 Lack of Clarity in Local Functions .................................................................. 211 18.5.14.2 Lack of Inter-Departmental Co-ordination.................................................... 211 18.5.14.3 Inter Institutional Co-ordination ................................................................... 211 18.5.14.4 Functional and Spatial Fragmentation in Metropolitan Area........................ 211 18.5.14.5 Municipal-Parastatal Coordination ............................................................... 212 18.5.14.6 Jurisdictional Issues ...................................................................................... 212 18.5.14.7 Transparency and Accountability.................................................................. 213 18.5.14.8 Grievance Redressal ..................................................................................... 213 18.5.14.9 Public Disclosure Norms ............................................................................... 214 Reforms............................................................................................................. 214 18.5.15.1 Analysis of state and city .............................................................................. 214 18.5.15.2 State Level Reforms ...................................................................................... 214 18.5.15.3 City Level Reforms ........................................................................................ 215 18.5.15.4 Reforms in Mangalagiri Municipality ............................................................ 215 Chapter 19:

Sectoral Assessment and Prioritization of Challenges .......................................... 216

Assessment and Challenges......................................................................................... 216 Chapter 20:

Urban Greens and Biodiversity ............................................................................. 218

Introduction................................................................................................................. 218 Methodology ............................................................................................................... 218 Sectoral objectives ...................................................................................................... 218 Urban Green ................................................................................................................ 219 Definitions ............................................................................................................. 219 Categories ............................................................................................................. 219 Benefits of Urban Green Spaces ........................................................................... 219 Ecosystem Services by green areas ....................................................................... 220 Urban green spaces of Vijayawada .............................................................................. 220 Existing condition of Unorganised Green Spaces .................................................. 222 Existing condition of organised Green Spaces ...................................................... 222

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

16


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Temporal Variations of Urban Green Spaces............................................................... 222 Data Sources and Method .................................................................................... 223 Green Space Area Calculation ............................................................................... 223 NDVI And Its Area Calculation ............................................................................... 223 LST and Its Calculation .......................................................................................... 224 20.6.4.1

Converting Digital Number To Radiance ....................................................... 224

20.6.4.2

Conversion to At‑Satellite Brightness Temperature...................................... 224

20.6.4.3

The NDVI Method For Emissivity Correction ................................................. 224

20.6.4.4

Calculating The Proportion Of Vegetation .................................................... 224

20.6.4.5

Calculating Land Surface Emissivity (LSE) ...................................................... 225

20.6.4.6

Land Surface Temperature (LST) ................................................................... 225

Experimental Design And Model Evaluation ............................................................... 226 Results ......................................................................................................................... 226 Changes in Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) ............................. 227 Changes In Land Surface Temperature (LST) ...................................................... 227 Observations ............................................................................................................... 228 Per Capita Green Spaces ............................................................................................. 228 Per capita Green Space in Vijayawada ........................................................... 229 Accessibility Analysis ................................................................................................... 229 Service area Network analyst for Urban Green space ...................................... 229 Ward wise assessment of green spaces ...................................................................... 230 Ecosystem services ...................................................................................................... 230 Cultural ecosystem service ............................................................................... 230 20.13.1.1 Recreation and Physical and mental health .................................................. 230 Regulating ecosystem service ........................................................................... 232 20.13.2.1 Climate regulation ........................................................................................ 232 20.13.2.2 Carbon sequestration ................................................................................... 233 20.13.2.3 Air quality regulation .................................................................................... 235 Supporting ecosystem service .......................................................................... 237 20.13.3.1 Photosynthesis.............................................................................................. 237 Land use types and green areas .................................................................................. 238 Problems associated with green areas ........................................................................ 241

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

17


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Urban Biodiversity ....................................................................................................... 243 Introduction ...................................................................................................... 243 Importance of Urban Biodiversity ..................................................................... 243 Linkage between Biodiversity & Human Well-being ......................................... 244 Urban Biodiversity in Vijayawada ................................................................................ 245 Biodiversity in Agricultural Lands ...................................................................... 245 Biodiversity in Hills ............................................................................................ 245 Biodiversity in Rivers and Canals ....................................................................... 246 Biodiversity in Bhavani Isalnd ............................................................................ 247 Biodiversity in Built Up area .............................................................................. 248 Observation ...................................................................................................... 248 Biodiversity Index Calculation...................................................................................... 248 City Biodiversity Index ....................................................................................... 248 20.18.1.1 Native Biodiversity in The City ...................................................................... 248 20.18.1.2 Ecosystem services provided by biodiversity in the city ............................... 253 20.18.1.3 Governance and management of Biodiversity in the city ............................. 254 Observations ..................................................................................................... 258 Chapter 21:

Water Resources ................................................................................................... 259

Origin of Krishna River ................................................................................................. 259 Water Resources in Vijayawada .................................................................................. 261 Krishna River in Vijayawada .................................................................................. 262 Prakasham Barrage ............................................................................................... 262 Canals in Vijayawada ............................................................................................. 263 Budameru Rivulet ................................................................................................. 263 Significance of krishna river in Vijayawada .................................................................. 263 Occupational significance ..................................................................................... 263 21.3.1.1

Pilgrim Significance ....................................................................................... 263

Tourist Significance ............................................................................................... 264 Bio-Diversity Significance ...................................................................................... 264 Factors influencing water resources............................................................................ 264 Soil in Vijayawada ................................................................................................. 264 Watershed ............................................................................................................ 265

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

18


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Rainfall .................................................................................................................. 265 The Normalized Difference Water Index (NDWI) .................................................. 266 Nearby Landuse Influence on Krishna River and Ryves Canal...................................... 266 Landuse near Krishna River ................................................................................... 266 Landuse near Ryves canal ..................................................................................... 267 Quality of Surface water .............................................................................................. 268 Krishna River pH .................................................................................................... 268 Krishna River BOD ................................................................................................. 268 Krishna River DO ................................................................................................... 269 Krishna River TDS .................................................................................................. 270 Krishna River TH .................................................................................................... 270 Inferences ............................................................................................................. 271 Quality of Canals for drinking purpose ........................................................................ 271 Ground water .............................................................................................................. 273 Water quality Index method ................................................................................. 273 Main issues cited about water in the city .................................................................... 278 Chapter 22:

Urban Climate ....................................................................................................... 279

Overview ..................................................................................................................... 279 Introduction................................................................................................................. 279 Study area.................................................................................................................... 280 Methodology ............................................................................................................... 280 Location of site ............................................................................................................ 280 Temperature ............................................................................................................... 280 Climatic data (2010-2020) ........................................................................................... 281 Inferences ............................................................................................................. 281 Typical Climate Patterns (1985-2015) ......................................................................... 282 Area of study ............................................................................................................... 283 Study area analysis ...................................................................................................... 284 Selected Parameters ................................................................................................... 285 NDVI .................................................................................................................. 285 NDWI................................................................................................................. 286 NDBI .................................................................................................................. 286

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

19


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Population density ............................................................................................ 287 Wind speed ....................................................................................................... 288 Ambient air temperature .................................................................................. 289 Relative humidity .............................................................................................. 290 Normalized difference vegetation index ........................................................... 291 Normalized difference water index................................................................... 292 Normalized difference built-up index ............................................................... 293 Topography ....................................................................................................... 294 Effect of urban heat islands ......................................................................................... 295 UHI's Basic Thermodynamics: Effects of Thermodynamics ......................................... 295 The effects of UHI ........................................................................................................ 296 Mitigation .................................................................................................................... 297 Initiatives for long-term mitigation.............................................................................. 298 Vijayawada municipal corporation heat mitigation operational structure .................. 298 Sectoral proposals ....................................................................................................... 299 Improving mitigation......................................................................................... 299 22.18.1.1 Proposed areas ............................................................................................. 300 Greens in public space ...................................................................................... 300 Reduce heat by improving building materials ................................................... 301 Roofs that are cool ............................................................................................ 302 Pavements that are cool ................................................................................... 303 Walls ................................................................................................................. 303 Dwelling strategies in vulnerable area .............................................................. 304 EPS Roofs .......................................................................................................... 305 Chapter 23:

Energy ................................................................................................................... 306

Global energy supply under stress .............................................................................. 306 Electricity ..................................................................................................................... 306 Energy Profile of Electricity ................................................................................... 306 Electricity consumer share analysis ...................................................................... 307 Electricity consumption change analysis............................................................... 307 Comparison of per capita consumption ................................................................ 308 Overview ............................................................................................................... 308

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

20


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Renewable sources of energy...................................................................................... 308 Petroleum Products .............................................................................................. 308 Bio-Fuels ...................................................................................................................... 310 Other initiatives by AP government in Vijayawada ...................................................... 310 Intra City Transmission Scheme ............................................................................ 311 Energy Savings potential & Investment ................................................................ 311 Overview of energy consumption - city as a whole ..................................................... 311 Sector wise energy consumption ................................................................................ 312 Chapter 24:

Carbon Footprint .................................................................................................. 313

Introduction................................................................................................................. 313 Objectives .................................................................................................................... 313 Methodology ............................................................................................................... 313 Scope ........................................................................................................................... 314 Literature study ........................................................................................................... 315 Global Carbon dioxide emission ............................................................................ 315 Carbon dioxide emission in India .......................................................................... 316 Carbon dioxide emission in Andhra Pradesh......................................................... 316 Analysis of Various Sectors in Vijayawada ................................................................... 317 Electricity Sector ................................................................................................... 317 Fuel Consumption ................................................................................................. 319 3.1.

Food sector.................................................................................................................. 320 Food consumption ................................................................................................ 320 Food miles............................................................................................................. 321 Waste sector ......................................................................................................... 323 Results of Analysis ....................................................................................................... 324 GHG emission from various sectors ...................................................................... 324 Where does Vijayawada stand? ............................................................................ 325 Carbon Footprint Projection ................................................................................. 325

Chapter 25:

Urban Carrying Capacity ....................................................................................... 327

Carrying Capacity ......................................................................................................... 327 Definition of Carrying Capacity ............................................................................. 327 Factors Influencing Urban Carrying Capacity ........................................................ 328

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

21


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Understanding the Concept of Urban Carrying Capacity ...................................... 328 Need of Urban Carrying Capacity .......................................................................... 330 Significance of Urban Carrying Capacity ............................................................... 330 25.1.5.1

Sustainability and Urban Carrying Capacity .................................................. 330

Application of Urban Carrying Capacity to Planning ............................................. 331 Levels of Urban Carrying Capacity ........................................................................ 331 Calculation of Urban Carrying Capacity................................................................. 332 25.1.8.1

Graphical Model............................................................................................ 332

25.1.8.2

Uni constraint model .................................................................................... 333

25.1.8.3

IPAT equation................................................................................................ 333

25.1.8.4

Ecological Footprint model ........................................................................... 334

25.1.8.5

Urban Decay model ...................................................................................... 334

25.1.8.6

Energy Analysis model .................................................................................. 335

25.1.8.7

Pressure-State-Response model ................................................................... 335

25.1.8.8

SAFE model ................................................................................................... 335

Literature Review ........................................................................................................ 336 Urban Carrying Capacity Methodology ....................................................................... 338 Models for evaluating Urban Carrying Capacity of Vijayawada ................................... 338 SAFE Model ........................................................................................................... 338 Dynamic Indicator System .................................................................................... 340 Ecological Sensitivity Analysis ............................................................................... 343 25.4.3.1

Methodology................................................................................................. 344

25.4.3.2

Urban Land Carrying Capacity Analysis ......................................................... 348

Graphical Model.................................................................................................... 349 25.4.4.1

Existing Carrying Capacity ............................................................................. 350

25.4.4.2

Projected Carrying Capacity .......................................................................... 350

Chapter 26:

Land use and Spatial Growth ................................................................................ 351

Comparative Analysis .................................................................................................. 351 Land use and Spatial Growth Analysis Methodology ............................................ 351 Approach............................................................................................................... 352 Landuse Change Analysis ............................................................................................. 352 Comparative analysis (2005 v/s 2020) .................................................................. 353

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

22


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 GAP Analysis.......................................................................................................... 355 Landuse Developability................................................................................................ 356 Built-up Analysis .......................................................................................................... 357 Urban Sprawl ............................................................................................................... 358 Observations ......................................................................................................... 358 Sprawl Trend ......................................................................................................... 359 Land cover change analysis and detection .................................................................. 360 Cellular Automata ................................................................................................. 360 Drivers for Growth ................................................................................................ 361 Reasons for the choice of Parameters .................................................................. 361 Factors to be considered for future ...................................................................... 361 Land Availability ............................................................................................................... 361 Sprawl Direction............................................................................................................... 361 Land use Incompatibility .................................................................................................. 362 Calculations for future projection ............................................................................... 362 Chapter 27:

SWOC Analysis ...................................................................................................... 364

SWOC .......................................................................................................................... 364 Chapter 28:

Vision and Synergy ................................................................................................ 365

28.1.

Key Issues in city .......................................................................................................... 366

28.2.

Vision ........................................................................................................................... 366

28.3.

Strategies..................................................................................................................... 367

28.3.1.

Enhancing Urban Blues and Greens ...................................................................... 367

28.3.2.

Clean and Green Energy ....................................................................................... 367

28.3.3.

Promoting balanced growth and development viability ....................................... 368

Chapter 29:

Enhancing Blue and Green Infrastructure ............................................................. 370

Improvement of green cover....................................................................................... 370 Identification of suitable plot for Public Parks and Recreational areas ................. 371 Ward wise proposal for public parks and recreational area ................................. 373 Biodiversity Park, Bhavani Island ................................................................................. 374 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 374 Importance of Biodiversity Park ............................................................................ 375 Importance of Bhavani Island ............................................................................... 375

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

23


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Proposal of Biodiversity Park ................................................................................ 377 29.2.4.1

Nature Conservation Zone ............................................................................ 378

Restricted Activities: ............................................................................................. 380 29.2.5.1

Visitors Zone ................................................................................................. 380

Importance ........................................................................................................... 381 Urban Agriculture ........................................................................................................ 382 Concern................................................................................................................. 382 Concept of urban agriculture ................................................................................ 382 Case studies .......................................................................................................... 383 29.3.3.1

Gopinath Residence, Thripunithura .............................................................. 383

29.3.3.2

School nutrition (kitchen) garden ................................................................. 383

Urban farming in Vijayawada ................................................................................ 383 Hydroponic farming .............................................................................................. 384 29.3.5.1

People’s biodiversity register (PBR) .............................................................. 385

29.3.5.2

Case study: PBR Has Led to Better Ecological Outcomes on The Ground ..... 388

Recommendations for parks ................................................................................. 390 Guidelines for hills ................................................................................................ 391 Rooftop Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) ....................................................................... 391 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 391 Need for Rooftop Rainwater Harvesting ............................................................... 392 Current Scenario ................................................................................................... 392 Proposals............................................................................................................... 392 29.4.4.1

Proposal 1: Rainwater Harvesting ................................................................ 392

29.4.4.2

Proposal 2: Underground Storage................................................................. 392

Rooftop RWH potential ......................................................................................... 393 29.4.5.1

Proposal 3: Implementations in Educational Institutions with Bioswales ..... 393

29.4.5.2

Promoting RWH ............................................................................................ 395

Integrated Stormwater management.......................................................................... 395 Identification of Vulnerable Areas ........................................................................ 395 Integrated Stormwater Management ................................................................... 395 Case Study – Minnesota........................................................................................ 396 29.5.3.1

Framework of ISWM System Adopted in Vijayawada ................................... 397

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

24


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Green Infrastructure Practices .............................................................................. 397 29.5.4.1

Vegetative Swales ......................................................................................... 397

29.5.4.2

Porous Pavements ........................................................................................ 398

29.5.4.3

Storm Curb Extension ................................................................................... 399

29.5.4.4

Rain Gardens ................................................................................................. 399

29.5.4.5

Green Roofs and Rain Barrels ....................................................................... 400

29.5.4.6

Retention Ponds and Detention Ponds ......................................................... 400

29.5.4.7

Storage Reservoir at STP ............................................................................... 401

29.5.4.8

Riparian Buffer .............................................................................................. 401

Canal front development ...................................................................................... 401 29.5.5.1

Benefits of canal front development ............................................................ 401

29.5.5.2

Proposals....................................................................................................... 402

Chapter 30:

Clean and Green Energy ....................................................................................... 403

Introduction................................................................................................................. 403 Proposal 1: Energy and GHG Emissions Reduction ............................................... 403 Proposal 2: E-vehicles in transportation sector .................................................... 405 Proposal 3: Maximizing energy efficiency and minimization of peak demand. .... 406 Strategizing for renewable energy generation and reduce GHG emissions ................ 407 Solar Power Plant .................................................................................................. 408 Impact on Urban Climate ............................................................................................ 409 Improving mitigation............................................................................................. 409 Target areas .......................................................................................................... 410 Greens in public space .......................................................................................... 411 Reduce heat by improving building materials ....................................................... 411 Roofs that are cool ................................................................................................ 412 Pavements that are cool ....................................................................................... 413 Walls ..................................................................................................................... 414 Dwelling strategies in vulnerable area .................................................................. 414 EPS Roofs .............................................................................................................. 415 Chapter 31:

Promoting Balanced Growth and Development Viability...................................... 416

Introduction................................................................................................................. 416 Factors considered for the preparation of Proposed Land Use Plan – 2041 ............... 417

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

25


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Developable area .................................................................................................. 417 Eco Sensitive areas in the city ............................................................................... 418 Potential areas for Urban Green Development .................................................... 418 Potential areas for Industrial Development .......................................................... 419 Zonal development plan for Vijayawada City 2021 ............................................... 419 Potential areas for Development .......................................................................... 421 Proposed Land Use Plan – 2041 .................................................................................. 423 Projected Urban Carrying Capacity – 2041.................................................................. 424 SAFE Model (based on 2041 Proposed Land Use map) ........................................ 424 Graphical Model (representation) ........................................................................ 424 Chapter 32:

Synthesis ............................................................................................................... 425

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

26


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

List of Figures Figure 1.1: Overview ................................................................................................................................................................ 36 Figure 1.2: Need for Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................................................ 37 Figure 2.1: Ecological Footprint Analysis ................................................................................................................................. 38 Figure 2.2: Concepts of Environmental Planning.................................................................................................................... 39 Figure 2.3: Types of Planning Systems in India ....................................................................................................................... 39 Figure 2.4: Tools and Techniques ............................................................................................................................................ 40 Figure 2.5: Location of Copenhagen........................................................................................................................................ 41 Figure 2.6: City Boundary of Copenhagen .............................................................................................................................. 41 Figure 2.7: Finger Plan of Copenhagen city ............................................................................................................................ 42 Figure 2.8: Cycle Tracks in Copenhagen city ........................................................................................................................... 42 Figure 2.9: Roads and Recreational Network ......................................................................................................................... 43 Figure 2.10: Goals of Copenhagen city Plan ........................................................................................................................... 43 Figure 2.11: City Plan of Singapore.......................................................................................................................................... 44 Figure 2.12: Conservation of Nature ....................................................................................................................................... 45 Figure 2.13: Key Success Factors ............................................................................................................................................. 45 Figure 4.1 Population statistics of the region ......................................................................................................................... 52 Figure 4.2 Andhra Pradesh Key Transport Connections......................................................................................................... 53 Figure 4.3: Zonal Connectivity ................................................................................................................................................. 53 Figure 4.4 Vijayawada city with respective to Krishna and Guntur District .......................................................................... 54 Figure 4.5 Existing Settlement Hierarchy ................................................................................................................................ 57 Figure 4.6: Prakasam Barrage at Vijayawada .......................................................................................................................... 59 Figure 4.7: Chili yard at Guntur................................................................................................................................................ 59 Figure 4.8: College at Tenali..................................................................................................................................................... 59 Figure 4.9: Mangalgiri Temple ................................................................................................................................................. 59 Figure 4.10: Forest and Biodiversity in the region .................................................................................................................. 60 Figure 5.1 Major Roads of the Vijayawada city....................................................................................................................... 63 Figure 6.1: Demographic Profile of Vijayawada ...................................................................................................................... 65 Figure 6.2: Outgrowth of the city ............................................................................................................................................ 66 Figure 6.3: Ward-wise Distribution of Population, Vijayawada (2011) ................................................................................. 66 Figure 6.4: Ward-wise Decadal Population, Vijayawada (2011) ............................................................................................ 67 Figure 6.5: Ward-wise Density of Population, Vijayawada (2011)......................................................................................... 67 Figure 6.6: Age Sex Pyramid, Vijayawada (2011) .................................................................................................................... 68 Figure 6.7: Ward-wise Literacy Rate, Vijayawada (2011) ....................................................................................................... 69 Figure 6.8: Number of Households, Vijayawada (2011) ......................................................................................................... 71 Figure 6.9: Number of Slums, Vijayawada (2011) .................................................................................................................. 72 Figure 6.10: Population growth of Vijayawada city over the decades .................................................................................. 73 Figure 6.11: Rate of change of population from 1901 to 2011 ............................................................................................. 73 Figure 6.12: Decadal Growth rate comparison from 1961 to 2011 ...................................................................................... 73 Figure 6.13: Ward wise Growth rate comparison from 1991 to 2011 .................................................................................. 74 Figure 6.14: Population Projection in different methods ...................................................................................................... 75 Figure 6.15: Population Projection STELLA Model ................................................................................................................. 76 Figure 6.16: Projected population, Vijayawada ...................................................................................................................... 76 Figure 6.17: Socio-economic Profile of Vijayawada ............................................................................................................... 77 Figure 6.18: Workforce in Vijayawada .................................................................................................................................... 78 Figure 6.19: Working Population in Vijayawada ..................................................................................................................... 78 Figure 6.20: Main Workers Population in Vijayawada ........................................................................................................... 79 Figure 6.21: Marginal Workers Population in Vijayawada ..................................................................................................... 79 Figure 6.22: Non - Workers Population in Vijayawada ........................................................................................................... 79 Figure 7.1: Temporal sprawl of Vijayawada city ..................................................................................................................... 80 Figure 7.2: Ward divisions ........................................................................................................................................................ 81 Figure 7.3: Methodology for the Landuse Analysis ................................................................................................................ 82 Figure 7.4: Land use 2020 Analysis .......................................................................................................................................... 83 Figure 7.5: Ward-wise land use ............................................................................................................................................... 85 Figure 7.7: Compatibility of Industrial zones .......................................................................................................................... 86 Figure 7.6: Compatibility for Road Junctions .......................................................................................................................... 86 Figure 7.8: Compatibility for SWTP locations.......................................................................................................................... 86 Figure 7.9: Compatibility for Road Junctions .......................................................................................................................... 86 Figure 7.10: Compatibility for hills........................................................................................................................................... 86 Figure 7.11: Overall Compatibility map ................................................................................................................................... 86 Figure 8.1: Regional connectivity............................................................................................................................................. 90 Figure 8.2: Regional Context showing key natural resources, existing industrial activities & industrial clusters ............... 91

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

27


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Figure 8.3: Income-Expenditure ratio ..................................................................................................................................... 93 Figure 8.4: Various Tourist Destinations in Vijayawada ......................................................................................................... 95 Figure 8.5: Domestic and Foreign Tourist Arrivals across A.P between 2014 & 2019 (In Millions) ..................................... 96 Figure 8.6: Tourism and Beach/Pool score in Vijayawada ..................................................................................................... 97 Figure 8.7 Views of Kanaka Durga Temple, immersing the idol of Goddess Durga in the river, various activities taking place along the Ghat .......................................................................................................................................................................... 97 Figure 8.8: Bhavani Island and effects of Flood on it ............................................................................................................. 99 Figure 8.9: Mogalarajapuram Caves ........................................................................................................................................ 99 Figure 8.10: Hazrat Bal Mosque ............................................................................................................................................ 100 Figure 8.11: Gundala Matha Shrine ....................................................................................................................................... 101 Figure 8.12: Victoria Museum ............................................................................................................................................... 102 Figure 9.1: Quantitative contribution of Water sources ...................................................................................................... 103 Figure 9.2: Water supply main distribution network Source: Vijayawada Municipal Corporation ................................... 105 Figure 9.3: Ward wise water Deficit (lpcd)............................................................................................................................ 106 Figure 9.4: Ward wise water Coverage ................................................................................................................................. 106 Figure 9.5: Water strategies implementation Plan............................................................................................................... 107 Figure 10.1: Sanitation Facilities, Vijayawada (2011) ........................................................................................................... 109 Figure 10.2: Latrine Facilities, Vijayawada (2011) ................................................................................................................ 110 Figure 10.3: Non-Latrine Facilities, Vijayawada (2011) ........................................................................................................ 110 Figure 11.1 - Land use of Vijayawada city ............................................................................................................................. 116 Figure 11.2: Elevation map with schematic flow direction .................................................................................................. 117 Figure 11.3 - Circle and Zones of Vijayawada city ................................................................................................................ 118 Figure 11.4- Households with no sewerage connection in VMC area (2011) ..................................................................... 119 Figure 11.5 - Plan for Sewage Treatment Plants .................................................................................................................. 119 Figure 12.1: Sources of waste ................................................................................................................................................ 127 Figure 12.2: Types of waste ................................................................................................................................................... 128 Figure 12.3: Benchmarks........................................................................................................................................................ 128 Figure 12.4: Wheel barrow in Vijayawada ............................................................................................................................ 129 Figure 12.5: Dumper bins in Vijayawada ............................................................................................................................... 130 Figure 12.6: Autonagar dumping station .............................................................................................................................. 130 Figure 12.7: Pathapadu disposal site ..................................................................................................................................... 131 Figure 12.8: Current SWM practice in Vijayawada ............................................................................................................... 131 Figure 12.9: Garbage bins in Vijayawada .............................................................................................................................. 132 Figure 12.10: Ward wise waste generation .......................................................................................................................... 133 Figure 12.11: Vehicle used in VMC for transportation of waste.......................................................................................... 135 Figure 12.12: Waste processing plants in Vijayawada ......................................................................................................... 136 Figure 12.13: Processing of waste – composting ................................................................................................................. 137 Figure 12.14: Onsite Compost plants at Bhavanipuram Raithu Bazaar in Vijayawada ....................................................... 137 Figure 12.15: Composting Plants in Vijayawada City............................................................................................................ 138 Figure 12.16: Biomining Plant at Ajith Singh Nagar Dumping yard ..................................................................................... 139 Figure 12.17: Waste Recycling and Material Recovery Facility............................................................................................ 139 Figure 12.18: Centralized command control room .............................................................................................................. 141 Figure 12.19: E- vehicles for waste transportation............................................................................................................... 147 Figure 14.1: Map Showing Road Network Hierarchy ........................................................................................................... 151 Figure 14.2: Cumulative Growth of Vehicles in Vijayawada ................................................................................................ 152 Figure 14.3: Current Modal share in percentage ................................................................................................................. 153 Figure 14.4: Vijayawada – Hourly urban traffic speeds (km/hr) .......................................................................................... 154 Figure 14.5: Vijayawada – Hourly traffic speeds (km/hr) ..................................................................................................... 154 Figure 14.6: Vijayawada – Guntur 2018 PM2.5 Emissions tons/year/grid .......................................................................... 155 Figure 14.7: Vijayawada – Guntur 2030 PM2.5 Emissions tons/year/grid .......................................................................... 155 Figure 14.8: Chemical Transport Modelling .......................................................................................................................... 155 Figure 14.9: Annual PM2.5 concentrations in Vijayawada region ....................................................................................... 156 Figure 15.1: Map of Location of Schools in Vijayawada CIty................................................................................................ 157 Figure 15.2: Primary school Management ............................................................................................................................ 158 Figure 15.3: High school Management ................................................................................................................................. 158 Figure 15.4: Location of Colleges........................................................................................................................................... 159 Figure 15.5: Junior Colleges Management............................................................................................................................ 160 Figure 15.6: Location of Health Facilities .............................................................................................................................. 163 Figure 15.7: Location of parks and sports ground in VMC ................................................................................................... 166 Figure 15.8: Location of socio-cultural facilities in VMC ...................................................................................................... 167 Figure 15.9: Location of civic facilities in VMC...................................................................................................................... 168 Figure 16.1: Housing data sets............................................................................................................................................... 169 Figure 16.2: Ward-wise Dilapidated Housing Map ............................................................................................................... 171

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

28


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Figure 16.3: Ward wise Temporary structure housing Map ................................................................................................ 171 Figure 16.4: Ward wise map of building with temporary roof ............................................................................................ 172 Figure 16.5: Ward wise Housing ownership Map ................................................................................................................. 172 Figure 16.6: Ward wise map of building with temporary walls ........................................................................................... 173 Figure 16.7: Building Materials .............................................................................................................................................. 173 Figure 16.8: Dwelling unit distribution .................................................................................................................................. 173 Figure 16.9: Slum map of Vijayawada ................................................................................................................................... 174 Figure 16.10: Slum population distribution map .................................................................................................................. 175 Figure 16.11: Critical ward Map ............................................................................................................................................ 176 Figure 16.12: Shelter map for Urban Homeless ................................................................................................................... 177 Figure 17.1: Climate Summary............................................................................................................................................... 182 Figure 17.2: Urban green and blue map ............................................................................................................................... 183 Figure 17.3: Soil Type Map of Vijayawada ............................................................................................................................ 185 Figure 17.4: Ground water Map of Vijayawada .................................................................................................................... 186 Figure 17.5: Pollution levels in Vijayawada ........................................................................................................................... 187 Figure 17.6: Intensity of Pollutants Map ............................................................................................................................... 188 Figure 17.7: PM2.5 emissions: source-wise share in tons in 2018 (blue) and 2030 (green) (projected) .......................... 189 Figure 17.8: Map showing Flood and Landslide prone wards of Vijayawada ..................................................................... 190 Figure 17.9: Landslide Susceptibility Map of Vijayawada .................................................................................................... 191 Figure 17.10: Cyclonic Wind Hazard Map of 5-year return period ...................................................................................... 192 Figure 17.11: Andhra Pradesh state map showing seismic zone of Vijayawada ................................................................ 193 Figure 18.1: Municipal Accountings Grievance Redressal ................................................................................................... 205 Figure 18.2: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within the Housing Board .................................................................... 205 Figure 18.3: Organization Chart for Slum Settlement in Vijayawada .................................................................................. 206 Figure 18.4Organogram reflecting the hierarchy in Labor Department ............................................................................. 206 Figure 18.5: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within Horticulture Department ......................................................... 207 Figure 18.6: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within AP Pollution Control Board ...................................................... 209 Figure 18.7: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within Incident Response System ....................................................... 210 Figure 20.1: Methodology for Urban Green and Biodiversity Study ................................................................................... 218 Figure 20.2: Urban green area classification Source: Toke Emil Panduro, 2013 ................................................................ 219 Figure 20.3: Benefits of Urban Green Space ......................................................................................................................... 219 Figure 20.4: Ecosystem services provided by green areas ................................................................................................... 220 Figure 20.5: Urban green space map of Vijayawada ............................................................................................................ 220 Figure 20.6: Existing condition of Unorganized Green Spaces ............................................................................................ 222 Figure 20.7: Existing condition of organized Green Spaces ................................................................................................. 222 Figure 20.8: Valuation Model(experimental) ........................................................................................................................ 226 Figure 20.9: Total green space of Vijayawada (2000, 2010 and 2020) ............................................................................... 227 Figure 20.10: LST of Vijayawada (2000, 2010 and 2020) ..................................................................................................... 228 Figure 20.11: Service area Network Analyst for Green and Open Spaces .......................................................................... 229 Figure 20.12: Regarding survey of respondents for cultural ecosystem services............................................................... 231 Figure 20.13: Regarding survey of respondents for cultural ecosystem services............................................................... 232 Figure 20.14: Graph of NDVI and LST correlation ................................................................................................................. 233 Figure 20.15: Chart of NDVI categories with type of vegetation ......................................................................................... 234 Figure 20.16: Map showing PM10 levels and green spaces in the city ............................................................................... 236 Figure 20.17: Land use map of Vijayawada showing the different land uses highlighting the green spaces ................... 238 Figure 20.18: bad condition of play equipments in parks .................................................................................................... 242 Figure 20.19: Bad condition if vacant green spaces ............................................................................................................. 242 Figure 20.20: Biodiversity in Urban area ............................................................................................................................... 243 Figure 20.21: Services provided by Urban Biodiversity ........................................................................................................ 244 Figure 20.22: Biodiversity in Vijayawada city ........................................................................................................................ 245 Figure 20.23: 10 Crops in Vijayawada ................................................................................................................................... 245 Figure 20.24: Fauna Diversity in Vijayawada ........................................................................................................................ 246 Figure 20.25: Aquatic diversity in rivers ................................................................................................................................ 247 Figure 20.26: Diversity in Bhavani Island .............................................................................................................................. 247 Figure 20.27: Species found in city area ............................................................................................................................... 248 Figure 20.28: Natural areas in the city .................................................................................................................................. 249 Figure 20.29: 17 ecological networks in Vijayawada ............................................................................................................ 250 Figure 20.30: Location of protected natural areas in proximity of the city ........................................................................ 252 Figure 20.31: Schemes involved in biodiversity projects implementation ......................................................................... 255 Figure 20.32: Institutional Partnership agencies .................................................................................................................. 257 Figure 21.1: State wise Krishna basin length ........................................................................................................................ 259 Figure 21.2: Krishna sub-Basin............................................................................................................................................... 260 Figure 21.3: Major hydraulic installations projects in Andhra Pradesh............................................................................... 261

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

29


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Figure 21.4: Vijayawada location in lower Krishna basin ..................................................................................................... 261 Figure 21.5: Water Resources in Vijayawada ........................................................................................................................ 262 Figure 21.6: Soil map of Vijayawada...................................................................................................................................... 264 Figure 21.7: Watershed map of Vijayawada ......................................................................................................................... 265 Figure 21.8: Rainfall Comparison ........................................................................................................................................... 265 Figure 21.9: NDWI comparison.............................................................................................................................................. 266 Figure 21.10: Landuse near Krishna river.............................................................................................................................. 267 Figure 21.11: Ryves canal stretch .......................................................................................................................................... 267 Figure 21.12: pH values .......................................................................................................................................................... 268 Figure 21.13: Biochemical Oxygen Demand in mg/l............................................................................................................. 269 Figure 21.14: Dissolved oxygen in mg/l ................................................................................................................................. 269 Figure 21.15: Total Dissolved Solids in mg/l ......................................................................................................................... 270 Figure 21.16: Total Hardness in mg/l .................................................................................................................................... 270 Figure 21.17: Water sample locations in Canal .................................................................................................................... 272 Figure 21.18: Ground water level in VMC ............................................................................................................................. 273 Figure 21.19: Water quality Index ......................................................................................................................................... 276 Figure 22.1: Mobile Routes in study area ............................................................................................................................ 280 Figure 22.2: Climate Data Graphs .......................................................................................................................................... 281 Figure 22.3: Average Temperature and Pressure ................................................................................................................. 282 Figure 22.4: Precipitation Amounts ....................................................................................................................................... 282 Figure 22.5: Cloudy, Sunny and Precipitation Days .............................................................................................................. 282 Figure 22.6: Wind Speed ........................................................................................................................................................ 282 Figure 22.7: Maximum Temperatures................................................................................................................................... 282 Figure 22.8: Wind Rose .......................................................................................................................................................... 283 Figure 22.9: Decadal NDVI comparison................................................................................................................................. 285 Figure 22.10: Decadal NDWI comparison ............................................................................................................................. 286 Figure 22.11: Decadal NDBI comparison............................................................................................................................... 286 Figure 22.12: Population Density Maps ................................................................................................................................ 287 Figure 22.13: Correlation between LST and Population Density ......................................................................................... 287 Figure 22.14: Wind Speed Maps............................................................................................................................................ 288 Figure 22.15: Correlation between LST and Wind Speed .................................................................................................... 288 Figure 22.16: Air Temperature Maps .................................................................................................................................... 289 Figure 22.17: Correlation between LST and Air Temperature ............................................................................................. 289 Figure 22.18: Relative Humidity ............................................................................................................................................ 290 Figure 22.19: Correlation between LST and RH .................................................................................................................... 290 Figure 22.20: NDVI ................................................................................................................................................................. 291 Figure 22.21: Correlation between LST and NDVI ................................................................................................................ 291 Figure 22.22: NDWI ................................................................................................................................................................ 292 Figure 22.23: Correlation between LST and NDWI ............................................................................................................... 292 Figure 22.24: NDBI.................................................................................................................................................................. 293 Figure 22.25: Correlation between LST and NDBI ................................................................................................................ 293 Figure 22.26: Topography Maps ............................................................................................................................................ 294 Figure 22.27: Correlation between LST and Topography ..................................................................................................... 294 Figure 22.28: Principle of Urban Heat Island Effect ............................................................................................................. 296 Figure 22.29: Heat Mitigation Operational Structure for VMC............................................................................................ 298 Figure 22.30: Sectoral Proposals ........................................................................................................................................... 299 Figure 22.31: Areas for Sectoral Proposals ........................................................................................................................... 300 Figure 22.32: Major Mitigation Techniques .......................................................................................................................... 301 Figure 22.33: Roofing ............................................................................................................................................................. 302 Figure 22.34: Dark vs Cool Roof............................................................................................................................................. 302 Figure 22.35: Pavements ....................................................................................................................................................... 303 Figure 22.36: Walling ............................................................................................................................................................. 304 Figure 22.37: OPod ................................................................................................................................................................. 304 Figure 23.1: Energy Profile of Electricity in Vijayawada ....................................................................................................... 306 Figure 23.2: Electricity consumer share on a sectoral basis in 2020 ................................................................................... 307 Figure 23.3: Electricity consumption change in 2015 and 2020 .......................................................................................... 307 Figure 23.4: Per Capita Electricity Consumption in 2020 ..................................................................................................... 308 Figure 23.5: Petroleum Product Consumption from 2015-2019 ......................................................................................... 309 Figure 23.6: Per Capita Consumption Comparison – 2020 .................................................................................................. 310 Figure 23.7: Other Initiatives by AP Government in Vijayawada ......................................................................................... 310 Figure 23.8: Present Energy Scenario ................................................................................................................................... 311 Figure 23.9: Sector Wise Energy Consumption .................................................................................................................... 312 Figure 24.1- Methodology ..................................................................................................................................................... 314

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

30


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Figure 24.2 - Various sectors considered .............................................................................................................................. 314 Figure 24.3 - Global CO2 emission, 2019 ............................................................................................................................... 315 Figure 24.4 - Global CO2 emission per sector....................................................................................................................... 315 Figure 24.5 - CO2 emission India, 2019 .................................................................................................................................. 316 Figure 24.6 - CO2 emission per sector in India ...................................................................................................................... 316 Figure 24.7 - Per capita projection of GHG emission ........................................................................................................... 326 Figure 25.1 Logistic Growth of Population Size over Time................................................................................................... 328 Figure 25.2 Exponential Growth of Population Size over Time ........................................................................................... 329 Figure 25.3 Graph showing the population growth forms ................................................................................................... 333 Figure 25.4 Urban decay model graph .................................................................................................................................. 334 Figure 25.5 Diagrammatic representation of the Pressure-State Response model ........................................................... 335 Figure 25.6 Methodology for calculating Carrying Capacity - SAFE Model ......................................................................... 338 Figure 25.7 Existing and Projected Carrying Capacity – SAFE Model .................................................................................. 339 Figure 25.8 Dynamic Indicator System .................................................................................................................................. 341 Figure 25.9 Status Indicator of Sub – Systems that Influences the Urban Carrying Capacity of Vijayawada .................... 342 Figure 25.10 Evaluation of individual factors (a) Elevation, (b) Slope (c) Land Use type (d) Distance from primary traffic roads (e) Population Density (f) Distance from the Environmental sensitive area............................................................. 347 Figure 25.11: Graph showing the population growth forms from different Models of evaluating the UCC .................... 350 Figure 26.1: Methodology for Analysis and Projection of Land use .................................................................................... 351 Figure 26.2: Approach ............................................................................................................................................................ 352 Figure 26.3: Land use 2005 .................................................................................................................................................... 353 Figure 26.4: Land use 2020 Source: MURP ........................................................................................................................... 354 Figure 26.5: Developability Map ............................................................................................................................................ 356 Figure 26.6: Sprawl Trend 1990-2020 ................................................................................................................................... 358 Figure 26.7: Land cover temporal variation .......................................................................................................................... 359 Figure 26.8: Spatio-temporal Growth of the City ................................................................................................................. 359 Figure 26.9: Methodology for Land cover prediction........................................................................................................... 360 Figure 26.10: LULC Map of the year 2000 ............................................................................................................................ 362 Figure 26.11: LULC Map for the year 2010 ........................................................................................................................... 362 Figure 26.12: Projected LULC Map for the year 2041 .......................................................................................................... 363 Figure 28.1 Major components and issues ........................................................................................................................... 365 Figure 29.1: Land suitability map for Recreational area Source: Primary ........................................................................... 371 Figure 29.2: Proposed accessible green spaces .................................................................................................................... 373 Figure 29.3: Existing and Proposed Service Area Network .................................................................................................. 374 Figure 29.4: Map showing Bhavani Island............................................................................................................................. 374 Figure 29.5: Importance of Biodiversity Park........................................................................................................................ 375 Figure 29.6: Birds eye view of Bhavani Island ....................................................................................................................... 375 Figure 29.7: Route of Migratory Birds ................................................................................................................................... 376 Figure 29.8: Bhavani Island with island name ....................................................................................................................... 376 Figure 29.9: Bhavani Island Flood affected area ................................................................................................................... 377 Figure 29.10: Elements of Biodiversity Park ......................................................................................................................... 377 Figure 29.11: Map showing Nature Conservative zone ....................................................................................................... 378 Figure 29.12: Wetland ecosystem ......................................................................................................................................... 378 Figure 29.13: Migratory birds found in Kolleru Lake ............................................................................................................ 379 Figure 29.14: Typical section of Riparian corridor with plant species ................................................................................. 379 Figure 29.15: Fire Logs ........................................................................................................................................................... 380 Figure 29.16: Park developed by APTDC ............................................................................................................................... 381 Figure 29.17: Map of visitors’ zone along with typical section ............................................................................................ 381 Figure 29.18: Major Sectoral Concerns ................................................................................................................................. 382 Figure 29.19: Locations of institutions in Vijayawada .......................................................................................................... 384 Figure 29.20: Sample data frame for entry of biodiversity data.......................................................................................... 388 Figure 29.21: Locations of educational institutions in the Vijayawada city ........................................................................ 394 Figure 29.22: Bioswales.......................................................................................................................................................... 394 Figure 29.23- Urban Flooding Vulnerability .......................................................................................................................... 395 Figure 29.24 - Framework to be Adopted ............................................................................................................................. 396 Figure 29.25 - ISWM System .................................................................................................................................................. 396 Figure 29.26 - Stormwater Control Practices........................................................................................................................ 396 Figure 29.27- Vegetated Swale .............................................................................................................................................. 398 Figure 29.28 - Layers of Porous Pavements .......................................................................................................................... 398 Figure 29.29- Provision of Vegetated Swale and Porous Pavement (M.G Road) ............................................................... 398 Figure 29.30 - Provision of Curb Extension at Intersections ................................................................................................ 399 Figure 29.31 - Probable Locations for Rain Garden in Vijayawada ...................................................................................... 399 Figure 29.32 - Typical Structure of Residential Rain Garden ............................................................................................... 400

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

31


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Figure 29.33 - Green Roofs and Rain Barrels ........................................................................................................................ 400 Figure 29.34- Retention Pond and Detention Pond ............................................................................................................. 400 Figure 29.35: Ryves canal stretch for development ............................................................................................................. 401 Figure 29.36: Measures for cleaning water .......................................................................................................................... 402 Figure 30.1: Change in the GHG emissions ........................................................................................................................... 405 Figure 30.2: Traffic junctions of Vijayawada (2011) ............................................................................................................. 407 Figure 30.3: Footprint Map of Public and Semi-public building .......................................................................................... 408 Figure 30.4: : Five year plan in different phases for the generation of solar energy till 2041. .......................................... 408 Figure 30.5: Locations ............................................................................................................................................................ 410 Figure 30.6: Areas for Sectoral Proposals ............................................................................................................................. 410 Figure 30.7: Major Mitigation Techniques ............................................................................................................................ 411 Figure 30.8: Roofing ............................................................................................................................................................... 412 Figure 30.9: Dark vs Cool Roof ............................................................................................................................................... 413 Figure 30.10: Pavements ....................................................................................................................................................... 413 Figure 30.11: Walling ............................................................................................................................................................. 414 Figure 30.12: OPod ................................................................................................................................................................. 414 Figure 31.1: Developable Area as perProjected 2041 LULC map ........................................................................................ 417 Figure 31.2: Projected 2041 LULC map ................................................................................................................................. 417 Figure 31.3: Eco sensitive areas in the city ........................................................................................................................... 418 Figure 31.4: Potential areas for Urban Green Development ............................................................................................... 418 Figure 31.5: Potential areas for Industrial development ..................................................................................................... 419 Figure 31.6: Zonal Development plan for Vijayawada city 2021 ........................................................................................ 420 Figure 31.7: Population Density map .................................................................................................................................... 421 Figure 31.8: Eco – Sensitivity Map ......................................................................................................................................... 421 Figure 31.9: Developable Area w.r.t UCC .............................................................................................................................. 422 Figure 31.10: Proposed Land Use - 2041 .............................................................................................................................. 423

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

32


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

List of Tables Table 4.1: Events that influenced spatial development in Vijayawada, 1855 to 2014 ......................................................... 56 Table 4.2: Development Density in Key cities/towns ............................................................................................................. 58 Table 6.1: Decadal Population, Vijayawada ............................................................................................................................ 72 Table 6.2: Population Projection ............................................................................................................................................. 75 Table 7.1: Compatibility and Non-compatibility of landuse types ......................................................................................... 87 Table 7.2: Compatibility Problems........................................................................................................................................... 88 Table 8.1: Tax Revenues ........................................................................................................................................................... 94 Table 9.1: Slums Water distribution source wise in Vijayawada ......................................................................................... 104 Table 9.2: Service level benchmarks and GAP analysis ........................................................................................................ 107 Table 9.3: Projected Water Demand ..................................................................................................................................... 108 Table 9.4: Gap in WTP capacity ............................................................................................................................................. 108 Table 10.1.: Goals, service outcomes for different horizon years ....................................................................................... 112 Table 10.2: Goals, service outcomes for different horizon years ........................................................................................ 112 Table 10.3: Strategy implementation road map ................................................................................................................... 113 Table 11.1: Existing drain length in km ................................................................................................................................. 117 Table 11.2: Sewage Treatment Facilities............................................................................................................................... 119 Table 11.3: Existing and Proposed STP .................................................................................................................................. 120 Table 11.4: Benchmark Indicators ......................................................................................................................................... 121 Table 11.5: Estimation of Storm Water Discharge ............................................................................................................... 122 Table 11.6: Estimation of Sewage ......................................................................................................................................... 123 Table 11.7: Total load on drains ............................................................................................................................................ 123 Table 15.1: Health Facilities ................................................................................................................................................... 164 Table 15.2: Comparison of recreational facilities with standards ....................................................................................... 165 Table 16.5:1 Housing Shortage Guidelines ........................................................................................................................... 178 Table 16.5:2 Housing Congestion .......................................................................................................................................... 178 Table 16.6:1 Andhra Pradesh Building Rules - 2017............................................................................................................. 179 Table 16.7:1Act and Policies for Housing .............................................................................................................................. 180 Table 16.7:2 Act and Policies for Slum .................................................................................................................................. 180 Table 17.1 Air quality monitoring results of Vijayawada city ............................................................................................... 188 Table 17.2 Landslide susceptible zones in Vijayawada city by area in sqkm....................................................................... 192 Table 17.3 Significant Tremor incidents in Vijayawada ........................................................................................................ 194 Table 18.1: Organizational Inter-relationships ..................................................................................................................... 210 Table 20.1: Exsisting Area Of Green Spaces .......................................................................................................................... 221 Table 20.2 GAP analysis ......................................................................................................................................................... 221 Table 20.3 GAP analysis ......................................................................................................................................................... 221 Table 20.4: Data Sources........................................................................................................................................................ 223 Table 20.5: Total area and ratio of green space ................................................................................................................... 226 Table 20.6: Category-wise area of NDVI (area in hectares) ................................................................................................. 227 Table 20.7: Changes in LST ..................................................................................................................................................... 227 Table 20.8: Carbon sequestration power of green spaces .................................................................................................. 235 Table 20.9: Trees in Vijayawada with higher A.P.T.I. ............................................................................................................ 237 Table 20.10: Diversity of Flora ............................................................................................................................................... 246 Table 20.11: Natural Area index ........................................................................................................................................... 249 Table 20.12: Species found in Vijayawada ............................................................................................................................ 251 Table 20.13: Invasive species found in the city..................................................................................................................... 253 Table 20.14: Area index of recreational areas ...................................................................................................................... 254 Table 21.1: State wise distribution of Krishna River ............................................................................................................. 260 Table 21.2: Area on sub-basins .............................................................................................................................................. 261 Table 21.3: Quality of Canals ................................................................................................................................................. 271 Table 21.4: Water quality status for different values of Water quality index (Chatterji and Raziuddin, 2002) ................ 274 Table 21.5: Unit weights of the water quality parameters for WQI .................................................................................... 275 Table 21.6: Water Quality Index (WQI) at eh observed locations in Vijayawada ............................................................... 277 Table 24.1: Emissions from Electricity consumption ............................................................................................................ 317 Table 24.2: GHG emission from Electricity consumption (t CO2 eq)\ .................................................................................. 318 Table 24.3: Emission from fuel consumption ....................................................................................................................... 319 Table 24.4: Total GHG emission from fuel consumption ..................................................................................................... 320 Table 24.5: GHG emission from food consumption ............................................................................................................. 320 Table 24.6: Food miles of various items................................................................................................................................ 322 Table 24.7: GHG emission from waste sector....................................................................................................................... 323 Table 24.8: GHG emission from various sectors ................................................................................................................... 324

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

33


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 24.9: Carbon Footprint projection for 2031 and 2041 ............................................................................................... 326 Table 25.1: Observations from Literature review ................................................................................................................. 336 Table 25.2: Inference from Literature review ....................................................................................................................... 337 Table 25.3: Urban Carrying Capacity - SAFE Model .............................................................................................................. 339 Table 25.4: the ecological sensitivity evaluation factors rating table.................................................................................. 345 Table 25.5: The sensitivity of each grading proportion data. .............................................................................................. 348 Table 25.6: Land population carrying capacity under different standards ......................................................................... 349 Table 25.7: Land population carrying capacity under different standards ......................................................................... 349 Table 26.1: Landuse 2005 vs 2020 ........................................................................................................................................ 354 Table 26.2: GAP Analysis ........................................................................................................................................................ 355 Table 26.3: Land suitable for new development .................................................................................................................. 357 Table 29.1: Parks/Recreational Space Gap Analysis ............................................................................................................. 370 Table 29.2: Parameter considered for land suitability analysis of public parks and recreational area: ............................ 372 Table 29.3: Proposed accessible green space area calculations.......................................................................................... 373 Table 29.4: Different plant species for land and wetland along with migratory birds ....................................................... 379 Table 29.5: The area split up for residential and institutional level urban farming ............................................................ 383 Table 29.6: Area requirements for growing local vegetables in Vijayawada and their corresponding co₂ emissions ..... 385 Table 29.7: Suggested vegetation for different zones of Vijayawada ................................................................................. 389 Table 29.8: BMPs Adopted to in Minnesota ......................................................................................................................... 397 Table 29.9: BMPs to be Adopted in Vijayawada ................................................................................................................... 397 Table 29.10: Facilities provided ............................................................................................................................................ 402 Table 30.1: GHG Emission Reduction for solar water heaters by 2041............................................................................... 403 Table 30.2: GHG Emission Reduction for solar water heaters by 2041............................................................................... 404 Table 30.3: For Residential Buildings..................................................................................................................................... 404 Table 30.4: For Commercial Buildings ................................................................................................................................... 404 Table 30.5: GHG emissions before and after E-Vehicles ...................................................................................................... 405 Table 30.6: Number of chargers Required for E-Vehicles .................................................................................................... 406 Table 30.7: Energy Consumption and GHG Emissions Reduction of Solar street lights. .................................................... 406 Table 30.8: GHG Reduction of Solar traffic signals. .............................................................................................................. 407 Table 30.9: Table Showing GHG Emissions reduced by using solar panels on roof top ..................................................... 407 Table 30.10: Generation of Electricity through Solar Power plant ...................................................................................... 408 Table 30.11: Reduction of Green House Gases .................................................................................................................... 409 Table 31.1: Carrying Capacity of the Wards considering the Residential area ................................................................... 422 Table 31.2: Land Use Distribution Comparison .................................................................................................................... 423 Table 31.3: SAFE Model based on Proposed land use ......................................................................................................... 424

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

34


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

35


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 1: Introduction

Overview of the Batch The batch of 2020-22 of department of Environmental planning and management of SPA Vijayawada, for the Urban Environmental Planning studio has worked on Environmental Management plan for Vijayawada, Andhra Pradesh. The studio was guided by Mr. Rajeev. R, Asst. Professor and Dr. Adinarayanane. R, Assoc. Professor. The work is a confluence of 10 architects, 5 planners and 3 engineers from different parts of the country.

Overview of the Studio work The studio duration was for approximately 110 days starting from last week of February. The main objectives of the studio were to understand the environmental components and concerns, integrating the concerns into spatial planning and preparing Environmental Management Plan at the urban level. Field visits were not possible due to the pandemic scenario and the study is fully relied upon secondary sources. The discussions, interactions and reviews were limited to the online platform.

Figure 1.1: Overview

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

36


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Why a need for Environmental Management Plan Cities being the centers of rampant urban growth act as centralized sources of concentrated environmental problems. Haphazardly and organically planned cities and their services lack the ability to absorb future growth, which has made most cities less liveable and ecologically disturbing. Many countries including India, now face the challenge of making cities both ecologically sustainable and environmentally responsive. As it has been observed in the recent past, concepts such as sustainable development plans and resilient city models have been adopted by various cities across the globe. For the planning of any city, the pillars of sustainability and Sustainable Development Goals should be the guiding principles. For growing cities, zonal compatibility and eco-sensitivity should be the driving force. The climate change, loss of biodiversity, excessive dependency on non-renewable energy sources, urban carrying capacity overshoot, the neglect of environmental concerns in urban planning all makes it necessary to prepare plans that focus on environment and its related concerns. Comprehensive management plans need to be made that incorporates all aspects of urban planning and environment which is presently lacking in Indian cities. Vijayawada city in Andhra Pradesh is chosen as the study area. Vijayawada is the business, educational and commercial capital of the state. This fast growing city have regional environmental concerns that are reflective of national ones.

Figure 1.2: Need for Environmental Management Plan

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

37


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 2: Literature Review Concepts Theories and Practices Environmental Planning Environmental planning is the process of facilitating decision making to carry out land development with the consideration given to the natural environment, social, political, economic and governance factors and provides a holistic framework to achieve sustainable outcomes.

Ecological Footprint It is the measure of how much biologically productive land and water an individual, population or activity requires to produce all the resources it consumes, and to absorb the waste it generates. It is usually measured in Global Hectares (GHa).

Figure 2.1: Ecological Footprint Analysis

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

38


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Various Concepts Related to Environmental Planning

Figure 2.2: Concepts of Environmental Planning

Governance

Figure 2.3: Types of Planning Systems in India

The 74th CAA 1993 mandated the setting up and devolution of powers to Urban local bodies (ULBs) or city governments to introduce Town Planning Act according to the State Priorities. All states and UTs of India have Town and Country Planning Acts and Departments. Comparison of some of the states Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh and UTPuducherry as case studies were undertaken for the review of Town and Country Planning Acts, by Considering various parameters such as Regional Development, Land Acquisition Mechanism, affirmation with 74th CAA, institutional setups.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

39


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Tools and Techniques

Figure 2.4: Tools and Techniques

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

40


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Case Studies Copenhagen Bicycle – Friendly City Location: Copenhagen is situated on the Eastern coast of the island of Zealand another small portion of the city is located on Amager

Figure 2.5: Location of Copenhagen

Figure 2.6: City Boundary of Copenhagen

Population: 6.2 lakhs, growth is approx. 100,000 between 2015 and 2025. Planning Body: Greater Copenhagen Authority

2.3.1.1

Urban Figures

“Five fingers” urban structure

Dense and overlapped urban core as the “palm”.

Suburban growth as the “fingers”

The City fingers will be separated by green wedges

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

41


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 2.3.1.2

Public Transportation – All options

Figure 2.7: Finger Plan of Copenhagen city

Figure 2.8: Cycle Tracks in Copenhagen city

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

42


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 2.3.1.3 •

Sustainability Making Copenhagen a green land city and Reduce CO2 emissions

Figure 2.9: Roads and Recreational Network

2.3.1.4

Goals

Figure 2.10: Goals of Copenhagen city Plan

2.3.1.5

Copenhagen Vision

A food with unique quality products from farm to table

A workforce with short commuting distances

Direct connections to 150 continental & European

Flight destinations

An attractive tourist destination

An environmentally sound metropolis

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

43


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Singapore-Eco City 

Location: S.E Asia - Area: 718 km² Population: 5.7 million

Climate: Warm – tropical

“Garden city” introduced by Lee Kuan Yew in 1967

Number of new trees planted increased from about 158,600 in 1974 to 1.4 million by 2014.

Figure 2.11: City Plan of Singapore

2.3.2.1

Sustainability Approaches

Conserving Nature Intact natural areas

National Biodiversity Reference Centre.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

44


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 2.12: Conservation of Nature

Improving Public Health Community centre

Epidemiological surveillance

Innovative Land Use Integrated planning process

Green Economy Best-in-class sustainability practice

Zero Waste Nation Pneumatic Waste Conveyance Systems

Eco-Smart Endearing Towns Innovative design and technology

Sustainable Transport Car free spaces

Better cycling and walking environment 2.3.2.2

Success Factors

 Financial incentives  Capacity building  Consumer education  Social policy  Public housing.  Fiscal and tax policies.  Clean and green image  International investment.  Tourism

Figure 2.13: Key Success Factors

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

45


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Guwahati Master Plan,2025 Guwahati is the gateway of NE India, also known as PRAGJYOTISHPUR Guwahati Metropolitan area – 262 sq.km. 2.3.3.1

Housing

Rapid unplanned and organic growth.

City without Slums

2.3.3.2

Commercial

Hierarchy of commercial areas are proposed

Provisions are made for informal sectors.

2.3.3.3

Infrastructure

Regulated water supply system & protect the natural drainage system.

Integrated waste management plan

2.3.3.4

Transport

Preparation and implementation of Transportation System Management (TSM) plans.

Development of hierarchy based road network

2.3.3.5

Environment

No encroachment on the hills

Massive afforestation programmes

Preparation of landscape plan and large scale plantation.

Chandigarh Master Plan, 2031 The Chandigarh Master Plan 2031 aims to provide an integrated version of an urban community’s.

2.3.4.1

Housing

Subsidized rental public housing for government

Ensured Provision for EWS in all housing schemes.

2.3.4.2

Commercial

Introducing New Concept of Shopping Centers

Urban Renewal & Streets aping.

2.3.4.3

Infrastructure

Proposals for water conservation & increasing water security use of re-cycled water.

Solar city – vision for achieving self-sustainability.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

46


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 2.3.4.4

Transport

Comprehensive mobility plan for Chandigarh urban complex (CUC).

Integrated Multimodal Mass Transport.

Mass Rapid Transport System.

2.3.4.5

Industrial

Comprehensive Urban renewal plan for the Industrial area Phase I and II.

No further increase in FAR for the Existing Industrial Plots.

Surat Master Plan, 2035 2.3.5.1

Jurisdiction of SUDA

Total 11 sectors are discussed in development plan 2035 to mention few: 2.3.5.2

Housing

Housing policy for urban poor (built house approach)

Emerging issues (over densification in central zone, lack of access to land for affordable housing)

2.3.5.3

Physical Infrastructure

Water supply (current scenario, WTP, storage)

Storm water drain (current scenario, extent of coverage, Mindhola river rehab program)

2.3.5.4

Transport

Vehicles- per capita growth and its implications on congestion

Parking, pay & park

Industrial.

2.3.5.5

Environment

Eco-sensitive areas and natural preserves

Flora and fauna of SUDA area

Impact of urbanization on environment

Kochi Master Plan, 2031 The aim of the master plan is to improve the liveability of the city exploiting the diverse potentials and project Kochi as a Global City.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

47


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 2.3.6.1

Housing

Affordable housing to EWS and LIG through state and central implemented schemes.

Public Housing Bodies to supplement the house construction.

2.3.6.2 

Infrastructure Proposals for improving sewage and sanitation system to reduce ground and surface water pollution.

 2.3.6.3 

Promoting rainwater harvesting. Transport Setting up of single coordination agency for different modes and encouraging public mass transport.

2.3.6.4  2.3.6.5

Economy Diversifying economic base with thrust on Industries. IT, Port development, Tourism etc. Environment and Disaster Management

Planning to protect natural ecosystem like mangroves and wetlands.

Impact of frequent Storms and Flooding.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

48


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 3: Overview

Aim To integrate the potential and extent of environmental concerns within urban planning for synchronizing the environmental and spatial processes to conceptualize an environmental planning model to promote sustainable development of Vijayawada city

Objectives: a. To analyze and understand the existing scenario of the study area and it's interrelated developmental sectors, socioeconomic, infrastructure and environmental conditions. b. To explore the issues and challenges and the potential impact of the developmental sectors over the environment of city in order to prioritize the various sectors in the study area. c. To analyze the temporal variation in landuse, urban blue and green, urban climate, and to arrive at the optimal urban carrying capacity in the system. d. To quantify the sectoral end use energy consumption and associated carbon emissions and to explore the possible potentials to minimize the energy consumption in the system. e. To conceptualize an environmental planning model and to recommend appropriate planning strategies through planning intervention to achieve sustainable built environment for Vijayawada City.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

49


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Methodology:

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

50


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

51


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 4: Regional Setting and History Regional Context India’s key economy generating cites namely Chennai, Bangalore, Hyderabad, Visakhapatnam and Jagdalpur all lie within a radius of 300-400 km. Proximity and new opportunities offered with regard to the new capital city will attract skilled and talented human resources from these cities. Andhra Pradesh has a long coastline with two of the country’s biggest ports Visakhapatnam and Chennai (Tamil Nadu) located in the northern end and southern end respectively. The region with its new port at Machilipatnam lies right in the center of the state. Machilipatnam port has a great potential for inland trade center for hinterland cities including Hyderabad. Not just in the region, the Capital Region lies centrally along the whole of the eastern coast opening room to establish itself as the new ‘EASTERN GATEWAY’ OF PEMNINSULAR INDIA.

Figure 4.1 Population statistics of the region

Post bifurcation of erstwhile United Andhra Pradesh into Telangana and Andhra Pradesh; the challenge for Andhra Pradesh is to create a new capital in ten years’ time. Not just a region and the city, the new state will now have to maximize its potential to establish itself as a ‘growth centre’. For this to happen Andhra Pradesh will need to relook at its policies and zones earmarked for creating industrial and IT clusters to let these enterprises flourish. Today, Andhra Pradesh has infrastructure surplus with state-of-the-art seaports at Krishnapatnam, Kakinada and Visakhapatnam, four airports at Tirupati, Vijayawada, Rajahmundry and Visakhapatnam; and well distributed Industrial Parks

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

52


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Connectivity With respect to connectivity, the Region is very well connected through rail, road and air to key economic powerhouses in the region. The Region is served by Gannavaram Domestic Airport. There are plans to upgrade Gannavaram Airport.

to

There

International

International are

Airports

four in

the

nearby periphery and the nearest one is Hyderabad International Airport. Andhra Pradesh currently has one major Port at Visakhapatnam. Other than Visakhapatnam, the state has five more operational ports, seven ports are under development and three are

Figure 4.2 Andhra Pradesh Key Transport Connections

proposed to be developed. With three ports under development near Amaravati Metropolitan Region Development Authority region, many jobs open up in the region. NH 5, NH7, NH18 and NH9 run across the state and connect it to other key cities in the country. A direct connection with Bangalore city could however boost the region’s trade further. The alignment of the proposed East Coast Economic corridor is still under study. The state is well

Figure 4.3: Zonal Connectivity

connected through the rail network connecting all thirteen districts. The government also has planned to set up a high-speed train between Hyderabad and the city to ease traffic movement between the two states.The Region Area is erstwhile VGTM (Vijayawada-Guntur-TenaliMangalagiri) plus settlements approximately within 50km radius The Region encompasses a total area of 8,603.32 sq. km including hills and forests and is spread in both Krishna and Guntur districts.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

53


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Development History and Density

The

Figure 4.4 Vijayawada city with respective to Krishna and Guntur District

Government of Andhra Pradesh constituted the VGTM Urban Development Authority in 1978 under A.P. Urban Areas (Devt.) Act of 1975 for a development Area of 1665 sq. kms. This development area constituted the four fast growing urban areas of Vijayawada, Guntur, Tenali and Mangalagiri and 150 villages around these towns falling in both Krishna and Guntur Districts. The boundary was later extended to 1955 sq. kms. in the year 1988 due to rapid urbanization. The expanded development area then constituted 30 lakh population; extending in 39 more Villages. A masterplan was prepared as an outline development plan. In 2006, Andhra Pradesh Government prepared Zonal Development Plans for the entire VGTM area of 1954.61 sq.km. The plans came into operation in 2007. The Zonal Development Plans constitute the proposed Land Use Plans and Zoning Regulations for all zones; based on projections for the year 2021. The main aspects taken into consideration are demographic, economic and Environmental profile, Land Use Pattern, Economic and Social Infrastructure, traffic and transportation, Urban Governance, Municipal Finance, Heritage and VGTM_ Zonal Development Plan- Proposed Land Use Plan for Year 2021. Tourism and sector-wise issues and solutions Vijayawada is a thriving town with significant historical significance. During the early Christian era, it was one of the most prominent cities and religious. The Vengi Kingdom's administrative centre. A large number of antiquities discovered in and near Vijayawada affirm the city's presence throughout the eras. The Legendary, Indrakiladri hills are referred to in the Mahabharata as the location where Arjun obtained “Pasupathastra” Lord Siva's message.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

54


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 This medieval town was founded on the northern bank of the Krishna River, and by 1855, AD, the village was a tiny village on a hill. The eastern slopes of the Indrakiladri Mountains The initial Figure 4 depict the city's expansion. The construction of the barrage and three irrigation canals, notably the Eluru, Ryves, and Bandar canals in 1855, and the rail bridge over the Krishna River in 1892, accelerated the town's expansion. During the pre-independence period, the city grew slowly. However, after independence, the construction of road bridges over the Krishna River, the setting up of the South-Central Railway terminal, the establishment of divisional headquarters, major government offices including district courts, major institutions for higher education, major commercial and distributive trading activities, wholesale establishments, agricultural marketing center, and Jawahar Auto Nagar were all completed. Bezawada(Vijayawada) was controlled by King Madhava Varma, according to the city's history (Ancestor of Pusapatis of Vizianagaram). The Stone Age relics of prehistoric man and culture are discovered all along the Krishna River, which dominates the Vijayawada landscape (Error! Reference source not found.). Vijayawada's history is heavily influenced by the developments that occurred in the city during British control (Error! Reference source not found.). The British period saw a tremendous increase in the city's fundamental infrastructure and facilities. The Parkas Barrage, a major project, was completed, as was a railway bridge over the Krishna River that connected Guntur City and its area. When Buddhism was at its peak, the great Chinese Huin Tsang visited this site in 639 A.D. During 1855 AD, the town grew along the banks of the Krishna River, adjoining the Indrakiladri hills, and centered on the shrine of Lord Malleswara. Growth began along the canals and regions bordering the Indrakiladri and Gandhi hills around 1905 AD. The city expanded farther along the three canals, with increasing development along the Bandar road. Because of improved infrastructure and transportation, the city expanded further down the Eluru road, towards the Gunadala hills. It also included numerous adjacent settlements, and the municipality's authority expanded from roughly 30 km2 in 1888 to over 58 km2 in 2004. The city was primarily restricted to the region between the Indrakiladri hills, where Kanaka Durge temple is located on the east, the railway station on the west, and Prakasam Barrage on the south in the early 1950s. Along Bandar Road (old NH5) and Eluru Road, the city began to expand eastward. The “One Town” market, located in the ancient city region, has a bustling business and a large garment market. The city, located in the rich Krishna delta, has long served as the region's agricultural market centre. The Auto Nagar Industrial Estate was established in the 1960s. Some residential developments, such as Vidydharapuram, Bhavanipuram, and HB colony, which occurred to the east of the Indrakiladri Hills in the 1980s LANCO, established a thermal power plant. On the west side of the river, there is a power plant and a residential settlement. In 1999/2000, the NH9 was heading towards Hyderabad.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

55


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 4.1: Events that influenced spatial development in Vijayawada, 1855 to 2014

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

56


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 VMC has created residential zones such as Ajith Singh Nagar, Payakapuram, and Vambay to accommodate the urban poor during the lIn In recent years city has expanded along the eastern and western axes.

Figure 4.5 Existing Settlement Hierarchy

The vast Vambay Colony, which is the site of the BSUP-supported three-story flats projects for slum evacuation, is one of the most recent growing regions in the north. The River Krishna runs through the southern section of the city and has historically functioned as a barrier to the city's progress to the south. The outer ring roads and bypasses have been proposed in the new Vijayawada Guntur Tenali Urban Development Authority (VGTUDA) Master Plan, which can boost expansion. The outer ring roads and bypasses have been proposed in the new Vijayawada Guntur Tenali Urban Development Authority (VGTUDA) Master Plan, which can boost expansion to the north and south.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

57


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 With improved accessibility across the Krishna River, there is growth in commercial, residential, and recreational activity in the Mangalgiri region, which is currently one of Vijayawada's fastest-growing suburbs. As per URDPFI guidelines the existing hierarchy of settlements within the Krishna-Guntur region is as follows i.

1 Metropolitan – Vijayawada

ii.

1 Large City – Guntur

iii.

9 Medium Towns - Tenali, Gudivada, Mangalagiri, Tadepalli, Ponnur, Nuzvid, Satenapalle, Kannuru, Jaggayyapet

iv.

953 Small Towns and Villages Table 4.2: Development Density in Key cities/towns

The figure illustrates the development trend in the Capital Region. The following are some key observations: 

With a large industrial and commercial base, the population of Vijayawada City has increased rapidly. This population is absorbed by the neighbouring suburbs like Gollapudi and Tadepalli that have grown into medium sized settlements / towns.

Areas near Guntur City have also grown into Small towns

A higher percentage of settlements especially medium sized towns like Gudivada, Tenali and Ponnur are located in the Delta Region. ï The Capital Region clearly shows linear development along the transport corridors with key nodes. ï The gross density of the capital Region is 683 p/sq.km. However, the gross urban density for Vijayawada is around 18,000 p/sq.km. Which is above the desirable norm. Vijayawada‘s urban agglomeration already reached its projected population of 16.4 lakh by the year 2021 in just 7 years (Year 2014). Such density, if compared with other highly populated Asian cities such as Seoul and Singapore, stands out exceptionally. To slow down the seemingly unstoppable densification of the urban area due to the imminent population increase, alternative decentralization strategies will have to be explored and enforced.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

58


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Key cities, towns and villages in the region Vijayawada is the largest city in the Region. It is a Commercial and a trading hub, Tourist Destination, Transport Node and an Education Hub. The population has increased by 3 times in the last three decades partly due to the rise in migrant population from rural areas.

Figure 4.6: Prakasam Barrage at Vijayawada

Guntur is the second largest city in the region. It serves as a marketing centre for chillies, tobacco and cotton and an important educational centre. The City is also popular for its processing industries Figure 4.7: Chili yard at Guntur

for rice pulses and oil seeds. Tourism and industrial estates are other major economy.

Tenali is the third largest city. It is important commercial and Transport Centre in the region. Marketing Centre for agricultural products from its rich agricultural hinterland; export Centre for paddy and rice and is popular for its Mills, dairy and processing factories.

Figure 4.8: College at Tenali

Mangalagiri is an important pilgrimage centre, popular

for

handloom

weaving

units

and

agriculture. The town is strategically located between the three biggest cities in the region. Population expected to be 0.22 mi from the current 0.1 mi by the year 2021. Figure 4.9: Mangalgiri Temple

Environment of the region The region is bound by a number of natural features mainly the Krishna river and its rivulets, Kondapalle, Kotturu, Mangalagiri and Tadepalle Reserve Forest and hills.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

59


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Hills Forest Krishna District is divided into upland and delta zones; the delta region offers fertile land for agriculture towards the coastline. The uplands consist of the Kondapalli hill range that runs between Nandigama and Vijayawada with a length of about 24 km. Other hills of some historic importance and religious association are Jammalavoidurgam, Mogalrajapuram and Indrakiladri hills. In Guntur District, the Nallamalai hill ranges that form part of the Eastern Ghats; lie in the western part of the district. The famous Ethipothala waterfalls are located in these ranges, near Macherla. Kondaveedu and Venkatayapalem ranges are prominant hills in the Capital Region. Few small to medium sized hills like the pedamadduru, Nidumukkala hill forest and Mangalagiri surround the capital city offering good scenic views of the region. Guttikonda, Mangalagiri Undavalli are hills of religious significance.

Forestry and Biodiversity Most of the hills are primarily reserved Forest areas spread in Nandigama, Vijayawada, Nuzvid, Gannavaram and Yedlapadu. The region has a forest cover of around 30,500 hectares.The world famous Kondapalli toys are manufactured from a light wood called ‘Ponuku’ found in Kondapalli hills. Prominant trees in these forests are pterocarpus, Terminalia, Anogeissus and Logustroeinai and Casuarina. Kondapalli Forest is also famous for its medicinal plants used by the ethnic people.

Figure 4.10: Forest and Biodiversity in the region

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

60


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Water Resources The coastal belt consists of fertile plains in the Krishna delta region. Krishna is the major perennial river dividing the two districts. It flows through relatively flat terrain and carries a substantial amount of sediment during the monsoon season. It turns sharply south-eastwards and joins the sea 80 km away from Vijayawada, at Hamsaladivi and Nachugunta in Krishna district. Muneru, Budameru, Guntur Channel, Guntur Branch Canal are other smaller rivulets in the Capital Region. Capital Region has three major basins. The Central Krishna Basin, basin formed by rivers between Krishna and Godavari and third sub basin from rivers between Krishna and Pennar river. Around 50,000 hectares of area is covered in canals, reservoirs, tanks and rivers that irrigate almost 580,000 hectares of Agricultural Land. The capital city area has abundant water supply. In certain areas, groundwater is available at about 30- 50 feet depending on the season.

4.5.3.1

Key Issues

Sand is quarried from Krishna and Muneru River for construction purposes.

With the absence of drainage system in villages; the villages are characterized with uncared open drains and waste is dumped into them with later join the river network

The canals traversing through cities are dumped with solid waste, people wash clothes alongside and defecate in the canals; resulting in polluted water system.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

61


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 5: City Profile Introduction Vijayawada city, one of the thirty-five metropolitan cities in the country, the third largest city in the State of Andhra Pradesh after Hyderabad and Visakhapatnam, located on banks of river Krishna. Vijayawada has considerable historical importance and cultural heritage. It is considered as the agricultural and commercial capital of Andhra Pradesh. It has been described as the commercial and educational hub of the state. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation is more than a century old and has been constituted as a municipality in 1888 with an area of 30sq.km. It was upgraded as a Municipal Corporation in 1981. Now City with an extent of 61.88 sq.km, dwelling of 3.5 lac households with more than 11.57 lac population which constitute 3.9% of total urban population of the State of Andhra Pradesh [as per 2011 censes]. Vijayawada is a great historic importance. It is one of the important cities early in the Christian era, and is the religious centre for the kingdom of Vengi. Vijayawada, in Andhra Pradesh is located at the head of the Krishna delta, 70km from the sea, bounded by the Indrakiladri Hills on the west and the Budameru River on the north. A low range of hills covers the Northern, North-western, and South-western parts of the city, while the Central, South-Western and North-Western parts are covered by rich and fertile agriculture lands with three major irrigation canals. The topography of Vijayawada is flat, with a few small to medium sized hills. The Krishna River runs through the city. These hills are part of the Eastern Ghats cut through by the Krishna River. They have very low elevation compared to the average elevation of the Ghats. This historical town is originated on the northern bank of the river Krishna and, by 1855 AD, the town was in the form of small settlement on the eastern side of the Indrakiladri hills. The city ranked 9th-most liveable as per Ease of living Index 2018, ministry of Housing and Urban Affairs and the 2nd most liveable city in the state of Andhra Pradesh. The city has ranked 4th in the country in Swachh Survekshan 2020 rankings announced by the Central government. It has also emerged as the best performing city in the State and cleanest of all. It is also the only south Indian city to secure a rank in the top five

Vijayawada City Connectivity Vijayawada is well connected with a road and rail network with surrounding urban/ suburban areas. It has a good regional connectivity network as the city has 2-national highways NH16 (GunturVisakhapatnam) and NH-65 (Hyderabad-Machilipatnam) and the city has a dense road network

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

62


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 system with average percentage of 12%-14% of the total city area. Major arterial roads Eluru Road, MG Road, Bypass & Nunna roads are the major roads with high-capacity traffic flow connecting various parts of the city. The Pandit Nehru Bus Station and the Vijayawada railway station are the major transport infrastructure for road and rail transport. The Vijayawada international airport at Gannavaram

provides air connectivity to metropolitan cities of the country.

Vijayawada City Economy Vijayawada is one of the rapidly growing urban markets of the country. Due to better connections with important marketing and consumption centres in the region, industries began growing in Vijayawada. The agro-based industries were operated by Steam Power and Oil Engines till 1939 after which the establishment of a Thermal Power station at Vijayawada with 3000 kWh capacity augmented the growth of industries which further increased to 12000 kWh. The sectors that contribute to the city economy are construction, education, entertainment, food processing, hospitality, transport, etc. Vijayawada serves majorly in a marketing centre for Agricultural produce Figure 5.1 Major Roads of the Vijayawada city

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

63


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 like rice, pulses and oil seeds. Based on the recommendations of the sixth central pay commission the city is classified as one of the Y-grade cities of India. The GDP of the city in 2010 was $3 billion and ids expected to grow $17 billion by 2025, The city has trading and exporting markets for agriculture and industrial goods.

Vijayawada City Vulnerability The growth of the town picked up momentum after the construction of a barrage and three irrigation canals namely Eluru, Ryvus and Bandar canals in 1855 and, the rail bridge over the river Krishna in 1892. The city experienced a modest growth in the pre-independence era; however, after independence the construction of road bridge over the river Krishna, establishment of SouthCentral Railway terminal, setting up of divisional headquarters, major government offices including district court, major institutions for higher education, major commercial and distributive trading activities, wholesale establishments, agricultural marketing centre and Jawahar autonagar industrial estate have brought a tremendous effect on the city’s growth The landscape of city is marked by undulating small and medium sized hillocks with extensive plain lands between them. The Krishna River is a dominant part of the geography of City and runs through it. Although the hills here are a continuation of the Eastern Ghats chains, they, in general have a low elevation compared to the rest of the Ghats. Vijayawada is the only city in the world with two rivers the Krishna & Budameru, and its three canals system, due to stream flows the average ground water depth is 10mt. The City is falls under Earth Quake Zone-III declared by Government of India reports. With the natural vulnerability, Vijayawada City is exposed to multi hazard risk profile and considered most vulnerable in terms of Natural and Man-made disasters. In view of increasing risk exposure in the urban areas in India and often experience by climate change and climate variability, impact in the State of Andhra Pradesh, that resulting considerable damage to lives, assets and livelihoods in the State.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

64


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 6: Demography and Socio Economic Characteristics Considering impending threats / risk factors to the urban areas in the State of Andhra Pradesh in general, looking the risk profile, multiple vulnerability context of the Cities in AP. The Vijayawada City is selected by GoI-UNDP as one among the in India for implementation of GoI- UNDP Urban Risk Reduction program for couple of year from 2013 with the support of USAID, GoI-UNDP-VMC has been implementing Climate Risk Management Project on pilot basis under the framework of Urban Disaster Risk Reduction project of GOI-UNDP.

Demography

Figure 6.1: Demographic Profile of Vijayawada

Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) Vijayawada city is governed by Municipal Corporation which comes under Vijayawada Metropolitan Region. Based on Census 2011 population, Vijayawada is ranked 1st in Krishna district (KD) and ranked 2nd in state of Andhra Pradesh (AP). It’s the third most densely populated urban built-up area in the world. As per provisional reports of Census India, population of Vijayawada in 2011 is 10,34,358; of which male and female are 5,18,590 and 5,15,768 respectively. Vijayawada Urban Agglomeration (VUA) The Vijayawada UA region is situated in state of Andhra Pradesh. As per data released by Govt. of India for Census 2011, Vijayawada Urban Agglomeration coming under category of Million Plus UA/City.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

65


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.2: Outgrowth of the city

Vijayawada’s urban / metropolitan population is 14,76,931 of which 7,43,267 are males and 7,33,664 are females.

Distribution of Population Vijayawada Municipal Corporation constitutes about 3.91% of the total urban population of the state. It is the third largest city of the state. The municipality was upgraded to a corporation in 1981 and few more town and village panchayats were added in 1985. As per 2011 Census - total of 77 wards with 10 outgrowth areas.

Figure 6.3: Ward-wise Distribution of Population, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Compiled by the team on the basis of 2011 Census data

Out of 77 wards the highest population is observed in ward number 41 with 85,990 people and the lowest population is observed in ward number 55 with 217 people.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

66


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

DECADAL POPULATION (1991, 2001 & 2011) 100000 80000 60000 40000 20000 0 1 3 5 7 9 11131517192123252729313335373941434547495153555759616365676971737577 1991

2001

2011

Figure 6.4: Ward-wise Decadal Population, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Compiled by the team based on Census 2011 data

Density of Population

Figure 6.5: Ward-wise Density of Population, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Compiled by the team on the basis of 2011 Census data

The population density of the city Vijayawada is 16716 person/km2 (167 PPH). As per the ‘Demographia World Urban Areas’ list for 2016, Vijayawada has been ranked 3rd in the urban population density / km2. As per the observation, the ward which has highest population density is ward number 6 with 13,600/Km2 and the lowest population density is ward number 55 with 9/Km2.

Sex Ratio The sex ratio of Vijayawada city is 995 per 1000 males. Child sex ratio of girls is 932 per 1000 boys.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

67


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

It is observed that, the wards 34 and 15 has highest and lowest adult sex ratios whereas, the wards 15 and 51 has highest and lowest child sex ratios respectively.

Age - Sex Pyramid

Figure 6.6: Age Sex Pyramid, Vijayawada (2011) Source: https://vijayawada.cdma.ap.gov.in/en

The age sex Pyramid which shows the number of females and males in different age groups, it shows that the birth rate is comparatively higher than the death rate where youthful population of age group 15 to 30 is more both in male and female population.

Literacy Rate The total literates in Vijayawada city are 757,667 of which 396,130 are males while 361,537 are females. Average literacy rate of Vijayawada city is 81.24 percent of which male and female literacy was 85.02 and 77.46 percent. In terms of literacy, Vijayawada ranks at 1st in Krishna district and ranked 33rd in Andhra Pradesh.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

68


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.7: Ward-wise Literacy Rate, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Compiled by the team based on 2011 Census data

It is observed that the literacy rate is highest in ward number 72 with 87.4% and the lowest is observed in ward number 13 with 26%.

Distribution of Population Category Wise 6.1.7.1

Religion

Hinduism is majority religion in Vijayawada city with 85.16 % followers. Islam is second most popular religion in city of Vijayawada with approximately 9.12 % following it. In Vijayawada city, Christinity is followed by 3.64 %, Jainism by 0.50 %, Sikhism by 0.08 % and Buddhism by 0.08 %. Around 0.05 % stated 'Other Religion', approximately 1.43 % stated 'Not stated”.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

69


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

6.1.7.2

Community

The SC and ST composition they are few in numbers only 9.7% (1,00,349) and 1.6% (16,102) respectively in VMC area. And when we consider it ward wise it is observed that ward no.70 has highest (6080) and ward no.72 has lowest (12) SC population. Similarly ward no.41 has highest (2076) and ward no.72 has lowest (0) ST population.

Household and Slums 6.1.8.1

Household

Total no. of Households in Vijayawada city numbers 2,76,081 in which population of 10,34,358 resides, wherein the average household size is 3.7.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

70


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.8: Number of Households, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Census of India,2011:VMC:OSM:IIHM Analysis,2017

6.1.8.2

Slums

Total no. of Slums in Vijayawada city numbers 111 (91 non-hazardous and 20 hazardous) in which population of 4,51,231 resides. This is around 43.62% of total population of Vijayawada city. Total slum area is found to be 9.27 sq.kms (14.6% of the city area) with 82,115 households in slums.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

71


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.9: Number of Slums, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Census of India,2011:VMC:OSM:IIHM Analysis,2017

Population Growth Vijayawada Municipal Corporation constitutes about 3.91 % of the total urban population of the state. Vijayawada is the third largest city in the state. Table 6.1: Decadal Population, Vijayawada

Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

72


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.10: Population growth of Vijayawada city over the decades Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Figure 6.11: Rate of change of population from 1901 to 2011 Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Figure 6.12: Decadal Growth rate comparison from 1961 to 2011 Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

73


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 6.1.9.1

Population Growth Contributors

In the decade of 1951-61 & 1991-2001, a massive Population declination is observed and there might be many possible contributors for this like, 

Natural increase

In migration from the surrounding villages

Jurisdictional change

6.1.9.2

Ward wise Growth rate comparison

Figure 6.13: Ward wise Growth rate comparison from 1991 to 2011 Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

It is observed that the growth rate is highest in ward number 20 and the lowest growth rate is observed in ward number 13 with 55%.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

74


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Population Projection For projecting the population for the years 2021,2031 and 2041, five methods of projection have been done. 

AIM - Arithmetical Increase Method

GIM - Geometric Increase Method

IIM - Incremental Increase Method

LGM - Logistic population Growth Method

PP – Population Projection STELLA model Table 6.2: Population Projection

Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Figure 6.14: Population Projection in different methods Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

75


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.15: Population Projection STELLA Model Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

The Projected population by different models have been validated and Incremental Increase Method has been considered as the final value.

Figure 6.16: Projected population, Vijayawada Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

76


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Socio – Economic Characteristics Working Population In terms of employment, Vijayawada stands at 48th in Krishna District and ranked 1087th in Andhra Pradesh. Out of the total population, 36.6% (3,78,866) are working population, of which 32.1% are main workers, 4.5% are marginal workers and other than this 63.4% are the non-working population.

Figure 6.17: Socio-economic Profile of Vijayawada

Workforce Participation When comparing the workforce participation of Vijayawada Municipal Corporation area and the Vijayawada City Outgrowth area it is observed that there are close to 4 lakhs workers out of 10.5 lakhs population in VMC and around 45,000 workers around 3.5 lakhs population in the city outgrowth area.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

77


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.18: Workforce in Vijayawada Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

The main workers are mostly agriculture labours, household industrial workers, Cultivators and other workers. It is also observed that the agricultural labours are more on the city outgrowth area than the municipal corporation area.

Total Working Population The city population according to 2011 census is 10,34,358 out of which 36.6% (3,78,866) is the total working population of which around 77% are male workers and 23% are female workers. The Highest workforce participation is from ward no.41 and the Lowest workforce participation is from ward no.55.

Figure 6.19: Working Population in Vijayawada Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Main Workers Of the total working population of 3,78,866, almost 88% i.e., 3,32,386 people are main workers with the occupations already specified. Highest main workforce participation is from ward no.41 and the Lowest workforce participation is from ward no.55.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

78


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 6.20: Main Workers Population in Vijayawada Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Marginal Workers Of the total working population of 3,78,866, almost 12% i.e., 46,480 people are main workers with the occupations already specified. Highest main workforce participation is from ward no.41 and the Lowest workforce participation is from ward no.65.

Figure 6.21: Marginal Workers Population in Vijayawada Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Non - Workers Of the total non working population of 6,55,492, majority of the non workers are from ward no.41 and least non workers are from ward no.72.

Figure 6.22: Non - Workers Population in Vijayawada Source: Compiled by the team based on the Census data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

79


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 7: Land use Introduction Vijayawada Municipal Corporation jurisdiction extends over an area of 61.88 sq km. VMC is divided into 77 electoral wards. The study area Vijayawada city (16° 31′ 9.48″ N longitude, 80° 37′ 49.8″ E latitude) is located on the Krishna delta on the northern banks of river Krishna at an elevation of 11 m above the mean sea level. The city is positioned about 70 km from Bay of Bengal and falls within the hot-humid region of the country. The city houses hills and canals that emerge from the Prakasam barrage built across the Krishna River: Eluru, Bandar, and Ryves are the canals that run through the heart of the city. The city experiences extreme temperatures both during summer and winter. The highest and the lowest mean temperatures for the past thirty years (1981 – 2010) have been recorded around 40°C and 18°C during May (summer) and December (winter) months respectively (IMD 2015).

Figure 7.1: Temporal sprawl of Vijayawada city Source: SPAV report on Vijayawada

Vijayawada city records an average annual rainfall between 900 to 1500 mm. About 75% is received during the south-west monsoon (June – September) and the rest during the north-east monsoon (October to December) (IMD 2015). Mango, banyan, and neem are the native vegetation species of the city supplemented with cultivation of commercial crops. The area is flat plain with an elevation ranging between 18 m and 40 m. However, the two prominent hills of the city, Indrakeeladri at west and Moghulrajpuram at east peak about 160 m. The city also hosts a small hill in commemorate of the father of the Nation, Mahatma Gandhi. The Gandhi hill with an elevation of 150 m is considered as a monument of Indian independence struggle. At present, Vijayawada serves as the commercial headquarters of the Andhra Pradesh state after its bifurcation in 2014. Concerning the census 2011 estimates, Vijayawada city was upgraded to Tier-II category of cities by 2014. As per 2011 census, the city holds a population of 1.04 million and

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

80


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 it is expected to increase further with the upcoming state capital, Amaravati at very close proximity of 19 km. However, the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority (APCRDA) (2016) state that since Vijayawada is a congested city, it has not been included in the upcoming capital city area. Owing to the increasing population and the subsequent energy demands, the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), GoI has listed Vijayawada as one of the 13 pilot solar cities in the 12th Five-year plan period (2012 – 2017). Mehrotra (2013) states that a significant proportion of future urban growth would occur in areas defined other than the Tier-I cities. This poses a serious concern on the future state of the Tier-II city, Vijayawada with respect to built-up growth. It was also reported that surge in income, urbanization, younger population and availability of skilled labour are some of the factors that can accelerate the growth of Tier-II and Tier-III cities (Mehrotra 2013). Vijayawada serves as one of the rapidly growing urban markets with construction, education, entertainment, food processing, etc. as dominant sectors contributing to its economic growth. This improved economy and the rising population has led to a heave in land prices in the real estate sector that thrives at the cost of agricultural lands and vegetation. This status of conversion in-turn leads to an increasing land surface temperature accumulating to long-term climate changes. The census of India (2011) defines an UA as “a continuous urban spread constituting a town and its adjoining outgrowths (OGs), or two or more physically contiguous towns together with or without outgrowths of such towns”. It was also stated that an area can be categorized as an UA only if it consists a minimum of a statutory town with a total population not less than 20,000 as per the 2001 census. The Vijayawada UA constitutes Vijayawada (M. corp. -municipal corporation), Gollapudi (OG - outgrowth), Jakkampudi (OG), Ambapuram (OG), Phiryadi Nainavaram (OG), Pathapadu (OG), Nunna (OG), Enikepadu (OG), Nidamanuru (OG), Done Atkuru (OG), Nainavaram (OG), Penamaluru (OG), Ramavarappadu (CT – census town), Prasadampadu (CT), Kanuru (CT), Poranki (CT), Tadigadapa (CT), Yenamalakuduru (CT), Tadepalle (M - municipality), Undavalli (OG), Mangalagiri (M), Navuluru (OG), and Atmakur (OG) regions shared between Krishna and Guntur districts of AP. Owing to the high productivity, economic growth, physical features and growing population of the city, this study adopted the Vijayawada city area as a case area to analyse the spatial growth of the city.

Figure 7.2: Ward divisions

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

81


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Sectoral Objectives 1. Identification and understanding of the present land use scenario. 2. To understand after comparison with guidelines – the existing gaps. 3. To analyze each land use type in terms of intensity, distribution and compatibility. 4. To identify the impact of the issues and urban growth on the vegetation cover. 5. To evaluate the degree of urban growth and identify the land suitable for future development. 6. Growth projections and proposals for further development and land use reforms with respect to suitability for the year 2041.

Methodology

Figure 7.3: Methodology for the Landuse Analysis

The overall methodology for the entire Land use special growth study for Vijayawada, was based on understanding the case studies by referring to the various literature; research papers, articles and secondary sources of data available followed by the selection of study area and creating the base map on which various kinds of analysis is done using relevant parameters with respect to land use which finally help in projecting land use for 2041 using the spatial modelling technique and finally selecting most beautiful areas with respect to the issues and gaps for proposals and recommendations.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

82


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Existing land use scenario

Figure 7.4: Land use 2020 Analysis

The city area can be broadly divided into two categories – one ‘Developed area’ and the second ‘Undeveloped area’. The developed area comprises mainly residential, commercial, industrial, and institutional lands with attendant land requirements for public and semi pubic uses, transport and parks and playgrounds. Agriculture land, vacant land largely in the possession of government bodies, river area and the hills constitute the “Undeveloped area “category. Of the Vijayawada corporation area of 6188 ha, the developed land part of the city covers 5491 ha accounting for around 87% of the city area, leaving 696.83 ha undeveloped or vacant as per present scenario.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

83


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Developed area: Residential and mixed residential areas form about 27% of the total developed area while commercial area has a share of 4%. Public and semi-public, institutional and recreational land uses occupy about 7% of the developed area while industries cover only around 1% of the area. The agricultural area covers around 13% of the total undeveloped city area. Residential plots lying vacant constitute nearly 26% excluding open spaces in the unconstructed layout areas, and area under parks and playgrounds account for only about 1% of the developed area. In the entire city both railways and roadways occupied around 20% of the VMC developed area. Vijayawada railway junction is a major one and is a special feature, so also the irrigation canals form Prakasam barrage flowing through the city. The railway junction and the irrigation canals traversing the city are not normal features of an urban area. Undeveloped area: The vacant land or “undeveloped area” of 696.83 ha, only covering 11% is “developable” for urban uses in future. As agriculture is still the dominant activity which may also turn to built-use in future as it has decreased significantly in recent years. In the villages nearby added to the city, Payakapuram, Bhavanipuram, and Ajit Singh Nagar that are in the initial stages of development. The city fringe area lying in Gunadala covers mainly agricultural lands with lowkey development activities. The revenue wards are relevant for land records and property transactions, most of the data pertaining to all services, facilities and amenities are available only by electoral wards. The entire city is divided into 77 electoral wards on the basis of uniform population size for election purpose. Obviously, more often, one revenue ward covers more than one electoral ward. Though culling out all data from electoral wards, and consolidating them by revenue wards is fairly a cumbersome process, it has been relatively easier through the application of computer processed technique. The GIS tool with data attached to each parcel of land through universal census of data collection has rendered the data thus amalgamated dependable. The entire spatial and non-spatial data have thus been processed and compiled revenue ward wise. The disposition of electoral wards and revenue wards are shown in the city map.

Land use study The overall growth patterns require to be analyzed to know the issues and impacts and to understand so as to arrive at a better and more sustainable approach for future projections and land-use planning. Based on the analysis only the land cover change pattern so that can be projected to show how the land cover is going to change and affect the future land-use

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

84


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 requirements.

Figure 7.5: Ward-wise land use

Land use concentration The land concentration analysis helps to understand, the concentration of a particular type of landuse type in a target or concerned area. With the help of the concentration index, it can guide for the future zoning suitability or proposal recommendations in a particular area to maintain the uniformity and avoid disputes and problems. The land concentration index is calculated by;

e.g. The ward boundary with yellow colour represents the maximum concentration of Residential area, hence in future also that area will develop as residential zone as interference of any other land-use type may lead to disputes, issues and create problems of the residents.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

85


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Land use Compatibility Compatibility analysis is used to know the areas of vicinity in the land-use type adjacent to each other, which complement each other and provide feasible results. Incompatible areas may lead to problems and disputes. It’s not always about the distance but the preference usability of the people which may lead to unjust use of land or even wastage.

Figure 7.7: Compatibility for Road Junctions

Figure 7.8: Compatibility for SWTP locations

\

Figure 7.10: Compatibility for hills

Figure 7.6: Compatibility of Industrial zones

Figure 7.9: Compatibility for Road Junctions

Figure 7.11: Overall Compatibility map

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

86


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 7.1: Compatibility and Non-compatibility of landuse types

LAND USE

COMPATIBLE

RAILWAY

SENSITIVE AREA

NON COMPATIBLE

Commercial, industrial

Residential,

areas, utility

semi-public areas

Recreational,

vacant,

water course

public-

IDEAL BUFFER 3 – 10 m

Residential,

50 – 100

commercial,

m

industrial •

WATER BODIES

Recreational, agriculture,

Residential, vacant,

public

500 m

semi public

utility •

PUBLIC SEMI PUBLIC; HOSPITAL

Residential, mixed use,

Railway,

AND SCHOOLS

recreational,

commercial

INDUSTRIES

Recreational,

Residential,

commercial

semi public

LANDFILL/DUMPYARDS, SWTP &

Recreational,

STP.

utility

vacant,

Residential, semi public

industrial,

public

NA

500 m – 1 km

public

100 – 300 m

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

87


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 7.2: Compatibility Problems

Area 1

Problems

Inference

Residential areas in very close vicinity

Unlikely that people would want to live near graveyards

with

cremation

ground

&

graveyards/burials

2

3

4

5

6

Hospitals and schools are in present

This may lead to the disturbance in the hospitals and

within the main commercial area

educational facilities

Residential area in close proximity to

This may lead to pollution and its direct effects on the

industrial areas

health of residents

Presence of slums next to the

Encroachment, poor maintenance, tourist area and

sensitive areas

norms deviation.

Settlements and slums near to

This leads to noise pollution, unhygienic conditions and

railway

life risks.

Slum development next to the river

The residents become vulnerable to calamities and may

bank

cause water pollution.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

88


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 8: Economy and Tourism & Heritage Economy

Introduction to Economy The city of Vijayawada is also called as the business capital of the state of Andhra Pradesh. The city boasts a dynamic economy and let us explore some details in this regard. The city possesses an active economy on the basis of trade and commerce. The rail-cum-road bridge barrage that connects Vijayawada and Guntur cities are stated to be the great income generating sources for trade and commerce in this city. According to the report submitted in the year 2010, the total production of the city in monetary terms came out to be INR 18,000 crore and by the year 2025, it is expected that this figure will reach more than a lakh crore which is humongous. The city has been recognized as a "Global City of the Future" by McKinsey Quarterly. It is one of the commercial hubs of Andhra Pradesh with a GDP of $3 billion in 2010, and is expected to increase to $17 billion by 2025.

Regional Context Vijayawada is a city on the banks of the Krishna River, in the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh. It is a municipal corporation and the headquarters of Vijayawada (urban) mandal in Krishna district of the state. The city is one of the suburbs of the state capital Amaravati, under the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region, and the headquarters of APCRDA. The city is one of the major trading and business centres of the state and hence, it is also known as "The Business Capital of Andhra Pradesh". The city is one of the two metropolis in the state, with the other being Visakhapatnam. As of 2011 census, the city had a population of 1,048,240, making it the second largest city in the state in terms of population and it had an urban agglomeration population of 1,491,202. Andhra Pradesh has a variety of geographic features such as Eastern Ghats, Krishna River and the Godavari rivers. The state boasts of vast arable fertile land and rich endowments of natural resources such as asbestos, coal, limestone, granite, bauxite, gypsum, manganese, etc. Some of the major urban centres in the Andhra Pradesh state include Visakhapatnam, Vijayawada, Tirupati, Guntur and Nellore. Vijayawada being one of the most prominent urban centre of the region finds excellent intra and inter regional connectivity.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

89


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 8.1: Regional connectivity Source: Dimensions of Growth Report

Key Natural Resources The land in the region is highly arable and it accounts for one of the most significant agricultural center in Andhra Pradesh. the abundant availability of various raw materials (agricultural produce, minerals, etc.), biggest natural gas reserves (viz. KG basin near Kakinada) and existing industrial ecosystem, etc. provides significant opportunities for the state to evolve as one of the most prominent industrial hubs in the country by aggressively expanding into the downstream activities of already established industrial activities such Food processing, Textile, Automotive, non-metallic mineral products, etc.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

90


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 8.2: Regional Context showing key natural resources, existing industrial activities & industrial clusters Source: Dimensions of Growth Report

Trade and Commerce When analysing the economic development of the city, the major contributors are agriculture and industrial sectors. Next comes the manufacturing and retail industry making huge contributions towards the development of the economy of this city. Reports state that nearly 72% of the population are working in the tertiary sector. This clearly talks about the economic development of the city. The potential role played by technology was understood as the meta-factor in smart cities initiative (Chourabi, 2012) and thus a ‘Smart city’ was defined as an organic integration of systems (Dirks, S. & Keeling, M., 2010) wherein smart economy is an integral element, for an effective integration of physical, digital and human systems in the built environment, to deliver a sustainable, prosperous and inclusive future of its citizens (BSI, 2013).

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

91


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The city of Vijayawada is in fact the main agricultural market centre for Krishna basin and acts as a major commercial centre to a host of wholesale and retail activities concerning with consumer goods, textiles, automobiles, industrial products etc. It is also a major trading place for processed Virginia Tobacco, Cotton and Turmeric. The agricultural commodities produced in this part of Andhra finds its market in Vijayawada both for local consumption and export. Vijayawada is also known for its Mango exports, generating Crores worth to turnover, annually. Figure 2 reflects the Natural resources that are found In Vijayawada and the surrounding regions and which form the basis of the trade and commerce in Vijayawada city.

Sectors of Economy

8.1.5.1

Overview

Agriculture, commercial trade, tourism, industries, transportation and tertiary sectors etc., are the major sectors that contribute to the economy of the city. Vijayawada is famous for processing of agricultural products, automobile body building, hardware, textile, consumer goods and small scale industries. GDP of Vijayawada for 2008 was estimated at Rs 55.26 billion and it was $3 billion (Rs. 180 billion) in 2010. The fact that Vijayawada is well connected through rail and road, makes it one of the main hubs of commercial activities.

8.1.5.2

Industrial Sector

Major contributor towards the development of Vijayawada’s economy is the industrial sector. Two major industrial estates are present in Vijayawada, one in Autonagar and the other one in Kondapalli. Autonagar mainly focuses on automobile service and manufacturing, but there are also other units functioning from this place in Vijayawada. When it comes to Kondapalli, it houses thermal power plants and many other power plants and this estate is the base for nearly 800 industrial units. Food & Beverage, Aquaculture, Textile and Non-metallic Mineral products industries find a greater opportunity for development in the city as well as a suitable existing eco-system for the same. The tourism sector finds a really suitable environment as well as a dire need of Government thrusts for further growth. More than a lakh of people are employed in the industrial sector in this city. Not just people residing in Vijayawada, but people from nearby cities are also able to get their livelihood from the industries functioning in this city.

8.1.5.3

Retail

Another major development contributor of the economy of Vijayawada is the booming garment industry. The Vastralatha building in the area popularly known as Old Town is assumed to be one of the most important spot for garment trade and reports state that a huge trade of garments happens here every day. Another such place is the Kaleswara Rao Market area. It’s not just the

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

92


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 retail sector that is prominent in the city but also the wholesale market is flourishing for pulses, cereals and many other edible products, fancy markets, metals, fertilizers, etc.

8.1.5.4

Tourism

The tourism industry in the city is yet another contributor with many attractions for tourists under different categories like religious spots, parks, places of traditional and historical value, shopping, entertainment and whatnot. There is something to meet the interests of visitors of different age groups. In addition, to provide the best hospitality to the tourists, there are the best resorts and hotels functioning in and around the tourist attractions to make their stay unforgettable for the tourists. The Victoria museum, Mogalarajapuram caves, Undavalli Caves and Hazrat Bal Mosque are a few prominent tourist spots in the city. 8.1.5.5

Transportation

When talking about the contributions made by the transportation sector towards the development of the economy of Vijayawada, the fact to remember is that this is one of the few cities in India to implement the Bus Rapid Transport System called as BRTS, followed by major cities like Delhi, Pune and Ahmedabad. In addition, she holds the pride of being the first city in the entire southern India to have this facility for smoother public transportation. The BRTS routes are operational right from the year 2012 and they map all through the local dimensions of the city. Not just public transport, there are private autos and traditional auto rickshaws operated in this city, besides many private operators also operate their cabs for the convenience of people.

Finance 8.1.6.1

Income and Expenditure

The Annual income for the FY 2020-21 as per the financial records stated on the government’s website was 1879.33 Crores whereas the Expenditure was 1014.46 Crores. Out of this, a sum total of about 105 crores was earned as rental income from the municipal properties.

Figure 8.3: Income-Expenditure ratio Source: Vijayawda Finance commission

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

93


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

8.1.6.2

Tax

The major tax revenue comes from Property related taxation and amounts to 1244.89 Crores for the FY 2020-21. Other smaller contributions are from taxes collected against infrastructural management. This includes Sewerage tax and Water tax amounting to 7.47 Crores and 1.32 Crores respectively. Advertisement tax amounts to about 3.66 crores for about 3.66 Crores for the FY 202021. A significant thing which has been observed in the analysis is that the taxes collected through tourism and conservancy is very minimal and if increased it may become a major contribution to the city’s revenue collected through taxation. Table 8.1: Tax Revenues

Serial No

Description

01-Apr-2020 to 21-Mar-2021 (Crs)

1

Cess

0

2

Octroi and Toll

0

3

Tax on Animals

0

4

Property Tax

1244.89

5

Sewerage Tax

7.47

6

Water Tax

1.32

7

Lighting Tax

0

8

Conservancy Tax

0.13

9

Vehicle Tax

0

10

Education Tax

0

11

Pilgrimage Tax

0

12

Advertisement Tax

3.66

13

Other taxes

0.92

Source: Department of Municipal Administration Finance, Vijayawada

Conclusion Covid -19 has a great impact on economy of Vijayawada. The tourism footfall was affected majorly and so was the industrial sector. The retail sector has faced a severe blow and it is expected that a major damage has been done to the overall revenue and income of the city in the FY 2020-21. To counteract the damage to the economic base of the city, the policymakers will have to come up

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

94


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 with bold and multi-faceted schemes. The revenue that is being generated from the tourism sector is a very small percentage of what could be achieved and hence, it is advisable to come up with possible strategies for increasing the tourism sector revenue.

Tourism and Heritage Introduction to Tourism Vijayawada, referred to as the cultural capital of the state of Andhra Pradesh, is a confluence of modernity and traditionalism. Vijayawada’s tourism is majorly focused on the theme of culture and historic heritage and the region is famous for monuments and caves. Pilgrim tourism, Heritage tourism, Leisure tourism, Handicrafts tourism, medical & Educational tourism and beaching tourism are the major types of tourism found in this region. The best time to visit Vijayawada is from the month of October to February.

Types of Tourist Destinations Tourism in Vijayawada can be broadly classified into historic, religious, parks, museum & memorial. The major destinations under historic tourism are Undavalli caves, Mogalarajapuram caves, Prakasam dam. Kanaka Durga Temple, Hazrat Bal mosque, and Gundala Mary Matha Shrine are the famous destinations that come under religious tourism of Vijayawada. The major parks are Rajiv Gandhi park, Gandhi park and Bhavani Island. Gandhi Hill and Victoria museum are the other destinations.

Figure 8.4: Various Tourist Destinations in Vijayawada Source: Primary, Done by Authors

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

95


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Tourist Footfall According to statistics, Andhra Pradesh is ranked as third highest in India in terms of tourism arrivals. In 2019, the domestic tourists arriving to the state of Andhra Pradesh accounted for approximately 237 million, while the foreign tourist arrivals accounted for over 0.28 million. (Anon., 2019)

Figure 8.5: Domestic and Foreign Tourist Arrivals across A.P between 2014 & 2019 (In Millions) Source: Statista

Even though the state accounts for a larger share in tourism sector, the tourism potential of Vijayawada region lies unexplored. During the recent years it is been reported that a slow but steady growth is found in tourist footfall in Krishna district. Activities such as business conferences, high level meetings, IT presence and famous tourist spots attracts domestic visitors. The influence of the capital region was another factor for the increase in tourism. (Bommakanti, 2018)

Climate Suitability The climate of the region plays a major role in tourist arrival timings. The best time of year to visit Vijayawada for general outdoor tourist activities is from late November to late February, with a peak score in the second week of January. The period favors clear, rainless days with perceived temperatures between 65°F and 80°F. The best time of year to visit Vijayawada for hot-weather activities is from late January to late March, with a peak score in the third week of February. The period favors clear, rainless days with perceived temperatures between 75°F and 90°F. (Cedar Lake Ventures, n.d.)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

96


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 8.6: Tourism and Beach/Pool score in Vijayawada Source: weatherspark.com

Tourist Places

Kanaka Durga Temple Located on the Indrakeeladri hill, on the banks of the river Krishna, it is one of the largest temples in India and 2nd largest temple in Andhra Pradesh. The temple exhibits Dravidian style of architecture. It is believed that on the Keela Mountain, goddess Durga had been glowing with the lighting of crores of suns, with golden colour. Kanaka Durga temple is truly synonymous with this city known as the land of victory. A holy dip in river Krishna (2 kms from RTC bus stand) is also a big highlight of the place. (Administration, 2021) It is estimated that everyday about 50,000 devotees visit the Durga temple on average.

Figure 8.7 Views of Kanaka Durga Temple, immersing the idol of Goddess Durga in the river, various activities taking place along the Ghat

The “dasara” festival is celebrated in a very big way here with large number of pilgrims taking part in the festivities. Sri Durga Malleswara Swamy Varla Devasthanam (SDMSD) has earned a revenue of about Rs.13.77 crore in 2019.The revenue is obtained through offerings made by devotees, sale of darshanam tickets and prasadam. As per the report, during the year 2019, the temple earned Rs 1.13 crore through the sale of Rs 300 darshanam tickets and Rs 3.17 crore through sale of laddus and pulihora prasadam. Total 17.7 lakh devotees visited the temple during the Dasara festival. But this revenue sharply fell in the year 2020 due to impact of covid-19. The total revenue which was Rs. 34.50 crore in the year 2019 fell to Rs.18.90 crore in the year 2020. (Service, 2019) The two major festivals conducted here are Navaratri festival and Pushkaram festival. The holy dip in Krishna River is a ritual and many activities happen along the Ghats of the river lead to environmental degradation. During Navaratri festival in various parts of the city the idols of Goddess Durga is immersed in the river, which makes the water polluted with plaster of Paris (PoP) and harmful artificial colours. The water body gets polluted with papers, polythene bags, clothes

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

97


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 left behind by devotees’ soaps, detergents etc. Large number of tourists visits these Ghats everyday which generates large quantum of wastes in the river.

Undavalli Caves It is one of the major attractions of Vijayawada. Situated around 6 km south west from Vijayawada, these caves were built during the 4th - 5th century. Undavalli caves are located at the top of high hills overlooking the Krishna River in the Undavalli village. Carved out of sandstone on the side of a hill, it is believed to be the rest houses of Buddhist monks. Major attraction of the cave is the sculpture of the Lord Vishnu, which is made out of the single granite block. It is one of the most visited destination by locals as well as the Buddhist tourists. Undavalli caves became popular after bifurcation of Andhra Pradesh. Large-scale construction and road-widening activities around the heritage site pose great threat to these Undavalli caves also leading to sound and air pollution. According to Kali Sivareddy, a heritage activist, "Any construction activity close to a heritage site would pose serious threat to the very structure."

Bhavani Island Major source of contamination includes waste materials from the industries and waste lines connected to the unlined irrigation canals. Dumping of municipal solid waste and construction wastes led to high concentrations of all physiochemical properties. The depletion of ground water table is mainly because of over exploitation of ground water and unauthorized sewer lines. In 2016, CGWB has found the groundwater to be fresh to brackish, hard to very hard, often enriched with nitrate, phosphate and faecal coliform. Bhavani Island having an area of 133 acres, is located in Krishna river close to the city., which The island offers various activities include sporting activities, resorts, rural museum, Berm Park, ropeway etc. Andhra Pradesh Tourism Development Corporation (APTDC) has developed infrastructure on Bhavani Island to attract many tourists. Ecologically fragile Bhavani Island with both blue and green ecosystems witnesses a huge number of tourists in recent times, which is generating plastic wastes in massive quantities. Spas, water rides and swimming pools lead to increased water pollution and contamination in Krishna River. The chlorinated water from these areas is dumped into the river directly without de-chlorinating, affecting thousands who consume it as drinking water. This activity has also led to the disappearance of two out of five fish varieties and fresh water prawns. Increased activities in the island disturbs the local water birds in the island. (CORRESPONDENT, 2012) The 2019 floods affected the Island’s ecosystem leading to the death of exotic birds and also soil erosion.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

98


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 8.8: Bhavani Island and effects of Flood on it

Mogalarajapuram Caves One of the most significant landmarks of the heritage of Vijayawada, these ancient caves, date back to 5th century. They are one of the centrally protected monuments of national importance. The caves hold religious and spiritual value as they house idols of Lord Nataraja and Lord Vinayaka amongst many more, a few cave temples and a shrine for Goddess Durga.

Figure 8.9: Mogalarajapuram Caves

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

99


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Hazrat Bal Mosque The Hazrat Bal Mosque situated in the heart of Vijayawada is a famous pilgrim center and holds a significant position among Muslim devotees. It is well known for its architectural beauty and houses a sacred relic of Prophet Mohammed.

Figure 8.10: Hazrat Bal Mosque

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

100


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Gundala Matha Shrine Gundala Matha shrine, popularly known as St. Mary’s Church is constructed on Gundala region in Vijayawada. One of the rare distinction of the shrine is the presence of the iron cross erected atop the hill. Large number of devotees are attracted to this shrine during Sundays and important occasions like Annual Feast of Our Lady of Lourdes. The museum inside the church that exhibits holy relics of ancient period is another attraction

Figure 8.11: Gundala Matha Shrine

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

101


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Victoria Museum Victoria museum or Bapu museum located at M.G Road of Vijayawada is an archaeological museum in the memory of Bapu (film director). The museum maintained by the Archeological department has large collection of sculptures, paintings and artifacts of Buddhist and Hindu relics. The museum is a hundred-year-old structure constructed in an Indo-European style.

Figure 8.12: Victoria Museum

Conclusion Covid -19 has a great impact on tourist footfall in Vijayawada. The footfall has reduced to 30% from 2019.Uneven quality in site restoration and interpretation, fragmentation of effort and lack of integrated leadership, lack of public education and awareness, inadequate visitor service infrastructure, lack of aggressive marketing and insufficient investment are some of the key issues and challenges found in the tourism sector.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

102


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 9: Water Supply Introduction Sufficient quantity of good quality water is essential for a healthy society. But in the present situation, there is an acute problem of drinking water all over the state. The problem of providing safe and adequate drinking water has attained international attention. People cannot achieve a quality of life consistent with human dignity unless they have access to safe drinking water. The United Nations declared 1981-90 as The International Drinking Water Supply & Sanitation Decade, to impress upon the nations the need to give due priority to the provision of safe drinking water. At the end of the decade, the supply of drinking water has improved markedly though it could not keep pace with the increasing population, especially in urban areas. Vijayawada is another city in India which is getting added to the metropolitan league in near future. The city is witnessing an inflow of people from all over the state and adjoining states through immigration. This in turn results in the ascending demand for the supply of water in the city. The city resides on the banks of river Krishna which add a great advantage to the city’s water supply system.

Existing Details As per 2011 census, the population of Vijayawada city was 10.34 lakhs. The area under Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) jurisdiction is around 61.88 km². The main sources of water supply to the city is the Krishna River and Ground water and dependency is shown in Fig 9.1. Krishna River,

Quantity of water drawn in MLD 26%

Krishna River Ground w ater

74%

Figure 9.1: Quantitative contribution of Water sources

from where the water is storedin three reservoirs namely Dr. K.L Rao Head Water Works, Padmavathi Puskar Ghat and Head Water Works Infiltration Galleries and also ground water and supplied to the residents of the city. There are a total of 68 Elevated Level Service Reservoirs (ELSRs) located in different wards of the city’s jurisdiction. The city has a storage capacity of 227.30 MLD. The net present supply is about 172 MLD. Out of 276081 households,the number of house service connections are estimated to be 125707 out of which 75,231 are general and 41,938 are for the BPL families. Out of the total 125707 House service connections, only 8538 are metered connections. The total numbers of public stand posts are 2892 and there are about 2421 hand bores in the city. There are 56 power bores, 27 boosters

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

103


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 and 52 booster pumping stations available in the city. Sixteen water tankers provide mobile water service around the city. In circle I, the total number of assessments was 47568 and the total number of water connections is 31777 out of which 25923 are for general and 5854 are for BPL families. There is total of 2000 metered water connections in circle I out of which 1282 are residential, 621 are commercial and 97 are apartment connections.In circle II, the total number of assessments is 61788 and the total number of water connections are 47991 out of which 18213 are for general and 29778 are for BPL families. There is total of 1789 metered water connections in circle II out of which 973 are residential, 549 are commercial and 267 are apartment connections. In circle III, the total numbers of assessments are 79935 and the total numbers of water connections are 37401 out of which 31095 are for general and 6306 are for BPL families. There is total of 4749 metered water connections in circle II out of which 1874 are residential, 1793 are commercial and 1083 are apartment connections. Distribution system is a network of pipelines that distribute water to the consumers. They are designed to adequately satisfy the water requirement for a combination of Domestic, Commercial, industrial and Firefighting purposes. The distribution system should be capable of delivering adequate quantities of water under prescribed pressure to all the consumers to be serviced within the network system. In Circle I, the available length in the distribution network is 347.15 Km out of which 152.25 Km is damaged or deficient length. In Circle II, the available length in the distribution network is 269 Km out of which 65 Km is damaged or deficient length. In Circle III, the available length in the distribution network is 384.31 Km out and has no damaged or deficient length. Out of 82115 slum households, only 33268 are house service connections. Actual daily water supply is 26.30MLD (i.e. about 50 lpcd-60 lpcd) while the demand is 68MLD as per benchmark of 150lpcd. There are 2056 public stand posts, 19 power bore wells and 1108 hand bores in the slums of the city. The length of the water distribution network is 253 Km. Table 9.1: Slums Water distribution source wise in Vijayawada Source

Number of Households

Own Tap

60765

Public Tap

13138

Open well/ Tube well/ bore well: Outside

2636

premises Open well/ Tube well/ Bore well: Inside

4910

premises Open well

189

Water tanker

477

Total

82115

Source: Development of Slum water poverty Index, Dr. Maqbool

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

104


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

City Level Analysis City has five water treatment plants (WTP) of which four WTP at upstream of Prakasham Barrage with capacity 170 MLD and another WTP Water coverage is an important criterion to understand the water supply scenario of an area. Water coverage here is calculated by dividing the water pipeline length of that area by the total road length of that area. It was found that ward no. 52, 53, 48 and 31 had least percentage of water

Figure 9.2: Water supply main distribution network Source: Vijayawada Municipal Corporation

coverage falling between the range of 22- 35 i.e. at maximum 35% of the area is covered with water supply connection. Falling on the range of 35-48% of water coverage are ward no. 58, 56, 55, 29, 30, 28, 27, 26, 25, 30, 38, 41, 42 and 16. It was also observed that circle 3 had maximum coverage of water supply ranging from 88- 100%, while the wards falling near the river had low water coverage in Circle 3.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

105


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 9.4: Ward wise water Coverage Source: Development of Slum water poverty Index, Dr. Maqbool

Figure 9.3: Ward wise water Deficit (lpcd) Source: Development of Slum water poverty Index, Dr. Maqbool

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

106


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 In order to calculate water deficit at slum level, a service level benchmark of 80 lpcd has been considered. For this calculation wards with zero slum population have been neglected. Ward no. 52, 55, 56, 53, 45, 31, 28, 25, 33 and 16 has the maximum deficit of 40-49 lpcd. While ward no. 54, 30, 26, 35, 36, 40, 42, 43, 50 and 51 falls in the range of 32-40 lpcd water deficit. Table 9.2: Service level benchmarks and GAP analysis Parameter Per capita water supply Water coverage Continuity of water supply Quality Non-revenue water Water metering connections Efficiency in Redressal of customer complaints Cost recovery in water supply services Efficiency in collection of water supply related charges

Existing 150 lpcd 90.01% 4hrs/day 100% 15.91% 8.67% 99%

Benchmark 150 lpcd 100% 24hrs 100% 20% 100% 80%

Gap 0 9.99% 20hrs 0 4.09% 91.33% 0

97.81% 48.72%

100% 90%

2.19% 41.28%

Key issues      

VMC does not have any layout diagram of water supply distribution. Though the per capita water supply is according to service level benchmark, in the analysis there is a huge gap. Only 50% of households have water metering connections. Continuity of water supply is 2 hours twice a day. Damaged pipes causing huge water loss i.e. 15% but as per city norms it should be 5-10%. Slums are the major areas with lack of proper water supply.

Figure 9.5: Water strategies implementation Plan Source: Vijayawada Municipal Corporation

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

107


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Projected Water demand Category Domestic Industrial Institutional and Commercial Public Utilities Subtotal Fire Demand NRW

Quantity Supply 150 lpcd 90lpcd 20lpcd

172

10lpcd

15% subtotal

Total Supply deficit/Gap Source: Primary, done by author 

Table 9.3: Projected Water Demand of Supply 2011 Water Demand (MLD) (MLD) 2021 2031

172 3.216143654 of 25.8 201.0161437

185.13675 111.08205 24.6849

220.1628 132.0977 29.35504

2041 260.2322 156.1393 34.69762

12.34245 333.24615 3.5131823 49.986923

14.67752 396.293 3.831125 59.44396

17.34881 468.4179 4.16519 70.26268

386.74625 185.73011

459.5681 258.552

542.8457 341.8296

It is observed that for the projected year of 2021, 2031 and 2041 the supply gap observed is about 186MLD, 258MLD and 342MLD. For the increased demand there is a need for more water treatment capacity plants.

S.No

Year

1 2021 2 2031 3 2041 Source: Primary, done by author

Table 9.4: Gap in WTP capacity Demand Supply Capacity(MLD) 159.44 232.27 315.54

Gap

In

Treatment

It is observed that for the projected year of 2021, 2031, and 2041 the gap in WTP capacity is about 160MLD, 232 MLD and 316 MLD.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

108


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 10: Sanitation Introduction As per Swachh Survekshan 2020 Rankings, Vijayawada won the ‘cleanest big city’ award in the category for cities with over 10 lakh people. In the 2019 edition of the Swachh survey, Vijayawada was ranked 12th, while in 2020 it ranked 6th largest clean city in India. Out of total 6,000 marks, Vijayawada secured 5,270.32 marks, which included 1,329.09 for ‘service-level progress’, 1,100 for ‘certification’, 1,443 for ‘direct observation’, and 1,348.23 for ‘citizen feedbacks and swachhata mobile application’.

Current Sanitation Scenario Based on the Household Facility Survey 2007-20008, in Andhra Pradesh State, 38.4% households have access to sanitation on facilities, including improved source of sanitation on, flush toilets not collected by sewers/septic pits/ twin pits, pits without slab and dry toilets. The rest 61.6% have no toilet and take the use of open space. 60.3% household in Krishna district have the access to sanitation on facilities.

Sanitation facilities Of all the houses having latrine facility, 53.7% have piped sewer system, while 36.7% have septic tank and the rest 0.6% have some other system of flushing. Of the 3.4 % households not having latrine facility within the premises either defecate in the open (2.2%) or use public toilets (1.1%).

1.1%

3.3% Latrine facility available Night soil disposed into open drain 96.6%

Latrine facility not available

Figure 10.1: Sanitation Facilities, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Houses, Household Amenities and Assets, Census of India (2011)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

109


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

0.6%

Piped sewer system 36.7%

Septic tank 53.7% Other

Figure 10.2: Latrine Facilities, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Houses, Household Amenities and Assets, Census of India (2011)

Open defecation

1.1%

2.2%

Public toilets

Figure 10.3: Non-Latrine Facilities, Vijayawada (2011) Source: Houses, Household Amenities and Assets, Census of India (2011)

Public toilets The VMC and SULABH, an NGO, have provided a total of 78 public toilets with 850 seats at 78 locations. These are mostly located in slum areas, commercial areas, markets, railway station and bus stand. The maintenance of, particularly public toilets, is much to be desired. According to the primary household survey, 95% of households use their private toilets, only 2% use public toilets, and others use open spaces for defecation. In surrounding zones, majority of the households do not have individual toilets and are dependent on public toilets which are not maintained properly, especially in slums.

Key issues and challenges 

As of 2004, 110 slums have been identified with 106 of them notified in Vijayawada. More often, the slums lack sanitary facilities particularly like the individual toilets.

Most of the public places and activity centres like markets, bus stands, railway stations, public offices and recreational places also lack adequate toilet facilities.

The existing public toilets provided in slum area and public places are not maintained properly and most of the toilets are in un-hygienic condition.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

110


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Effect of poor sanitation on health One of the major challenges faced by the people living in these slums is poor living conditions. Around 20 slums in Vijayawada are situated on river bends and canals, making these areas very hazardous in terms of sanitation, accessibility to potable water and general living conditions. These slums are densely populated and this poses challenges while controlling seasonal and communicable diseases, ensuring good quality of life and, improving the health outcomes of the vulnerable population. Owing to the various social and environmental challenges, the population is exposed to a large number of health risks. Water safety and sanitation are highly neglected in this community, increasing the spread of infections. In addition to this is the changing lifestyles of slum dwellers – like increases in sedentary behaviour, poor diet, and increased access to alcohol and tobacco. Given these risk factors, common diseases prevalent in the slums include infectious diseases such as malaria, diarrhoea, tuberculosis and, eye and ear infections; nutritional diseases such as malnutrition and anaemia and; non-communicable diseases such as hypertension, diabetes, cardiovascular diseases, kidney diseases and mental health issues. However, despite the numerous health issues, health service uptake and lifestyle management seem to be low in this community. Preliminary research showed that the outpatient visits over 27 Urban Health Centres (UHCs) are limited to about 30 patients (ranges 9 to 50 patients)/day on an average. This could be due to the poor outreach activities conducted by the health services in the community.

Effect of poor sanitation on environment Inadequate sanitation practices negatively impact the environment. For poor families living in congested urban slums and in villages, the lack of any sanitation facility means that waste lies on the streets, clogs the drains and creates an immediate local hazard – as well as creating optimum conditions for the growth of disease vectors. Waterborne sewage uses scarce freshwater resources and may contaminate surface waters when it is discharged into the environment without adequate treatment – thus endangering downstream users and aquatic resources.

Vision of Andhra Pradesh State Sanitation Strategy All cities and towns in Andhra Pradesh become totally clean, sanitized, healthy, liveable, ensuring and sustaining good public health and environmental outcomes for all citizens, with a special focus on hygienic and affordable sanitation for the urban poor and women with specific focus on the diverse topography of the state and its implications.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

111


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Goals and service outcomes The public toilet coverage in corporation area needs to be enhanced to 80% by the year 2015 and 100% by the year 2020. In surrounding zones, 50% of coverage to public toilets should be achieved by the year 2015 and 75% by 2015. Table 10.1.: Goals, service outcomes for different horizon years

Vision Outcomes

2005-06

2010

2015

2020

90 50 100 75

100 75 100 90

100 100 100 100

100 100 100 100

25

60

100

100

City Poor City Poor

Access to individual toilets Access to Community toilets Cost recovery/ User fee (% of O&M) Source: Vijayawada - City Development Plan

Strategies and action plan Considering the current challenges and identified goals, a robust strategy (2005-2012) is adopted to achieve 100% sanitation system. Table 10.2: Goals, service outcomes for different horizon years

Component

Activity

Yr 1

Yr 2

Yr 3

Yr 4

Yr 5

Yr 6

Yr 7

Development

Community Initiative

Design and Implementation of Communication Strategy Planning, Reforms and Institutional Strengthening

Baseline Survey Human Resource

Support E-Governance Private Sector Participation

Service

Providing Community

Delivery

Toilets Citizen feedback

Citizens

mechanisms to be

Relations

established

Management

Complaint readdressal made robust

Source: Vijayawada - City Development Plan

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

112


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 10.3: Strategy implementation road map

Projects

Timeline 2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2015

2020

Providing community toilets Providing urinals

DPR & Scoping

Implementation

Operation & Maintenance

Source: Vijayawada Municipal Corporation – JNNURM

Initiatives taken by the Government Programmatic initiatives 

Swachh Bharat Mission – Urban (SBM-U)

Atal Mission for Rejuvenation and Urban Transformation (AMRUT)

Policy initiatives 

National Urban Sanitation Programme (NUSP), 2008

Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment Systems, 2013

National Policy on Faecal Sludge and Septage Management (FSSM), 2017

Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) for Cleaning of Sewers and Septic Tanks, 2018

Advisory on Emergency Response Sanitation Unit (ERSU) 2019Various Advisories on Sanitation

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

113


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 11: Sewerage and Drainage Overview Water and wastewater are integral part of human life. Collection of rainwater and management and proper disposal of wastewater both are essential for proper running of a community. In urban areas, the rainwater generally gets eroded due to lack of open spaces and the impermeable builtup (roads, buildings etc.). Hence, it becomes very important for an urban area to have a good drainage system to collect the rainwater. A good system will also prevent the occurrence of urban floods during heavy rain spells which is a common occurrence in many metropolitan cities in India. A sewerage system deals with sullage and sewage generated by the community and takes the waste to the treatment plants from where the wastewater is recycled for secondary usage and the rest is dispersed in a water body after treatment. A good sewerage system with all its apprentices and good maintenance is essential for transport of the waste without any leakages. The drainage and sewerage system can be a separate system or a combined system based on the rainfall the place receives.

Rationale The city of Vijayawada in Andhra Pradesh is basically a commercial city and one of the fastest growing on the East coast of India. The rapid urbanization and industrialization of the city has led to the decrease in the open spaces (pervious spaces) within the city. Also, the rapid growth has left the city with an incompetent drainage and sewerage system with constant efforts being made by the Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) to revamp them.

Aim To study the drainage and sewerage network profile of the Vijayawada city.

Objective  To study the topography and rainfall intensity of the city and determine the peak discharge to be handled by the network.  Identify the shortcomings in the network and the works undertaken by VMC.  To carryout flood analysis and identify the areas subjected to flooding due to poor network. 

Scope The study focused on the existing drainage and sewerage system of the city, understanding the coverage and the benchmarks achieved by the system and then estimating the demand for the future.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

114


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Limitations The study was carried out during the Covid-19 pandemic and which restricted the data collection process. The revelations made in the study have all been taken from various secondary sources.

Methodology 

Collection of data from various secondary sources (reports, articles, journals etc.) which includes literature, maps, tables and images.

Analysis of data collected, representation of facts and comparison with the benchmarks.

After understanding the present scenario and network coverage, peak discharge the system may experience in the future is determined based on the rainfall data and the waste generation.

Analysis of the flooding situation in the city based on the previous flood experiences and identification of flood prone areas.

Data required 

Topography of Vijayawada.

Demographic data of Vijayawada.

Monthly average annual rainfall of city and the corresponding rainfall days.

Coverage of drainage and sewerage network.

Sewerage treatment plants – location and capacity.

Previous flood data and timeline of floods and effected areas.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

115


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Storm water management The main idea of constructing a storm water drain in an urban area is to drain off the rain water and other waste water in the urban area and reducing the chances for the occurrence of floods. The storm water drains are supposed to carry water outside the city and then connect to another water source like rivers and lakes. Usually storm water drains in every urban area will be along the transportation corridors .i.e. roads in the city.

Figure 11.1 - Land use of Vijayawada city Source: Strategies of storm water management in Vijayawada by Rajiv Menon (2015)

In Vijayawada, due to its dry climate the city operates a combine system for drainage and sewage transportation from communities to treatment plants and later to disposal sites. During most time of the year the system carries only the wastewater generated by the city and experiences heavy discharges during monsoon. Vijayawada has undulated topography with small and large hills scattered across the city. The southern part of the city slopes towards south into the Krishna River, the central part slopes

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

116


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 towards north and the northern part slopes towards the south. The major draining channels which receive surface runoff are Krishna and Budameru rivers and Eluru, Ryes and Bandar canals.

Current scenario and the challenges The drainage network in the city is provided along the road network either on one side or on the both side of the roads. Storm water drainage network is inefficient and inadequate in almost all wards of the city and are very narrow in few wards. Majority of the drains in the city are open drains (49%) and underground closed drains covers 21%, the rest 30% of the city does not have a proper drainage network. Table 11.1 - Existing drain length in km

Length in Km Road length

1241

Road with open drains on one side

86.68

Road with open drains on both sides

517.88

Total length of roads with open drains

604.56

Percent of roads with drains

49

Open drains

1122.4

Underground drainage length

392

Sources – Vijayawada City development plan.

The city experiences frequent flooding due to sewage leakage because of encroachment, silting and solid waste dumping in the drainage channels. The drains empty themselves into the canals polluting the canals and the environment along the canals.

Figure 11.2: Elevation map with schematic flow direction Source – UNDP – IIHS Resilience Baseline studies, Vijayawada city profile, 2017 (For elevation)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

117


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

The entire southern part of the city slopes down towards the river Krishna in the south.

The central part slopes down towards the north.

The northern areas have a downward slope towards south

Sewerage in Vijayawada

Figure 11.3 - Circle and Zones of Vijayawada city

Vijayawada city is divided into four zones namely - Central zone, Western zone, Eastern Southeastern zone and Northern zone for providing and maintenance of the sewerage system. These zones are further divided into blocks for maintenance and cleaning process.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

118


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Distribution Network and Current Scenario According to the census of India 2011 out of the total waste water outlet connections in the city, 62.9% were connected to closed drainage, 34.3% had open drainage connections and 2.8% had no drainage. The existing sewerage system is expected to serve only 2.5 lakh people with scientific method of treatment out of which only the central zone has underground drainage serving 18000 sewerage connections covering only 10% population. The situation in the slums is more grime as there are no proper sewerage connections covering mere 2% population.

Figure 11.4- Households with no sewerage connection in VMC area (2011) Source – UNDP – IIHS Resilience Baseline studies, Vijayawada city profile, 2017

11.3.3.1 Sewage Treatment Plant The total sewerage generated municipal limits is estimated to be 148 MLD, whereas the treatment plants presently operating are of low utilizable capacity treating only 10% of sewage generated. Currently four sewage treatment plants are operational and four more are being set up to meet the future demand. Table 11.2 - Sewage Treatment Facilities

S. NO

LOCATION

1

CAPACITY

INFLOW IN STP

EFFICIENCY

Ramalingeshwara Nagar 10MLD

10MLD

100%

2

Ramalingeshwara Nagar 20MLD

16MLD

80%

3

Auto Nagar

10MLD

10MLD

100%

4

Ajith Singh Nagar

40MLD

35MLD

87%

Total

80 MLD

71 MLD

Source - Feasibility study of the development of new capital city and urban infrastructure AP, 2017

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

119


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Plan for Sewage Treatment Plants

Table 11.3 - Existing and Proposed STP S. NO

ZONE NO.

LOCATION OF STP

1

I

Ajith Singh Nagar 40MLD 20MLD

2 3

CAPACITY

TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

TREATED EFFLUENT BY PRODUCT USE DISPOSAL

U.A.S.B.R

Budameru Drain

II

Auto Nagar

10MLD

EXTENDED AERATION

4 5 6

III

10MLD Ramalingeshwara 20MLD Nagar 10MLD

7

IV

Jakkampudi

M.B.B.R U.A.S.B.R EXTENDED AERATION U.A.S.B.R

8

20MLD 20MLD

POPULATION COVERED

Sludge cake 4,00,000 sold to farmers

Gunduthippa Sludge cake 1,50,000 Drain used in horticulture Krishna River Sludge cake 2,00,000 used in horticulture Budameru Drain

-

3,50,000

Source - Feasibility study of the development of new capital city and urban infrastructure AP, 2017

Sewage outfalls and Discharge into Canal – • Bandar canal –The five sewages outfalls in the area discharge around 15 MLD of sewage into the canal.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

120


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 • Ryves canal –. There are 8 sewage outfalls discharging around 25 MLD of sewage into the canal. • Eluru canal –There are 18 sewage outfalls discharges around 22 MLD of sewage into this canal. • The sewage which goes untreated is directly dumped into the canals and dumping of solid waste in these channels by locals causes pollution of the water bodies and also decreases the carrying capacity of the canals due to choking and silting. 11.3.3.2 Key Issues and Challenges 

There is no comprehensive master plan in underground drainage scheme for Vijayawada.

The Present sewerage system covers only 40% of the population and is heavily underutilized.

In majority of the areas the infrastructure is dilapidated and requires replacements.

In some areas the sewerage scheme is overloaded due to rapid increase in population.

The system is failing to deliver the designed discharged due incrustation and scaling in pipes.

Poor performance and increased load on pumps due to corrosion and formation of scales.

The life of the treatment works for central area is exhausted and requires new treatment works.

11.3.3.3 Targeted and achieved benchmarks The benchmarks are the standards set by various Organisations such URDPFI, CPHEEO etc. which help municipal corporations in maintaining the systems and serving the people. These standards enlighten the citizens on the level and quality of service which they should receive from the urban local bodies. Table 11.4 - Benchmark Indicators

Categories

Benchmark

Current (2017- Target (2018-

(%)

18)

19)

Coverage of toilets

100

100

100

Coverage of sewage network services

100

46.89

75

Collection of efficiency of sewage network

100

85.15

100

Adequacy of sewage treatment capacity

100

92.25

100

Quality of sewage treatment

100

100

100

Extent of reuse and recycling of treated

20

0

10

customer

80

100

100

Extent of cost of recovery in sewage

100

85.25

100

90

100

100

sewage Efficiency

in

redressal

of

complaints management Efficiency in collection of sewage charges Source – Krishna district gazette (29-09-2018)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

121


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Estimation of Storm water and sewage Vijayawada city as mentioned earlier employs a combined system for dealing with storm water and sewage discharge from the community. It becomes necessary that the system is capable of dealing with waste which will be generated in future. Based on the sewage discharge and peak rainfall estimates the peak discharge is estimated. The peak discharge estimated will govern the design of the new network as the current system in the city is not even capable of managing present discharge. 11.3.4.1 Strom water Estimation The storm water discharge resulting from a community during a spell of rain can be estimated by Rational formula. Q – Storm water discharge in m³/sec A – Area in hectare (5361.965 ha) I – Impermeability factor (or) runoff factor (0.75) R – Rainfall intensity in mm/hr

𝑨𝑰𝑹 𝑸= 𝟑𝟔𝟎

Table 11.5 - Estimation of Storm Water Discharge

Month

Mean total rainfall Rainfall duration

Intensity (mm/hr) Discharge (m³/sec)

(mm)

(hrs)

Jan

7.2

12

0.6

6.70

Feb

7.6

12

0.633333

7.07

Mar

16.9

21.6

0.782407

8.74

Apr

16.3

19.2

0.848958

9.48

May

59.9

60

0.998333

11.15

Jun

117.2

163.2

0.718137

8.02

Jul

194.9

290.4

0.671143

7.5

Aug

179.4

252

0.711905

7.95

Sep

173.5

211.2

0.821496

9.17

Oct

144.8

184.8

0.78355

8.75

Nov

48.1

60

0.801667

8.95

Dec

12.1

19.2

0.630208

7.04

Source – IMD (rainfall data)

11.3.4.2 Sewage Estimation The sewage generated by the city is calculated by multiplying a factor of conversion to the amount of water supplied.

𝑸ⱳⱳ = 𝑾𝒂𝒕𝒆𝒓 𝒔𝒖𝒑𝒑𝒍𝒊𝒆𝒅 ∗ 𝒄𝒐𝒏𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒔𝒊𝒐𝒏 𝒇𝒂𝒄𝒕𝒐𝒓 (𝟎. 𝟖) Total sewage generated = 𝑸ⱳⱳ * total population Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

122


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 11.6 - Estimation of Sewage

Year

Population

Water

demand Total sewage generated (MLD)

(MLD) 2021

1234245

185.80

148.64

2031

1467752

220.83

176.66

2041

1734881

260.9

208.72

11.3.4.3 Estimation of Peak Discharge Based on the results obtained for the storm water discharge and the sewage estimation for the years 2021, 2031 and 2041 the peak discharge the system will have to transport over the years is estimated. The drainage system should be capable to handle a discharge of 14 MLD by 2041.

Table 11.7 - Total load on drains

Year

Sewage (m³/sec)

Peak storm discharge (m³/sec)

Total discharge into drains (m³/sec)

2021

1.72

11.15

12.87

2031

2.045

11.15

13.195

2041

2.416

11.15

13.566

Source – Population (Demographics team), Water demand (Water supply team)

Flood analysis of Vijayawada The city over the course of past few decades has experienced numerous floods due to infringement of the flood plains by growing population. Flooding due to Krishna River and Budameru River is common and effects people living in the flood plains of the rivers every year during monsoon 11.3.5.1 Flooding in Krishna River The flooding of Krishna River occurs mainly due to release of excess water from Nagarjuna Sagar Dam. The release of water from Nagarjuna Sagar Dam increases the discharge at the Prakasam Barrage which is located just on the upstream of Vijayawada. Once the safety level of the barrage is infringed the areas on the flood plains of river will be flooded. 11.3.5.2 Flooding in Budameru River The flooding of Budameru River is due to release of excess water by the reservoir at the Velagaleru regulator. The city also flooding due to water logging due to flows from Budameru River. The low

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

123


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 lying areas along the river in the city experience the water logging particularly during retreating monsoon (due to the depressions and cyclones), when reservoirs are almost at the full capacity. 11.3.5.3 Effect of flooding on Vijayawada In city, a total of 35 divisions are affected by flooding, out of which 18 are affected by flooding from Krishna River and 17 are affected by flooding in Budameru River. 10% of the total population of the city is vulnerable to flooding and 16% of the total slum population is vulnerable to flooding. 11.3.5.4 Areas Effected Rotary Nagar, Ekalavya Nagar, Urmila Subbaro Nagar, Ambedkar Nagar, Housing Board Colony, Labor Colony, Rama Nagar, Deenadayal Nagar, Arundoya Nagar, Devi Nagar, Indira Nayak Nagar, Vijayadurga Nagar, Ayodhya Nagar, Patel Nagar, Old Rajeev Nagar, New Rajeev Nagar, VUDA Colony, Singh Nagar, Vambey Nagar, Sangam Road, Gandhiji Colony, Lanchi Revu, Karakatta, Police Colony, Bhoopesh Gupta Nagar, Tarakarama Nagar, Ranadheer Nagar, Karmel Nagar and Joseph Nagar.

Projects Undertaken by VMC Projects for Storm Water Drains

 Desilting and removal of weeds  Removal of Encroachments  Widening and deepening  Construction of side walls and lining  Diversion of drains  Construction of cross drainage works  Drains in major arterial roads  Drains on interior roads  Conversion of Kutcha to Pucca Roads  Rehabilitation of flood prone areas  Rehabilitation of Krishna river bed and improvements  Conservation of Budameru rivulet Projects for Sewerage

Achieving 100% household coverage

Distribution of network expansion

New pump-cum-sump houses (PCSH) & Network Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

124


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

New Sewage Treatment Plants (STP)

Remodelling of old sewer lines (Trunk mains and Distribution mains)

Repairs and upgradation of motors in STPs and PCSHs

Upgradation of Sewage Treatment Plants

Augmentation of existing transmission mains

Mechanization and Modernization

Canal Reclamation

The above mention projects were proposed by VMC IN 2006 with target year of 2020 to begin operation and maintenance with a total cost of Rs. 1,377 crores. Source – Vijayawada Municipal Corporation, JNNURM

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

125


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 12: Solid Waste Management Introduction Vijayawada City is spread across 61.88 sq.km and is divided into 64 sanitary divisions and 64 municipal wards for the purpose of SWM. The city had a population of 10,34,358 as per census 2011. The current population for the year 2020 is estimated to be 13,55,510 with an annual growth rate of 3.05% per year. The total waste generated is around 550 metric tons per day (with per capita waste generation of 0.5 kg per day) of which, approximately 265 metric tons is wet waste and 285 metric tons is dry waste. The wet waste comprises of discarded vegetables, fruits and flowers and is composted at waste treatment plants and composting units located across the city to produce organic manure, while dry waste comprising of construction and demolition waste, silt, etc. is transferred to the dumping yards. The city is processing 240 metric tons of wet waste and 229 metric tons of dry waste to produce compost and other material of commercial value through various service providers like waste composting units, waste recycling units, Bio methanization etc. The rest of the waste i.e., around 50 metric tons is sent it to the land fill site for final disposal. Vijayawada is the only city in India to completely use the waste generated for these purposes.

Below are some of the salient features of SWM activities in vijayawada city:

100 % garbage being treated - first in country Sanitation committees with elders and house wives in all wards Continuous street sweeping in commercial areas Door to door basket collection in all wards and seggregation at source in majority of wards Clean public toilets through sulabh international User charges for commercial establishment Implementation of various technologies for solid waste management The city is divided into 64 sanitary divisions for primary collection of waste generated in the municipal limits. There is house to house hold collection covering all the 64 wards in the city. VMC has divided the entire road length in the city into 1256 numbers of micro pockets with each micro pocket having different road length. The wet and dry waste is collected separately. VMC collects & handles household waste mostly. Waste from commercial areas, tourist hubs, temples, e-waste etc. are collected and managed by other agencies: ECO GARB pvt. ltd. & CUBE BIO ENERGY pvt. ltd. They completely handle collection, transportation & processing of waste.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

126


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Vijayawada won the ‘cleanest big city’ award in the category for cities with over 10 lakh people with the indicators of segregated door to door garbage collection, proper management of solid waste, green open space and measures to prevent public urination. It had earlier received this distinction in 2018. In the 2019 edition of the Swachh survey, Vijayawada was ranked 12th, Greater Vizag 23rd and Tirupati eighth. While Vijayawada and Greater Vizag improved their rankings, Tirupati slipped to the 12th rank this year. Out of the total of 6,000 marks, Vijayawada secured 5,270.32, which included 1,329.09 for ‘service-level progress’, 1,100 for ‘certification’, 1,493 for ‘direct observation’ and 1,348.23 for ‘citizen feedback and Swachhata mobile application. Vijayawada regained its position in 2020 by securing 4th position in in India in the clean city awards of Swachh Survekshan 2020. A collective effort of various wings in the VMC and the citizens’ feedback helped the city to achieve this rank.

Sources of Waste Waste quantities as well as composition are inextricably linked to the vibrancy of economic activity and resource consumption pattern of the society which generates the waste. Of the total municipal solid waste in Vijayawada, 370 tons is collected from residential sector, 100 tons is collected from commercial sector, 10 tons is collected from industrial sector, hospitals in the city generate approximately 20 tons of waste, construction and demolition waste contributes approximately 50 tons to the total city waste.

Figure 12.1: Sources of waste Source: VMC & International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

127


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Type of Waste As per an assessment carried out by Department of Environmental Sciences, Acharya Nagarjuna University, Guntur, Krishna in the year 2015, the average organic percentage of waste in MSW was 55%, combustibles were 35% and recyclables were 10%. The physio-chemical parameters of the solid waste collected from disposal sites were found in moderate range and the waste was very much suitable for composting practices.

Figure 12.2: Types of waste Source: VMC & International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

Benchmarks There are certain service level benchmarks for core urban services which includes solid waste management under the 14th finance commission publication of current service level and minimum service level targets proposed to be achieved. Here is the current status against each indicator of solid waste management and minimum service standard targets to be achieved by financial year 2018-2049 in Vijayawada Urban Local Body.

Figure 12.3: Benchmarks Source: Krishna District Gazette

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

128


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

From this chart it is evident that almost all the indicators are somewhat near or at par with the benchmarks except for the efficiency of cost recovery in SWM services which needs to be upgraded. More steps and measures are needed to be taken regarding this particular indicator.

Four Step Solid Waste Management The Procedure adopted for municipal solid waste management by Vijayawada municipal corporation (VMC) is a 4-step method for solid waste management.

STEP 1: Primary Collection There is a door-to-door collection of solid waste covering all the 64 wards in the city. The wet and dry waste is collected separately in major parts. Door to door collection of waste from households by the help of tricycles, wheel barrows and pushcarts.

Figure 12.4: Wheel barrow in Vijayawada Source: International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE)

STEP 2: Secondary Collection Waste collected from houses is transferred to dumper bins and compactor bins of 3.5 & 4.5 cum of size and capacity of 1 ton with convenient vehicles.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

129


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 12.5: Dumper bins in Vijayawada Source: International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE)

STEP 3: Transportation waste to transfer stations Waste is transferred to transfer stations from dumper bins or compactor bins. There are two transfer stations in Vijayawada and they are equipped with Weigh Bridge and hook loaders and waste will be transferred to big tippers for further steps. The transfer stations are located at: 

Ajith Singh nagar

Autonagar

Figure 12.6: Autonagar dumping station Source: International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE)

STEP 4: Disposal

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

130


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 This is the last step of solid waste management system followed by VMC. The waste will be transported to disposal site from transfer station. The present disposal site of VMC is located at Pathapadu village in Vijayawada rural of 2.75 acres 20 kms away from Vijayawada city.

Figure 12.7: Pathapadu disposal site Source: International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE)

Solid waste management is practiced in Vijayawada in these 4 steps for residential areas. Other sources of generation like commercial shops, markets, hotels & restaurants, street sweeping also somewhat follow the same steps bringing waste to secondary collections and then to dumping grounds.

Figure 12.8: Current SWM practice in Vijayawada Source: VMC & International Journal of Recent Technology and Engineering (IJRTE)

Garbage Bins VMC uses 168 numbers of garbage bins out of which 48 are dumper bins and the balance 120 are compactor bins. In addition, there are 32 are Smart bins. Out of total 64 wards, 52 wards are bin-

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

131


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 free and 12 wards use bin to collect waste. At the storage place at community location, the system of community bin is followed. There is a total of 315 loader points throughout the city of which 241 lies in bin-free wards and 74 lies in bin wards. VMC has provided 6 numbers of 1.3 Cubic meters, Smart Semi Underground garbage collection bins at 2 locations and 26 numbers of 3.0 Cubic meters, Smart Semi Underground garbage collection bins at 9 various locations in the city in the place of existing dumper bins from Swachh Andhra Corporation funds and the work is in progress.

Figure 12.9: Garbage bins in Vijayawada Source: VMC

Staffs Involved VMC has involved many staffs throughout the city for the proper management of waste in the city. The city has about 3919 sanitary staff, of which 3284 are from Development of Women and Children in Urban Areas (DWCUA) groups and have taken up the task of cleaning the roads every day and the rest 635 workers are P.H. workers for sanitation.

Generation and Processing of Waste Vijayawada city generates daily around 500 - 550 Metric Tonnes of Garbage. This waste comprises of dry, wet, hazardous and sanitary waste. Here is a table showing the total waste and classification of waste generation in Vijayawada city of a particular day. The total amount of waste generated is 516.6 TPD. Out of the total waste generated some amount of it is not collected which is being processed thereby only by the generators i.e., home composting and onsite composting by bulk waste generators. For the rest category the total waste generated is being collected by the VMC sources. The amount of waste collected is tried to be processed to its best as much possible. Vijayawada is known for its 100% waste processing. Still some amount of waste remains unprocessed which cannot be processed in any method. This mainly includes non – recyclable waste and some wet waste which is directly being disposed or dumped into the landfill site i.e., Pathapadu disposal site.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

132


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 7.1: Calculations of waste generation and processing

WASTE GENERATION

516.6 TPD TOTAL

Wet waste generation

275.5 TPD

Unprocessed wet waste

27.58 tpd

Dry waste generation

239.9 tpd

Wet waste processed

217.92 tpd

Wet waste collected

245.5 tpd

Dry waste processed

239.9 tpd

Dry waste collected

239.9 tpd

Non recyclables

19.19 tpd

Hazardous

1 tpd

Pathapadu (landfill)

46.77 tpd

Sanitary

0.163 tpd

PROCESSING & DISPOSAL

Source: VMC

Waste Generation in Wards Per Day Vijayawada city generates different types of wastes and when wars wise waste generation is considered, it is based on population of wards residing there. The more is the household population of any ward; the more is the waste generated in that ward. These wastes generated comprises of wet, dry, plastic, hazardous & sanitary wastes. The dry waste comprises all types of paper, glass, ceramic, plastic, boxes, tins, etc. Construction, demolition waste & plastic waste which also comprises the dry waste is treated in separate plants and rest in dry waste recycling & material recovery plants.

Figure 12.10: Ward wise waste generation Source: VMC

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

133


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Transportation of Waste VMC uses various convenient vehicles for the transport of waste from one place to other. There are various types of vehicles being used by VMC for waste collection, transportation and other waste management practices in the city. Table 7.2: Vehicles used in transportation of waste

TYPE OF VEHICLES

Nos.

Tractors

2

Tippers

24

Dumper Places

6

Compactors

46

Hook Loaders

2

CNG Autos

24

Two Wheelers

2

Sweeping Machines

13

Bobcats

3

Hemans (Skit Steer Loaders)

13

Jatayu Vehicles

3

Airtech

9

De-silting Machine Vehicles

5

Man Hole De-silting Machines

6

Mini Jetting Machines

3

Source: VMC & International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

VMC transports the wet and dry waste through closed compacted vehicles separately to the compost plants, energy generation plant, bio-mining plan, bio-methanation plant, construction and demolition plant, plastic recycling plants for processing of the waste and finally to the landfill site. The final disposable waste is transferred by 9 big tippers to the landfill site situated at Pathapadu. The garbage collected around those transfer station areas is being transported to these transfer stations with Autos, small tippers, Compactors, Dumper placers, and Tractors. Further the same is transported to Pathapadu land fill with Big Compactors and Big Tippers.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

134


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 12.11: Vehicle used in VMC for transportation of waste Source: International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

Vehicle Depot is also present to maintain vehicles and to provide them in the city of Vijayawada for the collection of garbage from various places to existing transfer stations at Ajith Singh nagar and at Autonagar and for further transportation from these transfer stations to land fill at Pathapadu dumping yard round the clock. Vehicle depot is also maintaining the vehicles which are being utilizing for sweeping of roads, sewerage purpose as and when required. Procurement of 3 numbers of BS-IV, 4 Cylinder engine with cabin and Chassis for bearing load capacity of 7.4 MT with 6000 liters capacity Tanker with water sprinkler to Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (NCAP Funds of MoEF & CC, GOI through APPCB) is taking place. VMC has also conducted the procurement, operation and maintenance of 3 numbers of Heavy-duty industrial road sweeper machine, mounting on 6 tonnes GVW/LCV Chassis to Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (NCAP Funds of MoEF & CC, GOI through APPCB). In addition, VMC has procured 25 numbers of CNG 3 Cubic meters capacity closed box tipper / Autos for garbage collection from 1st to 27th divisions in Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (General Funds). VMC has also procured 3 numbers of Roadside Rescue Open Drain Desilting Machine for removal of Silt/Grit in Open Drains (NALA Machines). VMC has procured 3 numbers of Vehicle Mounted Jetting, Grabbing and Roding Machine for Maintenance of Sewer System in Vijayawada Municipal Corporation to be supplied by contractor

Technologies and Treatment Plants VMC is using multi-pronged strategy to dispose and utilize the waste collected from different parts in the city. The city is doing onsite composting, recycling of dry waste material and energy recovery from organic waste. The use of various technologies is summarized below:

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

135


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 12.12: Waste processing plants in Vijayawada Source: VMC & International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

In Vijayawada Municipal Corporation daily around 500 - 550 Metric Tonnes of Garbage is generated. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation has 4 on site compost plants with the in taking capacity of 50, 50, 20 & 60 Metric Tonnes and 1 Windrow Compost plant with the in taking capacity of 150 Tonnes per day. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation has 160 Kabadiwala shops for dry waste recycling, daily they are recycling 229 Tonnes of Dry garbage.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

136


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 12.13: Processing of waste – composting Source: International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

VMC has installed one windrow compost plant and one bio methanization plant. In addition, there are 200 numbers of bulk waste generators which are practicing composting at source of waste generation and some people are also practicing home composting with a cumulative capacity of 2 TPD. The onsite compost plants process the organic waste and make organic fertilizers.

Figure 12.14: Onsite Compost plants at Bhavanipuram Raithu Bazaar in Vijayawada Source: International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

The civic body has also concentrated on clearing the 20 tonnes of vegetable waste and animal waste with the help of the bio-methanization plant which is maintained by Arumugam Bio Energy of Tamil Nadu. The project cost is of INR 2.15 crore and the state government is bearing the expenses. The plant produces 1,500 m3 of methane gas with the combination of nitrogen and hydrogen sulphate. VMC has also installed different dry waste recycling plants at the main dumping site within the city. The VMC has a dry waste recycling plant at Ajith Singh Nagar transfer station with a cumulative capacity of 50 tons per day. The plant is currently managed by Ultratech cement, Jaggayapeta.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

137


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 12.15: Composting Plants in Vijayawada City Source: International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

VMC has established dry waste collection and recycling Centre i.e., Material Recovery Facility (MRF) Centre. Construction of Material Recovery Facility sheds & Platforms for Solid Waste management, in Ajith Singh Nagar Excel Plant Area was conducted in phase wise manner. VMC has also facilitated the supply and delivery of manual sorting conveyors, feeding hooper, magnetic separator & belt conveyors in material recovery facility Centre at Ajith Singh Nagar using VMC general funds. Construction of Platform with raised basement for accommodation of Material Recovery Facility at Ajith Singh Nagar was also undertaken in Vijayawada Municipal Corporation. The VMC authorities faced several problems to dispose the plastic generated in the city therefore, it was decided to recycle it. The Corporation started doing so by establishing the ‘Material Recovery Facility Centre’ at Ajith Singh Nagar. With the financial support of the Coca-Cola company, the VMC started processing plastic waste. As of now it recycles 25 tonnes of plastic waste by turning it into many types of pellets and granules which is further utilized as raw material for various plastic products. The plant is maintained by the E - Sree Foundation of Hyderabad. VMC has taken various initiatives in order to eliminate single-use plastic. For example, a ban on single use plastic is being enforced in the city since June 2020. Besides that, the collected plastic waste is being shifted to recycling units for producing bricks and also supplied to cement manufacturing companies in Jaggayapeta area, where it is being utilized it as an alternative fuel to coal. VMC has also established a biomining plant to treat 2.5 lakh tonnes of waste accumulated at Ajith Singh Nagar dump yard. The biomining plant was installed and the 45-acre land was utilized to construct social housing buildings in the area. The project involves segregation of collected waste into separate sections. The project involves clearing of waste accumulated in 45 acres of land. The contract was allotted to Zigma Global Environ Solutions of Erode in Tamil Nadu. The Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) entered in to a "DESIGN-BUILD OPERATE" (DBO) contract with above said Private Service Provider to implement the project on "Remediation of Ajith Singh Nagar dump site through Bio-mining process in VMC". The project would involve Design, Construction, Operation and Maintenance of the Bio-mining and Reclamation of existing solid waste dump site in the said process in a scientific manner at Ajith Singh Nagar dump site in VMC area. The work was completed (TREATED QTY OF WASTE: 3.05 Lakhs M Tons of waste is treated as on 30-06- 2020) and the cleared site is now under process parks development.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

138


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 12.16: Biomining Plant at Ajith Singh Nagar Dumping yard Source: International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

Figure 12.17: Waste Recycling and Material Recovery Facility Source: International urban cooperation report on SWM-Vijayawada

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

139


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Besides this, the concerned authorities within VMC have shared the details regarding the current waste handling practices like community participation on ban on plastic use, awareness rallies that are conducted to address the information gaps and raise awareness amongst the citizens as well as other relevant staff within VMC. VMC has also promoted the distribution of cloth and jute bags by resident welfare associations and other volunteers to discourage the use of plastic bags in the city. In addition, the city has various waste recycling and material recovery facilities at different places within the city and depicted in the following pictures. The VMC has established the construction debris processing plant at Ajith Singh Nagar in November 2018. The plant is being jointly operated by Pro Enviro C&D Waste Management Company and the VMC. The capacity of the unit is about 200 tonnes and it processes nearly 70 tonnes of debris every day. The debris is processed into 40 mm, 20 mm and 6 mm metal filling sand and is used directly for construction as a fill material and also in manufacture of downstream products like RMC, bricks, blocks, tiles, pavers, etc. Though there are many treatment plants and processing units going in many ways to recover the waste as far as possible still there are some amounts of waste left out and being disposed to the site. In this regard, a detailed segregation of waste into categories like paper, ceramics, glass, etc. would help in recovering & recycling the wastes in a larger way leading to a greater revenue generation also.

Measures the Corporation Is taking and planning to Take in Future VMC intends to provide a holistic waste management service to the citizens of Vijayawada city. The city is able to achieve the desired objectives to some extent by introducing various initiatives like collection efficiency, use of multiple technologies and providing a green and clean city to its citizens. There still are certain bottlenecks which the city target to eradicate by use of advance technologies, ensuring public participation and raising awareness amongst the public. The city intends to establish a Material Recovery Facility at the landfill including a ballistic separator, belt conveyors, air separator, manual sorting conveyors, feeding hopper, magnetic separator, etc. The civic body has also decided to renovate the bio methanation plant at Ajith Singh Nagar and set up a new one at Jakkampudi. To streamline the existing system, VMC is planning to improve doorto-door segregation across the city and make Vijayawada garbage free. In addition, the civic body is analyzing all possibilities to enforce SWM practices through an Online Waste Management System (OWMS)- Internet of Things (IoT) and Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) tools. The city government is also in discussion with various bulk waste generators with a daily waste generation of 5 tons or more to treat their own waste by way of installing on-site composting plant where the technical support will be provided by VMC. Establishments like housing societies, big hotels, hospitals, commercial markets, industrial sites etc. fall in this category. Recently, an agency has been empaneled to segregate garbage from bulk waste generators such as marriage halls, convention centers and hotels21. Some bulk waste generators have already started decentralized composting at Suryarao peta in Benz circle area of Vijayawada city. Finally, the city intends to adopt

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

140


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 a scientific landfill plant at the new waste dump site identified at Pathapadu. Some other measures are:

Online Waste Management System (OWMS) VMC has recently adopted numerous measures to improve SWM activities such as implementation of quick response code (QR Code)-enabled radio frequency identification (RFID) tags for waste collection. In other words, the civic body has introduced an online waste management system allowing sanitation workers to use QR code scanners while collecting garbage bins from houses that could be, in turn, monitored in real time through the commissioner’s dashboard. In VMC the total number of RFID Tagged gates are 1,08,357 at present 90,602 Tags were Scanned and in MDFRS total employees registered are 3,343 in these 2,707 employees were taken attendance due to technical problem balance employees and gates scanning updating is under process. The salient features are: 

Quick response code (QR code)-enabled radio frequency identification (RFID) tags for waste collection for scanning while collecting garbage bins from houses.

100% tracking of waste generation & disposal

Monitoring of movement of waste through GPS tracking

Scrutiny and audit of waste

Safe disposal of toxic waste.

Figure 12.18: Centralized command control room Source: VMC

E-Waste Management System Over the years, segregating the e-waste generated in city has become a herculean task for Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC). To overcome the problem, the civic body is in talks with Guntur-based Smart Waste Management System (SWMS) to enter a Memorandum of

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

141


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Understanding (MoU) for setting up of an ewaste collection point at Auto Nagar of Vijayawada. According to the VMC officials, the city has been generating around 200 tonnes of e-waste per annum, but most of it goes unsegregated, posing a serious threat to the environment. In this regard, Municipal Commissioner has mooted for setting up an e-waste collection point in the city, following the e-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016, notified by the Union Ministry of Environment. As per its guidelines, manufacturers and unauthorized recyclers are responsible for segregation of e-waste in any Urban Local Body (ULB). However, due to lack of designated e-waste collection points in the city, authentic dealers and scrap dealers end up illegally dumping the discarded batteries, cartridges, displays, mobile phones and computer wastes or burning them, causing land and air pollution. Once the e-waste collection unit is made operational in the city, the problem can be addressed, officials said. Electrical and electronic waste was more hazardous than plastic waste. An e-waste collection point will be opened shortly at Auto Nagar and the waste collected will be shifted to Visakhapatnam, where it will be segregated into ‘hazardous’ and ‘non-hazardous’ by Green Waves Recycler, an authorized recycling unit in the State. At the same time, awareness will be created among the mobile phone shop owners and scrap dealers about handling e-waste properly without causing harm to the environment. Plans are also being made to establish environment clubs at educational institutions across the city. The businesses will be told about the importance of e-waste segregation.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

142


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Flower Waste Management System VMC is planning to streamline management of floral waste being generated in the city by facilitating collections, transportation, processing and disposal of the waste.Yearly tons of flower waste are dumped in canals and rivers in Vijayawada, by this we can assume

the

need

of

flower

waste

management. Floral Waste disposal is one of the major problems in the city, which play a major role in polluting the water bodies and environment by inappropriate disposal properly. Large number of religious nodes, function halls and flower markets create opportunities for flower waste management. Flower markets and other sources of flower waste generation in VMC area must be taken up for flower waste recycling. The flower market located adjacent to the canal near Rajiv Gandhi park is one of the main flower waste generation location. There are around 85 flower shops existing in the flower market adjacent to VMC office. Around 40 tons of flowers come to the flower market daily and approximately 1 ton of flower waste is generated per day from the market. One of the flower waste generation in VMC area location and existing picture is provided below for reference. At present, the sanitation workers are collecting floral waste from the wholesale market, temples, mosques and churches from across the city and shifting it to the composting yards. After segregating it into wet and dry waste at the yards, the sanitation workers are manufacturing bio-compost out of it. The agency responsible now will deal with tonnes of used and unused flower waste generated mainly at the flower market and temples in the city. According to the information, around 40 tonnes of flowers are brought to the flower market daily and one tone of it goes waste. The floral waste collected will be recycled and used to make eco – products like incense sticks, seed paper and other.

Key Concerns There are a number of challenges that the Vijayawada city face related to waste management and the analysis provides more details about these challenges. Some of the overall problems are: •

Rapidly increasing areas to be served and quantity of waste.

VMC has been expanding its municipal limits. Various surrounding villages have recently been included in the municipal limits which also adds to the existing responsibilities of the municipal corporation. In addition to the increasing areas to be served, the population as well as the lifestyle

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

143


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 of people is also changing which puts an additional pressure on the existing limited resources of the city government. •

Inadequate Resources & inappropriate Technology

The VMC has limited resources to cover the areas as well as the services to be fulfilled by the local government. The recently added areas as well as the increased population have put an additional burden on the local government for which adequate and trained staff is needed to perform the SWM activities in an efficient manner. It is also learnt that the Municipal Corporation does not have appropriate technologies to handle the SWM activities in the city. Right from the beginning of waste collection, transportation, processing and final disposal, it requires advance technology so as to reduce inefficiencies and ensure proper disposal in a scientific manner. •

Disproportionately High Cost of Manpower & Low Efficiency of the System

The rising inflation rate has also increased the cost of manpower which puts an additional pressure on municipal budget to carry out the SWM activities. The revenue from SWM activities is not so high compared to the cost and operational expenses. This results in inefficient operations and management practices. •

Lack of source segregation leads to inefficient transportation, difficulty in various processes like composting, bio-methanation, material recovery, recycling, reuse etc.

Segregation at the source of waste generation is very important. This single intervention if practiced efficiently can solve many other issues. It is observed that the waste generators at various sectors like residential, commercial and industrial are not segregating the waste before disposing it to the door-to-door waste collectors. This further leads to inefficient processing and inadequate landfill site. The municipal corporation should conceptualize and implement programs targeted towards raising awareness amongst the masses about the source segregation. The municipal corporation can use various communication mediums like public rallies, road shows, television, radio, print media etc. to raise awareness about solid waste handling and disposing. •

Autonagar is turning into a solid waste dumping yard and pollution point and the transfer stations – (a) Auto Nagar and (b) Ajith Singh Nagar have evolved as major residential and commercial areas.

Vijayawada’s automobile hub, Autonagar is turning into a solid waste dumping yard. For more than 30 years, the area is facing the negligence despite the prevalence of many authorities involved in various capacities including VMC. Health issues have become very common in this area. Many commercial and residential areas have come up in the transfer station areas. The joy of the residents of being able to breathe fresh was short-lived after the civic amenities made these the transfer stations. Ajith Singh nagar is cleared as a dumping area and being proposed to build a housing project for homeless poor. However, facing resistance by Pathapadu residents, VMC authorities have started permanently dumping wastes at the garbage transfer stations on the premises of Ajith Singh nagar dumping yard.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

144


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Garbage have piled up at the dumping yard premises much to the chagrin of the people living near the dumping yard. Whenever the residents agitate against indiscriminate dumping at the yard, the corporation shifts the wastes to quarries in Pathapadu. If they don’t protest, they continue to dump waste in the transfer stations only. •

Bio methanation plant produces smoke that is hazardous and pose health risks to the people living in nearby areas.

As per a survey conducted by UNIDO, it was found that the bio methanation plant established at Ajith Singh Nagar dumping yard uses vegetable waste and waste from slaughterhouses to produce methane gas which in turn is utilized to produce electricity. It was found that the smoke that emanates from the plant is hazardous and may pose health risks to the people living in nearby areas. It is suggested that the concerned team deploy appropriate technology to treat the smoke before releasing it in the atmosphere. •

Increase in Demand for Service Level

Demand The increase in population and economic activities in the city will lead to increase in waste generation in all the sectors including residential, commercial & industrial as well as other public activities in the city. The increased generation of waste will require more resource staff as well as advanced technologies to collect, segregate, transport and dispose the waste generated and collected from various parts in the city. This requires proactive planning and execution strategies. In addition to following the rules and regulations mandated by the national and state level government, Vijayawada city should also explore and test the innovative ways and means to handle the future scenarios. It may involve partnering with external experts, involvement of local and regional NGOs, awareness raising at mass scale and adopting innovative technologies to dispose the waste.

Peripheral Area Vijayawada city has somewhat found its dumping site but the administration is still contemplating a suitable land that can be used as a dumping yard for the waste generated in areas outside the Vijayawada municipal corporation (VMC) limits. This absence of dump yard in the municipality outside the city limits is mainly because Pathapadu dumping site is for waste generated by areas under corporation limit. Absence of such a place and non-collection of waste from all the parts of the city result in dumping of waste an canals & unauthorized place leading to sewer blocks, public inconvenience etc.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

145


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Moreover, the Pathapadu dumping site could not accommodate the waste generated from municipalities around the city. About 25% of the city’s population live in gram panchayats. So, there is a need for another yard for these areas for scientific disposal of garbage. Along with the dumping problem, there is also lack of rural waste generation data with inefficiency in collection & disposal of garbage in rural areas.

Plastic Use Though there is ban on plastic use, awareness rallies are being conducted & distribution of cloth and jute bags by associations & volunteers to discourage the use of plastic bags in the city is going on by the Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) and district administration, the use of other varieties of plastic has raised questions among traders in the city. As many products, including food items, continue to be packed in plastic covers, traders are of the view that merely banning plastic carry bags will not serve the government’s purpose. In many ‘kirana’ stores, most items

are

sold pre-packaged.

Products such as milk, curd, bread, and confectionery items are packed in plastic. Without an alternative to plastic packaging, the plastic menace cannot be addressed. Many shopkeepers have received notices from the VMC that plastic bags should not be given to customers. They say that: “We support the decision and will shift to paper or jute bags. But plastic is everywhere as we sell pulses and rice in plastic covers,” adding that a holistic approach is needed to find alternatives. The government has exempted packed products and milk packets as there is no alternative to them as of now but their first target is to reduce the usage of single-use plastic bags as carry bags are the main culprits.

Disposal Site Problems Even after five years of Vijayawada being designated as part of the state capital Amravati, the city doesn’t have a fixed dumping yard and neither an engineered / scientific disposal site. Just for an alternative to Ajith Singh nagar dump yard as the locals protested about the various issues faced by them, they have selected a stone quarry pit in rural Vijayawada for disposal site i.e., in Pathapadu. This site, though is an alternative to the previous one, doesn’t cater to the need of the present population while being inadequate for the population that will increase in further years and also brings many problems to the nearby residents. Whatever, for now, the final disposable waste is dumped at Pathapadu in Vijayawada rural. This quarry pit is already exhausted. In this connection VMC is searching for another suitable site for

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

146


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 scientific land fill on lease basis up to completion of waste energy which is establishing at Naidupeta, Guntur District by Government of A.P. The Pathapadu village public has frequently stopping our VMC garbage carrying vehicles to dump the city garbage in the above quarry pit. Some of the villagers are agitated and thus leaving village also. Villagers are also complaining that the garbage is burnt every day and even

otherwise,

unbearable.

They

the

stink are

is also

threatening the VMC that they will go on a strike if VMC ignored their demands. They say that they don’t want a dumping yard in their area and the VMC authorities are noy maintaining it. Complete unhygienic situation & health

hazards,

foul

smell,

mosquitoes breeding is prevailing among the residents in the Pathapadu village. Methane & fumes are also emanating from garbage mound when the garbage is burnt. It being non-engineering dumping yard, potential contamination of ground waste is also found due to the waste dumping. VMC authorities are saying that they have considered the issue and will handle the dumping in a proper manner by prohibiting burning garbage taking measures to handle the methane emitting from the garbage mound but no steps have been taken so far.

Transportation of Waste While the waste is being transferred from one place to another, they are being littered on the roads which again pollutes the clean roads of the city. Secondly, the vehicles being used for the transportation are either diesel oriented or CNG operated. Though this CNG operated autos and tractors can help in reducing pollution to some extent but if they can be replaced by smart and electric waste disposal vehicles it will not only help in reducing the cost but also more pollution and emissions. A diesel vehicle needs ₹3 per kilometer while the expenditure on the electric vehicles is 50 paise per kilometer. CNG vehicles bring down harmful emission but electric vehicles promise no emissions.

Figure 12.19: E- vehicles for waste transportation Source: swatchindia.ndtv.com

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

147


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 13: Electricity Energy Over the upcoming years, the income and population will have a drastic increase in the energy demand, due to which the energy resources emit high amount of carbon and other greenhouse gases. The non-renewable resources like Coal, Petrol, Diesel, Firewood, and Kerosene are playing a major role in the carbon emissions. Electricity and Gaseous fuels holds the major share on the energy sector. In Electricity, thermal power holds the major share in the power sector. The Vijayawada city has taken up 24x7 PFA scheme under centre of the entire state. There will be a major change in the share pattern as the state is focusing more on Renewable sources like Solar Energy, Wind Power generation and Biomass. The analysis reveals that the Residential Sector contributes about 58.29% of the overall energy consumption followed by Commercial & Institutional Sector with 39.36%.

Electricity Source of power generation: Power Sector is feed by Andhra Pradesh Corporation. Electricity Generated by Andhra Pradesh Generation Corporation Limited (APGENCO). The Major Non-Renewal electricity plant is the Dr. Narla Tata Rao Thermal Power Station served electricity in Vijayawada. Transmission is done by Andhra Pradesh Transmission Corporation Limited (APTRANSCO). APTRANSCO is the electric power transmission company of Andhra Pradesh in India. It is the Government owned corporation, founded in February 1999. APTRANSCO is the single buyer of electrical power in the state. APTRANSCO has 220KV substation and different panels for transmission. Vijayawada has reliable power supply with 2,300MW capacity power plants in the region. The outages at Vijayawada are almost nil. The city has consumed 300.3MU, 331.36MU and 366.62MU in the years 2012-13, 2013-14 and 2014-15. However, actual experience showed frequent power cuts and diesel generators are spotted at commercial establishments. None of this energy supply comes from renewable sources at the moment.

Electricity Demand •

Based on the energy pattern of Vijayawada city for last five years ending March 2015 and baseline data, future energy demand under Business As Usual (BAU) scenario have been forecasted for next ten years.

The forecasting has been carried out on the basis of growth pattern, future plans and analysis of past time series data.

While projecting the demand for energy in Vijayawada city we have gone through different growth plans of various Government Departments, if any, viz. City Development Plan, JNNURM Master Plan, electricity infrastructure/ utility plans, industry and business forecasts by local chamber of commerce and industry and other planning documents.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

148


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Power for All Government of India & Government of AP have taken joint initiative to provide un-interrupted 24x7 power in the state of AP. This mainly includes the following: 1. Reliable 24X7 supply to the consumers (except agriculture) in a phased manner within a period of three years from the date of commencement of the program. 2. Increase duration of supply of electricity to agriculture consumers from seven hours per day at present to nine hours per day in a phased manner. 3. All unconnected households to be provided access to electricity in a time bound manner by FY 2016-17. 4. To ensure adequate capacity addition planning & tie ups for power from various sources at affordable price to meet the projected increase in power demand for future.

For the city of Vijayawada for the year 2019: •

Total power requirement per annum – 6600 MW

Net power available – 4611 MW

Total deficit – 2000 MW

Growth per annum – 9.48%

Losses @ 16% (4% transmission and 12% distribution)

Agency : APTRANCSO, APGENCO

Electricity Domestic Connections – 307018

Electricity Industrial Connections – 1876

Electricity Commercial Connections – 26180

Electricity road lighting connections – 24378

Electricity others connections - 4441

Distribution network A distribution network consists of substations, towers and cables that bring electricity from transmission network to consumers. Distribution of Vijayawada is planned according to existing population. Vijayawada has 4 type of Substations 220 KV, 132KV, 33KV/11KV. 1.2.5. Category of Consumers - L. T. Consumers System of Supply Low Tension A.C.50 Cycles Three Phase Supply at 415 Volts Single Phase supply at 240 Volts Types Of Categories Domestic Services : LT-I Category Non Domestic & Commercial Services : LT-II Category Industrial Services : LT-III Category Cottage Industries, Street Lighting, General Purpose & PWS Services : LT-IV Category Agricultural, Aqua & Fisheries : LT-V Category

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

149


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 - H. T. Consumers HT Townships & Colonies: HT-I B Category HT Commercial & Others: HT-II Category HT Industry: HT-III Category HT Institutional: HT-IV Category HT Agriculture & Related: HT-V Category

Environmental Management Systems: 1. APGENCO is committed to build, operate and manage the Power Plants economically, efficiently and in an environmentally sound manner. 2. APGENCO will conduct all operations and processes in a planned manner complying with the applicable statutory national and state environment related acts, notifications and rules, regulations and established good industry practices. 3. APGENCO will ensure environmental requirements are compiled by all stakeholders, act responsibly and are competent to carry out jobs. 4. APGENCO will strive for continual improvement and regularly review performance and implement suitable measures to ensure compliance with the stated plans. •

Keeping in view the environmental policy, Environmental Impact Assessments are carried out for individual stations and Environmental Management Plans are developed for implementation during construction and operation phases.

Various environmental management systems followed by APGENCO are : - Pollution control systems - Afforestation - Safety and health measures - Ash utilisation.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

150


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 14: Transportation Current situation in Vijayawada Vijayawada is well connected with most parts of the state and the country through roadways, railways and airways. It holds the distinction of being one of the major railway junctions in the state and is connected by the two National Highways - NH 5 connecting Chennai and Kolkata and NH 9. It can be said that no other city in Andhra Pradesh has such connectivity through the network of roads, rails and waterways. The non-transport demand in the city is largely met by the following criteria: Bus transport contributing to 17% of the travel demand (the only public transport mode).Para transit (3 seated auto rickshaws and cycle rickshaws) contributing to nearly 45% of the total travel demand (modal split) with a mode share of 22.3%.Two wheelers and three wheelers with a mode share of 36.5% and modal share of about 28% to 30%.Non-motorized transport (NMR) using bicycles (85% of NMR), rickshaws, etc. to around 10% of the city traffic needs. Vijayawada city is stretching day by day due to its increased population and commercial activities. The new human settlements are coming up in the city at the outskirts and along the two high ways i.e. NH-5 and NH-9. Two high ways are passing through the city. The traffic volumes on these roads cause

heavy

conjunction,

accidents,

reduced

average

speed,

etc.

Figure 14.1: Map Showing Road Network Hierarchy Source: Vijayawada CDP

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

151


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 There are three canals and one rivulet passing through the city, which makes the users/ traffic to take round about travel. Due to fast urbanization and development of the city in terms of various activities like industrial, commercial and residential, traffic volume has increased enormously. Haphazard development, narrow streets, congested junctions; unorganized parking has all created hindrance to the smooth flow of the traffic.While traffic from the highways was allowed to pass through the city, the need to divert the traffic and provide a free flow to highway traffic resulted in the formation of a bye-pass to the city. A second road bridge across the river Krishna connecting Chinnakakani has further eased the pressure over the Prakasam barrage resulting from inter and intra-regional traffic.

Vehicular Growth and Composition The total number of vehicles registered in Vijayawada Regional Transport Office as on 31-03-2021 was 8,53,815. Among these, 50808 are Transport Vehicles (Public Carriers) and 7,95,151 are Non Transport Vehicles (Private). Details of growth of vehicles are shown in Table and a graph representing cumulative growth of total vehicles against Transport and Non transport vehicles is shown in Fig. No. 9.2.

Figure 14.2: Cumulative Growth of Vehicles in Vijayawada Source: Vijayawada CDP Table 9.1: Growth of Vehicles in Vijayawada Region

Year

Transport

Percentage

Non-

Percentage

Increase

Transport

Increase

Total

Percentage Increase

2011

27499

-

125765

-

153264

-

2012

30242

9.97

189794

50.91

220036

43.57

2013

34563

14.29

207591

9.38

242154

10.05

2014

36418

5.37

225299

8.53

261717

8.08

2015

37977

4.28

241588

7.23

279565

6.82

2016

42029

10.67

261656

8.31

303685

8.63

2017

43306

3.04

288509

10.26

331815

9.26

2018

48742

12.55

312384

8.28

361126

8.83

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

152


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 2019

49002

0.53

370990

18.78

419992

16.30

2020

50808

3.69

395151

6.51

445959

6.18

Source: Vijayawada CDP

Public Transport System The predominant Public Transport modes in Vijayawada are City Buses and Auto-Rickshaws. There are three other types of services like Sub-Urban, Mofussil and ordinary services along with City Buses and they are operating from 5 depots. There are 358 buses plying through 119 routes and, serves around 2 lakh passengers per day in and around the city. Auto rickshaws ply on almost on all major routes. Presently, the shared-auto services are more in the city to all other surrounding areas of the city except near railway station and Bus Stand areas. The seating capacity of auto-rickshaw is 3+1, it is observed that the average passenger occupancy in auto-rickshaw during peak and non-peak hours was 6 and 4 respectively. The other mode of travel for the city observed as cycle rickshaw in almost all locations, but cycle rickshaw cater to short trips only. Table 9.2: Share of Public Transport S.no City population(in millions)

Desired Share of Public Transport(%)

1

0.5-1.0

25

2

Above 1.0 and upto 2.0

30-40

3

2.0 to 3.0

50-60

4

3.0-5.0

60-70

5

5.0 plus

70-85

Source: “Traffic and Transportation policies and strategies in urban areas in India”, Ministry of Urban Development, GoI – 1998

Figure 14.3: Current Modal share in percentage Source: Vijayawada CDP

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

153


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Multi-Pollutant Inventory The upcoming data’s are analyzed by urban emissions during their survey in 2018. For the road transport emissions inventory, besides the total number of vehicles and their usage information, they also utilized vehicle speed information to spatially and temporally allocate the estimated emissions to the respective grids. For the city of Vijayawada, we extracted the speed information for representative routes across the city for multiple days. This data is summarized as below.

Figure 14.4: Vijayawada – Hourly urban traffic speeds (km/hr) Source: https://urbanemissions.info/india-apna/vijayawada-india/

Figure 14.5: Vijayawada – Hourly traffic speeds (km/hr) Source: https://urbanemissions.info/india-apna/vijayawada-india/

The summary for a city’s emissions inventory does not include natural emission sources (like dust storms, lightning, and sea salt) and seasonal open (agricultural and forest) fires. However, these are included in the overall chemical transport modeling in the national scale simulations. These emission sources are accounted in the concentration calculation as an external (also known as boundary or long-range) contribution to the city’s air quality.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

154


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Gridded PM 2.5 emissions (2018 and 2030)

Figure 14.6: Vijayawada – Guntur 2018 PM2.5 Emissions tons/year/grid Source: https://urbanemissions.info/india-apna/vijayawada-india/

Figure 14.7: Vijayawada – Guntur 2030 PM2.5 Emissions tons/year/grid Source: https://urbanemissions.info/india-apna/vijayawada-india/

Chemical Transport Modelling

Figure 14.8: Chemical Transport Modelling Source: https://urbanemissions.info/india-apna/vijayawada-india/

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

155


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 14.9: Annual PM2.5 concentrations in Vijayawada region Source: https://urbanemissions.info/india-apna/vijayawada-india/

They calculated the ambient PM2.5 concentrations and the source contributions, using gridded emissions inventory, 3D meteorological data (from WRF), and the CAMx regional chemical transport model. The model simulates concentrations at 0.01° grid resolution and sector contributions for the urban area, which include contributions from primary emissions, secondary sources via chemical reactions, and long range transport via boundary conditions.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

156


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 15: Social Infrastructure Education

Vijayawada is the place of success and is characterized by its reputation as a Chaduvulavada (place of education) with numerous educational institutions that offer high quality education. The city provides adequate medical services for its residents. It also provides services to people living in neighbouring cities. The city’s medical facilities attract health care tourists into the city. Free Scholar Ship to S.C., B.C., and Minorities through government Schemes, as well as from many Charities and philanthropists to High performing students in the State.

Figure 15.1: Map of Location of Schools in Vijayawada CIty

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

157


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Management of Primary, High School and Junior Colleges Primary School In terms of Primary School management, it is found that more than 75 percent of schools were under state government, followed by Private aided institutions that owned more than 57 percent of the schools, and the Municipality owned the remaining 49 percent of the schools. The ratio of boys to girls in schools resulted in a value of 50:50 with 17,548 students each. The ratio of male to female teachers was dominant for female teachers with 315 female teachers over 195 male teachers. The overall Pupil to Teacher Ratio (PTR) was 69, i.e. one teacher for 69 students. This ratio is very high compared to the optimal ratio of PTR reported by the Government of Andhra Pradesh (25).

Figure 15.2: Primary school Management Source: Handbook of Statistics, Krishna & Guntur

High School High School management found that more than 58 percent of schools were under Private Un-Aided institutions, followed by the Municipality, which owns more than 28 percent of schools, and Private Aided, which owns the remainder of 27 percent of schools. The ratio of boys to girls in secondary schools was 53:47, with girls having the highest 21052 and boys 19129 students. The ratio of male to female teachers was dominant for male teachers with 402 male teachers over 389 Female teachers. The total Pupil to Teacher Ratio (PTR) was 59 i.e. One teacher for 59 students. This ratio is very high compared to the optimal ratio of PTR reported by the Government of Andhra Pradesh (25).

Figure 15.3: High school Management Source: Handbook of Statistics, Krrishna and Guntur

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

158


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Junior Colleges In Junior Colleges it is found that more than 81 percent of colleges were under Private Un-Aided Institutions, followed by Private Aided institutions that owned more than 13 percent of the colleges, and the remainder of the Colleges with 04 percent owned by the Government. The ratio of boys and girls in Junior Colleges resulted in a value of 58:42, with girls being the highest in 20116 and boys 14,311 students. The ratio of male to female teaching staff was predominant among female teachers with 912 Female teachers over 511 Male teachers.

Figure 15.4: Location of Colleges Source: Primary

The total Pupil to Teacher Ratio (PTR) was 25 i.e. One teacher for 25 students. This ratio is on par with the optimal ratio of PTR reported by the Government of Andhra Pradesh (25).

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

159


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 It is a known fact that almost half of the city is occupied by Acharya Nagarjuna University, Faculty of Planning and Architecture, N.T.R University of Medical Sciences to name a few. In recent years, the importance of engineering courses has been greatly reduced. 73,039 of the Total of 1.61,461 vacancies were not filled in 2016 EMCET. Vijayawada is home to a large number of universities and technical colleges, which, according to the URDPFI, exceed the demand of 12 Colleges.

Figure 15.5: Junior Colleges Management Source: Handbook of Statistics, Krrishna and Guntur

Analysis GAP Analysis Gap analysis is a common technique used to identify needs and identify problems before planning actions. They can help us identify specific issues that need to be resolved, better understand the conditions that cause them, and ensure that they are resolved correctly. Gap analysis enables the team to determine the gap between the current goal and the desired goal. This process is particularly useful during the problem identification phase and can be used as a way to measure further progress towards the goal. The highest ward with the largest gap is ward 41, which has 57 schools inadequate, and wards 42, 1, 9, 4, 77, 21, 20, and 6 have a deficit in the range of 20 to 30 schools. Ward 33 has a reasonable number of schools and also wards like 38, 26, 63, 55, and 62 how adequate number of schools.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

160


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Annexure: Ward wise Gap Analysis

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

161


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

162


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Health Care

Figure 15.6: Location of Health Facilities Source: Primary

Vijayawada has the most advanced medical facilities to meet the needs of urban residents and surrounding areas of the city. The main hospitals are the Government General Hospital (GGH-1177 beds) and Ramesh multi-speciality hospital (560 beds). Swetha diagnostic centre is the city's premier diagnostic centre. In the past years after the bifurcation of the state, there is an increase in the multi-specialty hospitals and the provision of specialized and highly specialized doctors and services, the city has gradually transformed into a medical centre. The city has 10 multi- specialty hospitals that provide

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

163


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 treatment to thousands of patients in the coastal area. As a result of the administration's proposal to convert residential areas into nursing homes, various nursing homes are in operation in the suburbs. The city has a large number of Civil Dispensaries, Ayurvedic and Homeopathic Dispensaries and Poly Clinics (community health centers) that take care of the primary and secondary health care of the citizens. As a result, many civil dispensaries in different Sectors and villages as well as AYUSH dispensaries are in the planning stage and will be implemented in the near future. The city provides adequate medical services for its residents. It also provides services to people living in neighbouring cities. The city’s medical facilities attract health care tourists into the city.

Analysis In order to determine the needs or gaps of health facilities, we compared the existing conditions with the URDPFI standard. It is found that there is only one General hospital in the city, which is inadequate to serves the current populations but the city has a sufficient number of Poly-Clinics more than 20 numbers. Nursing home, child welfare and maternity centre all together is found to be only 4 and also the dispensaries only 2 which was not enough to meet the needs of the public. Multi-specialty hospital (300 beds) has a sufficient number i.e., 10 number, considered sufficient to serve the citizens. Table 15.1: Health Facilities

Health care facilities General hospital

Existing 1(1177 beds)

As

per

Population serves

Remarks

URDPFI

per unit

4(500

2.5 lakh

Not-sufficient

beds) Poly-clinic

More than 20

10

1 lakh

Sufficient

Nursing home, child welfare

4

10

0.45 -1 lakh

Not-sufficient

15

10

1,00,000

Sufficient

15,000

Not-sufficient

and maternity centre Multi-specialty hospital (300 beds) Dispensary 2 68 Sources: https://hhbc.in/healthcare-scenario-of-vijayawada/

Major diseases occurring in the districts: Dengue, malaria, acute diarrhoeal disease and enteric fever.

Recreational Facility In Vijayawada’s existing and use, recreational spaces contribution is 0.41%. According to standards 2.3% of area should be recreational space in the city. There is gap of 1.93% is noticed in the city. Citizens have stressed the need for more spaces for children to play and elderly persons to relax. Parks and recreation facilities are the places that people go to get healthy and stay fit. Parks and protected public lands are proven to improve water quality, protect groundwater, prevent flooding, improve the quality of the air we breathe, provide vegetative buffers to development, produce habitat for wildlife, and provide a place for children and families to connect with nature and

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

164


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 recreate outdoors together. Parks provide gathering places for families and social groups, as well as for individuals of all ages and economic status, regardless of their ability to pay for access.

Parks By encouraging private participation, the Vijayawada Municipal Corporation has been successful in developing and maintaining various parks in the colonies. Initially for the development of the park, 30% contribution is paid to the VMC by the public and after the park is developed it is handed over to the park committee .This really helped the V.M.C to minimize the cost and efficiently maintain the parks beautifully. It is a collaborative exercise that promoters shared responsibility and beverages limited resources to create a larger pool of ideas & maintain the parks beautifully. There are 86 parks maintained by the community parks committee in Vijayawada city. Table 15.2: Comparison of recreational facilities with standards

Facility

Existing

Standard

as Existing

per urdpfi Housing

86

1 per 5000 1034358 population

Neighbourh 60

1 per 15000 1034358

ood park

population 7

Ground

Gap

Remark

206

120

Insufficient

68

8

Insufficient

10

3

Insufficient

population

area park

Sports

Required

1 lakh per 1034358 unit

Source-https://vmc.gov.in/GardenDetail.aspx City has a total open space of 1, 67,955.43 sq. m of area is under parks which are acting as the lung space for the city residents. According to the URDPFI a minimum open space per capita required is 3 sq. m person (9-10 sq. m per person is advisable) is needed weather city has only 0.37 sq. m per person. City has 4 - City level parks, 50 – Neighbourhood parks, 9 – Sports grounds, 45 – fenced open spaces and 35 – unfenced open spaces are there. 7 % of ULB area (i.e. 4.59sq.km) is under parks and open spaces. Apart from parks there has been green buffer spaces along the road for walking and cycling purposes. From Table-3 It is to be observed that ward number 13, 14, 25, 26, 27,44 and 49 are has deficit of parks. Ward no 41 has ample number of planned open spaces.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

165


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Public semi-public facility Socio-cultural Culture is one of the most impotent factors of development. The role of culture in development should be treated as multi-layered: on the one hand as an intrinsic value, on secondly as a real factor of development leading to increased attractiveness of regions for tourists, residents and investors, thirdly, as an active factor of social development based on knowledge, tolerance and creativity.

Figure 15.7: Location of parks and sports ground in VMC Source: Primary

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

166


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Vijayawada is considered to be a sacred place for the most visited and famous religious places of Andhra Pradesh and India, Kanaka Durga Temple of Hindu Goddess Durga, Hazarat Bal Mosque, The Gunadala Mary Matha Church. Indira Gandhi Stadium in the city is the headquarters of the Sports Authority of Andhra Pradesh. The Sarvotthama Grandhalaya is a city library equipped with 22,000 books related to many fields. Vijayawada placed at 41st position in the Ease of Livening Index 2020, Crime Index is 37.40.

Figure 15.8: Location of socio-cultural facilities in VMC Source: Primary

Civic Facility The area of Police Commissionerate is 1211.16 sq. km and the population is around 18, 39,720 (13 lakhs urban population and remaining is rural population) with a daily floating population of 4-5 lakhs. The Vijayawada fire-service is a part of Andhra Pradesh Fire service is one of the largest fire service networks in India with 175 fire stations. The Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response center and District fire control office in the city.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

167


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 15.9: Location of civic facilities in VMC Source: Primary

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

168


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 16: Housing and Slums Introduction Definitions HOUSING is, practically by definition, an environmental issue. Where and how we build housing says a lot about our views on and treatment of the land on which we live. Yet “ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY” rarely addresses housing, despite it having a significant impact on land usage, vehicle emissions, climate change, and our carbon footprint.

Housing census in Vijayawada

2, 61,411

Figure 16.1: Housing data sets Source: Census 2011 data

Expansion in Vijayawada City Vijayawada a metropolitan city is presently working as the capital of Andhra Pradesh even though as per Andhra Pradesh Reorganization Act, 2014. Urban people existing close to water, hills, rivers and green spaces due to rivers and broken parts of Eastern Ghats. The city is situated alongside the eastern banks of the river Krishna and is primarily linear it its development pattern. Vijayawada is enclosed by the Krishna River from south-west, and the Budameru River from the north. The northern, north western, central and south-western parts of the city are concealed with a low range of hills, whereas the southern and north-eastern fragments are exposed with lush and

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

169


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 fertile cultivation lands with three major irrigation waterways. Vijayawada has flat terrain with a few small to medium-sized hills. These mounts are part of the Eastern Ghats with the Krishna River running through hills. created land with very low elevation as compared to the average elevation of the Ghats. Three canals originating from the north side of the Prakasam barrage reservoir, navigate the city. Those are named Eluru, Bandar and Ryves, navigate the city. There are places in Vijayawada with diverse urban character with preservation cultural values, & rural living patterns with juxtaposition urban fabric. The people of the Vijayawada urban areas and the nearby rural areas of the Krishna district intermingle in terms of trade and commerce, making the city a vibrant social, economic, and politic environment. The people of Vijayawada are slowly inflowing towards the busy, crowded, unhealthy and vulnerable urban livelihood in many aspects. The progression of the town during 1855 AD was beside the banks of the Krishna River bordering Indrakiladri hills around the shrine of Lord Malleswara. The growth started along the canals and areas abutting Indrakiladri and Gandhi hills during 1905 AD. Early 1950’s, mostly confined to the area between the Indrakiladri hills where Kanaka Durge temple is located on the east, the railway station on the west and Prakasam Barrage in the south. The city developed further along the Eluru road towards the Gunadala hills due to better infrastructure and conveyance facilities. Vijayawada is condensed with obstacles like hillocks and canals. Gandhi Hill, Indrakeeladri, Gunadala Hills and Eluru, Ryves and Bandar canals and the Budameru stream are all hurdles for the enlargement of the urban centre. Vijayawada is a thriving urban settlement with great historic significance. It was one of the most important cities during the early Christian era, and the spiritual Centre for the Kingdom of Vengi. Figure 16.2: Urban Expansion Map of Vijayawada Source: (B_IN_U_COM, 2018)

Pretty a quantity of antiquities found

in

and

around

Vijayawada confirm the city’s existence over the ages. The Epic of Mahabharata mentions to the Indrakiladri hills as the place where Arjuna protected “Pasupathastra” from Lord Siva. This old town initiated on the northern bank of the Krishna River and by 1855 AD the town was in the form of minor settlement on the eastern side of the Indrakiladri hills. The growth of the town picked up impetus afterward the construction of a barrage and three irrigation canals in the year 1855 and the rail bridge to connect the both bank of the river Krishna in 1892. The city experienced modest development in the pro-independence period. But, after independence, the construction of road bridges over the river Krishna, establishment of the SouthCentral Railway terminal, setting up of divisional headquarters, major government offices including

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

170


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 district court, major institutions for higher education, major commercial and distributive trading activities, wholesale establishments, agricultural marketing Centre have a remarkable effect on the city’s growth.

Housing Characteristics in Vijayawada Housing Condition

As the Figure 16.2: Ward-wise Dilapidated Housing Map Source: Census 2011 data

city is growing in the last few years most of the

houses are in good conditions. Ward No 13 has a large no. of Migrant workers who live in dilapidated building.

Housing Typology The

government’s

emphasis

and

developing policies on real estate constructions and infrastructure have been the main characteristics for the speedy development of Vijayawada. The Govt. is providing permanent houses on the lines of gated communities under NTR Nagar's housing scheme.

Figure 16.3: Ward wise Temporary structure housing Map Source: Census 2011 data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

171


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Housing Ownership Migration for job opportunities and livelihood thus we can see the concept of rented housing, for the people who can’t afford a house.

Figure 16.4: Ward wise map of building with temporary roof Source: B_IN_U_COM, 2018

Housing Structure 16.3.4.1 Housing with Temporary Roof

Figure 16.5: Ward wise Housing ownership Map Source: Census 2011 data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

172


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 16.3.4.2 Housing with Temporary Wall

Figure 16.6: Ward wise map of building with temporary walls Source: B_IN_U_COM, 20181

Figure 16.7: Building Materials

Housing dwelling unit distribution

Figure 16.8: Dwelling unit distribution Source: Census 2011 data

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

173


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Slums Introduction As per Government of India, a slum is identified as “a compact settlement of at least 20 households with a collection of poorly built tenements, mostly of temporary nature, crowded together, usually with inadequate sanitary and drinking water facilities in unhygienic conditions”. Rapid urbanisation, high rents, lack of infrastructure and the exorbitant cost of land is the primary reason for slum encroachment all over the city in private & govt. Lands. Hazardous slums are located on river and canal banks which make them more vulnerable. The slum population in the Vijayawada urban agglomeration is heterogeneous in character.

Slum in Vijayawada

Figure 16.9: Slum map of Vijayawada Source: B_IN_U_COM, 2018

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

174


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Source: (Census of India, 2011)

16.4.2.1 Wards with respect of slum populations Since there are a large number of slums in Vijayawada, the paper portrays an initial analysis of all wards of Vijayawada on nine different parameters to find the wards which have likely criticality in dealing with slums. Datasets regarding the following nine city-level parameters were collated from different secondary sources and overlaid in Geographic Information Systems (GIS) computing platform to identify the wards which are most critical in handling slums. a) Slum Population Percentage: The absolute slum population in each ward of the city (derived from municipal and electoral records 2016) and the percentage of slum population to the total ward population (derived from Census of India records) has been considered as an indicator of concentration of slum dwellers.

GIS

output

represented in the following figure. The Slums in the city are in very poor condition lacking basic community level amenities like Proper protected

roads,

drainage,

Water

supply,

Streetlights and sanitation facilities.

Maximum no. of

slums can be seen in ward no 37,42,45,55,66.

The

wards

42,43 are located away from CBD area and have more no of slums population. Some wards like ward no 55 and 66 have more no of migrant workers Figure 16.10: Slum population distribution map Source: Census 2011 data

leading to an increase pf slum

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

175


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 population. Wards located at the periphery of the city have decreasing land value. Population Density within Slums: Slum population in each ward as a ratio of the area under slum limits was derived as an indicator to understand levels of crowdedness in the slums of each wards. Distance from Central Business District (CBD): Distance from the key business zones of the city was also analysed spatially in the GIS, and wards that are close to the CBD, were considered to be more critical if having slums. Presence of Household Industries: Household industries are often found to be existing in slums and unauthorized colonies, as slum dwellers tend to maximise the utility of space and initiate production of goods and services informally. The concentration of household industries in different wards of the city (as derived from Municipal records) was taken as an indicator. 16.4.2.2 Critical wards at Vijayawada Vijayawada

urban

agglomeration

is

characterized by presence of the urban poor, with a rising of urban poverty. These urban poor are scattered in squatter and informal settlements in hazard risk areas such as hillocks and river beds. The most critical wards indicate wards that have criticality in all or most of the nine indicators. There are seven wards that are most challenged to have and address issues of slums. The wards are 4, 6, 69, 53, 1, and 3 are likely to be more challenged compared to the other wards and need special attention. Figure 16.11: Critical ward Map Source: Census 2011 data

16.4.2.3 The Nine(9) Indicators o o o o o o o o o

Slum Population Percentage. Percentage of slum area with respect to ward area. Population Density within Slums. Gross Population Density. Literacy. Marginal workers share in wards. Distance from Central Business District (CBD). Presence of Household Industries. Residential Use Concentration.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

176


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Shelter for Urban Homeless 16.4.3.1 Introduction “Homeless Person” means, an individual who lacks a fixed, regular, and adequate night-time residence or those who, on a specific, purpose attend towns and cities and remain shelter-less. According to a directive by supreme court in 2012, all cities covered under the Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM) and with a population above 5 lacs to have one 24hour, 365- days-a-year HOMELESS SHELTER with a capacity of 100 persons for every one lac population. 16.4.3.2

Vijayawada City Scenario As per census 2011 the total homeless population

in

Vijayawada

is

around

2289.Total 5 shelters are present in Vijayawada. All shelters are under the NULM

scheme.

All

shelters

have

Permanent structure. The shelters have no beds or coking facilities. There is a lack of women and family shelters at present.

Figure 16.12: Shelter map for Urban Homeless Source: National report on the status of shelters for urban Homeless (Supreme Court commissioners’ Office) MS Data, 2019

o o o o o

Nature of Occupants Seasonal workers labourers General Employment /Job seekers Orphans and lost Social issues (Family / Community disputes) Disasters.

Housing Shortage Housing shortage is a situation when there is insufficient housing to accommodate the population in an area, when the supply of houses cannot meet the demand.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

177


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 16.5:1 Housing Shortage Guidelines

Housing Shortage 2011 Dilapidated Households– Unacceptable housing i.e. as per Census of India, 2011 (for non serviceable Units are taken out of the housing Dilapidated HH) stock.

3355

Obsolescence for 40-80 years Obsolescence for > 80 years) ii) Congestion Factor - Households that are residing in Married Couple (as per Census of unacceptably ‘congested conditions’ from physical India, 2011 and socio cultural view point (viz. married couples sharing the room with other adults etc.) was worked out. iii) Homeless Household - Considering that half of the 552 homeless are single migrants and the other half have average household size of three

Congestion Factor and shortage Calculation Table 16.5:2 Housing Congestion

Source- 2 (Census of India, 2011) (Urban Housing Shortage)

552

Figure 16. Housing Shortage Source- 3 (Census of India, 2011)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

178


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Regulations Table 16.6:1 Andhra Pradesh Building Rules - 2017

Group Development

Development of Residential Buildings in a Campus or Site of 4000sq.m

Scheme

and above in area and could be row houses, semi-detached, detached Houses,

Group Housing

The development of building having 5 or more multiple dwelling units and common services on a given site or plot in a single or multiple blocks without customary subdivision of land by way of individual plots.

High-Rise Building

a building with 18m or more in height

Source- 4 (Andhra Pradesh Building Bylaws, 2017)

Group Development Schemes   

The minimum site/plot area shall be 4000sq.m. The minimum abutting existing road width shall be 12m and black topped. These shall not be applicable in case of Government sponsored Housing Scheme/approved Non-Government Organizations (NGOs) or private schemes, and the guidelines and requirements as given in the National Building Code for Low Cost Housing / Government orders shall be followed.

High rise buildings  

High Rise Building means a building with 18m or more in height The minimum plot area shall not be less than 2000sq.m.

Row Housing   

Row Houses shall abut internal roads only. Site area shall be not less than 1000sq.m and for individual plot shall be 50sq.m- 125sq.m. Number of plots in a row shall not be more than 8

Cluster Housing    

Minimum site area shall be not less than 1000sq.m. Minimum Plot size 25sq.m with maximum number of 20 houses in a cluster. Minimum access road 9m. Building setbacks: No setbacks are needed for interior clusters as the lighting and ventilation is either from the central open space of cluster and the surrounding pedestrian pathway / access road of the cluster.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

179


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Schemes and Acts Authorities responsible for Housing  

APHB (Andhra Pradesh Housing Board) VMC (Vijayawada Municipal Corporation)

YSR Housing Scheme This housing scheme was launched by the Andhra Pradesh state government to provide houses to the underprivileged and economically weaker section families. o o o

YSR EWS (Economically Weaker Section) Housing Scheme PMAY - YSR Urban Housing Scheme PMAY - YSR Grameen Housing Scheme

Acts and Policies for Housing Table 16.7:1Act and Policies for Housing

Source- 5 (B_IN_U_COM, 2018)

Acts and Policies for Slums Table 16.7:2 Act and Policies for Slum

Source- 6 (B_IN_U_COM, 2018)

Observation and Analysis 

Vijayawada is experiencing a rapid urbanization over the last several decades. The urban sprawl is seen as one of the potential threats to sustainable development where urban

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

180


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

 

planning with effective resource utilization and allocation of infrastructure initiatives are key concerns. slums have been constructed without formal planning or preparation and they lack basic services. Urban settlers frequently erect their homes on public land or unsuitable land development, such as steep slopes subject to landslides, flood-plains, and environmentally contaminated areas, such as landfills. There is loss of property and precious lives in these slums every year during rains and floods due to the hazardous conditions. Deaths and water borne diseases are frequent consequences in these regions which submerge every year.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

181


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 17: Environment Introduction to Environment Vijayawada is situated along the Krishna river (length of the Krishna river at Vijayawada is 15.5 km) on the south - west and the Budameru river on the north. The northern, north-western, central, and south-western parts of the city are covered by a low range of hills along the scattered Eastern Ghats of Indrakeeladri hills, Orr’s hills, and Moghalrajapuram hills, while the southern and northeastern parts are covered by rich & fertile agriculture lands and 3 irrigation canals. The city is surrounded by rich natural resources.

Climatic condition The climate of Vijayawada city is tropical, with hot summers and moderate winters. The climate profile of the city is depicted in Figure 1. The peak temperature reaches 47 °C in May -June, while the winter temperature is in the range 20-27 °C. The average humidity is 78% and the average annual rainfall is 103 cm. Vijayawada gets its rainfall from both the south- west monsoon and northeast monsoon. The wind is predominantly from the south with an average wind speed of 9 km/hr.

Figure 17.1: Climate Summary

Urban greens and blues The large forms of wetlands, lakes and forests provide a rich biodiversity reserve around the city. The city has an intricate mesh of canals giving a special morphological character. The canals emanate from north side of Prakasam barrage reservoir on the Krishna river namely Eluru canal (length - 8.20 Km), Bandra (length – 7.60 Km), and Ryves (length – 7.0 km), flow through the city. These canals help in Irrigation program, recreational activities, livelihood activities and discharge excess flood water. Vijayawada and its surrounding regions are rich in agricultural activity because of Krishna river. Soil condition is also suitable for cultivation. Rice and sugarcane are the principal crops cultivated in the region. Coconuts, guava, and mango are the major tree crops found all over the Vijayawada region. The city is surrounded by several small to medium hills with flat topography, mostly rocky and lack dense vegetation. The rapid degradation in urban green spaces and biodiversity due to unprecedented population growth and brisk urbanization. Lack of adequate planning for the protection and conservation of green spaces leads to degradation in urban green spaces and water bodies. According to the proposed Land Use Pattern of 2021, the Vijayawada city has excellent recreational facility including parks and playgrounds with an area of 176.67 ha which accounts to

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

182


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 2.86% and in Vijayawada Urban area as 1623.11 ha which accounts to 11.79 % of total area. The water bodies within the city covers 717.15 ha which accounts to 11.59% and Urban area of 821.15 ha which accounts to 5.96 %. The hills within the city covers 333.69 ha which accounts to 5.39% and in Vijayawada Urban area is 333.69 ha which accounts to 2.42 %. 20% of total land has been reserved for natural features.

Figure 17.2: Urban green and blue map

The environmental infrastructure proposals for Jawaharlal Nehru National Urban Renewal Mission (JNNURM) aim at municipal performance improvement of infrastructure in the prioritized poor settlements as per poverty and infrastructure deficiency matrices and linked infrastructure for poor settlements. These include rehabilitation of existing infrastructure provision of water supply, roads, drains, sanitation, and street lighting based on community prioritization and construction of drains to improve the living environment.

Biodiversity Vijayawada has a variety of ecosystems, ranging from forests and grassland to freshwater bodies, brackish water wetlands and agricultural land, making it a rare habitat for diverse flora and fauna.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

183


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Krishna River is home to about 41 species of fish and 29 species of larvivorous fish from 6 orders, 14 families and 20 genera. Bhavani Island is situated amid Krishna River. It is located at the upstream of Prakasam Barrage and is considered as one of the largest river islands in India, with an area of 133 acres. The island is enriched with mangroves, well-manicured gardens, pristine woodlands, Rolling Meadows and shimmering water bodies. 150 species of birds were estimated to be found on this island. Robust agricultural activity is found in the city thereby making it a food hub of Krishna district. The Kondapalli reserve forest that lies in the western outskirts of Vijayawada and southern side of Eastern Ghats provides supporting ecology to Vijayawada as a “Green Lung”. A census of the endemic flowering plants of the State of Andhra Pradesh says that there are as many as 400 taxa (75 families, 233 genera). In the recent years, due to the developmental activities of human settlements, the perforation of the landscape has occured when some of the natural habitats have been converted into industries or other modified land uses. Rapid Urbanization led to losses of agricultural land and biodiversity. Anthropogenic activities in and around the hillocks disturbed the ecological balance. Concrete jungle and vanishing green cover led to the loss of natural habitats for the species. Alien species from Godavari River and increasing water pollution affected the native species of the Krishna River.

Flora The variations in rainfall and ground water and extremities in temperature coupled with the wide variation in soil types such as the infertile sandy red loams of uplands and moisture retentive soils of the midlands constitute the factors for variations in the flora of the area. However, the areas and road margins covered with trees are being cut down gradually and periodically to make space for new buildings or wider thoroughfares. However, different species of flora have been brought and planted in the city for various reasons. Andhra Loyola College Botanical Garden is an oasis of biodiversity. Over 600 species of endemic, rare and endangered flora exist in the botanical gardens.

Fauna Cattle, buffalo, ox, horse, sheep, goat, donkey, cat, and dog are the most important domestic animals. Ox/bull are especially useful for agriculture purposes. In the upland nearby forests and hillocks, peafowl, partridge, quail, and jungle fowl doves are quite common. Near large water tanks, flamingos, pelicans, duck, heron, and migratory flamingo are numerous. The relatively rare Indian hornbill which cannot be seen in any of the rural tracks of Krishna district is a regular visitor to areas with a thick canopy in the city. Environmentally sensitive urban and regional planning should orient towards valuing Vijayawada city and Krishna district as a biodiversity hub and eco-conscious area. The hillocks that exist in Vijayawada and its vicinity are nationally important as part of the Eastern Ghats. The Nallamala hills, followed by Kondapalli hill located at the southern part and Papikondalu at the northern part of the Eastern Ghats fall in the Krishna-Guntur region. Further, the AP Biodiversity Board lists about 2,800 plants, of which 1,800 are used in traditional medicine which need to be understood, valued and conserved. “The unplanned developments with high magnitude of human intervention including encroachment, illegal quarrying around the hill slopes (Kondapalli), lakes (Brahmalingeshwara), the

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

184


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Krishna river and canals cannot be left unnoticed and ignored by planners and policy makers” as cautioned by Dr Razak. He also added that the protection and conservation of the region will also benefit rural areas and the livelihoods of thousands. Dr. Razak also stated that the Biodiversity spots require mapping and identification of hinterlands though preparation of regional district and subregional level plans for balanced development of rural and urban regions of a state and pointed out that AP should come up with a policy to develop such spots and regions.

Geology The khondalite group of rocks are prominent in the hill ranges in south of Vijayawada. The rocks of Khondalite, Charnockite groups & layered complex show foliation trending dominantly N-S with local swerves to NE-SW and NW-SE as shown in Figure 3. The city has consolidated formations which include crystalline and Meta sediments. Generally black cotton soil with exceptions in hilly areas is dominant in the zone. The sub soil is moist clay which is good for agriculture. The urban area mainly constitutes three types of soils namely alluvial, black and red ferruginous. Fertile alluvial soils are available in Krishna delta area whereas red ferruginous soils are spread over the uplands. In Giripuram area, metamorphic rocks are found in the sub-soil strata.

Figure 17.3: Soil Type Map of Vijayawada

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

185


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Ground water Water can be tapped at varying depths from 3-5 m from below ground level. Nearly one-third of the entire city’s water supply is from ground water sources. The alluvial spread along the Krishna river and the canals also contain aquifers within shallow depths, which fairly provides a continuous support for cultivation activities in the entire region. The recharging of ground water is due to Krishna river & Eluru canal. The important attributes of ground water regime monitoring are ground water level, ground water quality and temperature. According to the Central Ground Water Board data, groundwater here is found to be "fresh to brackish and hard to very hard.

Figure 17.4: Ground water Map of Vijayawada

Pollution The global pollution index published its findings on the scores given by residents of Vijayawada and stated that the pollution score has worsened from 63 to 72 during the last five years. Apart from air quality, residents of Vijayawada gave the city the lowest scores in garbage disposal systems and general comfort. Vijayawada is worse off than Visakhapatnam which achieved a score of 68.01 and was ranked 106th globally. In the year 2010, a study was conducted by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) that has revealed the critically polluted industrial centres in India. The CPCB along with the state pollution control boards conducted environmental assessment in 88 industrial clusters, including five cities in Andhra Pradesh, Vijayawada was one amongst them. According to the report, Vijayawada was stated as a ‘severely polluted’ area with 60.57 CEPI levels.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

186


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 17.5: Pollution levels in Vijayawada

Air pollution Agro based industrial activities are predominant in and around Vijayawada city. The industrial base consists of solvent extraction plants, rice mills, oil and dal mills etc. There are two major Industrial estates located in and around the city which are Auto Nagar Industrial Estate, located in the eastern part of the city, near Patamata, covering 340 acres and Kondapalli Estate, located about 16 Kms from the city. The total extent of the estate is 439 acres and comprises of 620 plots. Other areas where industrial activities are concentrated, is on the periphery of the city, near Kanuru, with large units like solvent plants and agro industries. The presence of a Super Thermal Power Station has a bearing on the industrial development of the region. According to CPCB, ambient particulate matter (PM10) was found exceeding the national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS). Construction activities, indiscriminate burning of garbage and rise in vehicular pollution in Vijayawada are some of the factors that led to the rise in PM10 levels. Depletion of greenery, sharp rise in construction activity and vehicular pollution have taken a toll on the air quality in Vijayawada, where particulate matter 10 (PM10) reading is alarmingly more. The Central Pollution Control Board has declared the city as non-attainment areas with respect to Ambient Air Quality India (2011-15) and World Health Organisation (WHO) report 2014/2018. While the PM10 safe limit is 60 micrograms per cubic metre (as per the CPCB’s National Air Ambient Quality Standards), the annual average PM10 reading in the city is 104 micrograms per cubic metre for the past three years.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

187


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The major sources contributing to air pollution, particularly PM10 & PM2.5 are, re-suspension of road dust, vehicular emissions, burning of biomass, municipal solid waste & garbage, construction, and demolition activities, industrial units of small scale, diesel generator sets to augment power supply, use of wood & coal for domestic and commercial cooking activities, vehicle service centres, etc. City’s air pollution can also be attributed to traffic jams and congestions due to the passing of all main roads, including NHs and heavy vehicles in the industrial sector moving around. Table 17.1 Air quality monitoring results of Vijayawada city

S. No

Parameter

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Annual Average Standard

1

PM10

102

97

99

95

89

83

60

2

SO2

4.7

4.4

6.2

5.6

6.9

5.6

50

3

NOx

18.8

25.3

42.4

44.8

30.5

22.3

40

4

NH3

31.1

22.6

32.4

33

30.5

28

100

Average of no. of 3 stations 5 PM2.5 ---

4

4

4

7

10

----

50

47

47

38

30

40

6

CO

---

0.8

1

0.96

1.1

1

2

7

Ozone

---

40.1

8.6

7.03

6.7

24.6

100

8

Benzene

---

2.7

2.6

0.71

8.0

1.8

5

Average of no. of --stations

1

----

PM10, SO2, NO2 and ammonia found to be within the standard limits of NAAQS for 24-hour average. Only particulate matter (PM10 & PM2.5) values are beyond the standard limits for annual averages.

Figure 17.6: Intensity of Pollutants Map

Lack of proper monitoring by Pollution Control Board and apathy of Vijayawada Municipal Corporation workers are only adding to the rise in pollution levels in Vijayawada. Furthermore, lack of awareness among public and authorities is the other reason for the pollution. Sanitation workers of VMC burning the garbage at canals or disposing the same at street corners and at the bunds of

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

188


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 various canals in the city has become a common sight. The garbage is burnt regularly at the Sambamurthy road along Ryves canal and CK Reddy road alongside Eluru canal area. This method has also been adopted by people who want to easily get rid of the waste material near their houses, industries and factories. In Autonagar, burning garbage including rubber material is a daily affair and people find it difficult passing through the industrial area as the entire area is filled with polluted air, chemicals, and bad odour. Figure 6 shows that total emissions in 2018 was 37,150 tons and the estimated value for total emissions in 2030 = 43,700 tons. Pollution control board officials often say that it is the responsibility of the civic staff to ensure that garbage is not dumped and burnt at inappropriate places in the city. “We could only monitor and take the incidents of pollution to the notice of local authority concerned. The role of public is incredibly important in controlling pollution,” said Krishna district environment engineer E. Satyanarayana.

Water pollution

Figure 17.7: PM2.5 emissions: source-wise share in tons in 2018 (blue) and 2030 (green) (projected)

A survey conducted by APPCB in 2019 stated the high levels of total coliform bacteria and total dissolved solids existing in the water body. All the samples collected from the Krishna River had high coliform bacteria count of 800 per 100 ml

water sample at Vijayawada implying the mixing

of human waste with drinking water sources and high turbidity. The water in Krishna River was classified as ‘C’ category water that can be consumed only after conventional treatment and disinfection according to CPCB norms. Ryves canal, located in industrial and slum areas, is one of the most polluted canals of the Krishna River and hence affects crops in its surroundings. The river contains plastic trash, plastic foam and produces horrible smells that travels throughout Vijayawada’s biggest living quarters. Domestic waste from households and the sewage that is thrown into canal increase the pollution levels. Regular disposal of plastic bags and plastic objects, solid wastes, flowers, garlands are other cause of pollution.

Ground Water pollution Major source of contamination includes waste materials from the industries and waste lines connected to the unlined irrigation canals. Dumping of municipal solid waste and construction wastes lead to high concentrations of all physiochemical properties. The depletion of ground water table is mainly because of over exploitation of ground water and unauthorized sewer lines. In 2016, CGWB has found the groundwater to be fresh to brackish, hard to very hard, often enriched with nitrate, phosphate and faecal coliform.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

189


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Disaster Risks Urban Flooding The flooding in Krishna River is caused due to extreme rainfall within the Krishna basin in general and has little correlation with the events in Vijayawada city. Similarly, the flooding in Budameru River is due to the extreme rainfall in the Budameru catchment. There are 20 slums in the city, which are in the flood risk area particularly in the flood plains of Krishna River and Budameru river/drain.

Figure 17.8: Map showing Flood and Landslide prone wards of Vijayawada

Figure 17.8 depicts the food prone wards and landslide prone wards of Vijayawada. 10% of total city population and 20% of total slum population is vulnerable. There are in all 11 flood prone wards out of which ward numbers 1, 10, 41 & 42 are the most flood prone wards.

Landslide The topography is marked with small and medium sized hillocks surrounded by plains. The region around these hills is of red, sandy soil while the plains near the river Krishna are alluvial. The hills are mostly rocky and therefore lack dense vegetation. The population growth of the city has led to the slow movement of people towards the foot of the hills which later led to expansion on the hill slopes. (USAID; UNDP, 2015). The landslide risk is further accentuated with the rainfall and city construction activities. Continuous moderate to less severe rainfall occurring over extended period

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

190


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 of time i.e., one week to 10 days cause the water to seep into the fractures within the rocks leading to landslides. Such incidences are further aggravated by the construction activities which usually disturb the internal stability of the land mass. (USAID; UNDP, 2015). There are 17 land slide prone wards. 9.5% of total city population and 26% of total slum population is vulnerable because of landslides.

Figure 17.9: Landslide Susceptibility Map of Vijayawada

Figure 17.9 shows the area under the low landslide susceptible zone, medium landslide susceptible zone and high landslide susceptible zone. The map is obtained by weighted sum analysis and classified into three susceptibility classes. Areas with the highest weight values of 45% or more is designated as falling under the high landslide susceptibility zone. Similarly, areas with weight values between 36-45% as falling under the medium landslide susceptibility zone and areas with weight values <35% falls under the low landslide susceptibility zone.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

191


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 17.2 Landslide susceptible zones in Vijayawada city by area in sqkm

Landslide susceptible

Area in sqkm

Area in Percentage

Low susceptible

58

95%

Medium susceptible

2

3%

High susceptible

1

2%

As indicated in Table 2, 2% of total area falls under the high landslide susceptibility zone, 3% of the total area falls in the medium landslide susceptibility zone and the remaining 95% area falls under the low landslide susceptibility zone in Vijayawada.

Cyclone The city falls in high cyclone risk zone and it mostly occur in the months of May and November. As per the Risk Assessment study - the entire city is prone to severe cyclonic storm (89 mph) with 50year return period. 33 cyclonic disturbances passed within 150 km off Vijayawada City between the period (1877- 2013). An average of 1 cyclone in every 5 year is likely to occur in the city. Figure belowrepresents the cyclonic wind hazard map of 5-year return period.

Figure 17.10: Cyclonic Wind Hazard Map of 5-year return period

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

192


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The two major cyclones are cyclone of November (14-20) 1977 and May (3-11) 1990. These cyclones caused heavy loss of property, affected severely the telecommunications and power supply along with severe damage of various infrastructures. (USAID; UNDP, 2015). For lower return periods (5 to 50 years), lower wind speed extents are limited to areas over the western wards whereas the relatively higher wind speeds cover a large extent of the eastern part of Vijayawada.

Earthquake Vijayawada city lies in Zone III which refers to moderate damage risk zone. The liquefaction during an earthquake may pose more significant risk, given the high groundwater table across this fertile region in coastal district particularly in the Capital Region Development Area in Krishna and Guntur districts. The number of high liquefaction vulnerable zones should be reduced by avoiding huge constructions and structures.

Figure 17.11: Andhra Pradesh state map showing seismic zone of Vijayawada

There are around 22 seismic sources (faults) in and around Vijayawada within a radius of 300 km and among them, the prominent active fault is the Gundlakamma fault (The Earthquake Engineering Research Centre of IIIT). Since 1861 to 2015, more than 170 quakes/tremors with minor and medium incidents have occurred on the Richter scale in the range of 3-6 as shown in Table 1.3. Several areas to the south of the Krishna River near Mangalgiri, and east towards Poranki have been classified as hazardous.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

193


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 17.3 Significant Tremor incidents in Vijayawada

Year

Richter Reading

July 1861

3.7

January 1862

3.7

June 1984

3.0

May 2009

6.0

May 2024

6.0

April 2015

5.0

May 2015

5.0

Fire Fire hazards are also common in Vijayawada. High temperature and other causes such as negligence of residents cause fire accidents of thatched houses and spread to affect large population, specifically when huts are in clusters. Around 30 people suffered in 7 incidents in the year 2010 alone. Low-income housing is characterized by informal construction materials such as bricks, wood panels, and metallic roof (galvanized iron sheets), with improvised infrastructure services, i.e., electricity, potable water, sewage. There is a possibility of high surface temperatures for galvanized sheets reaching up to 600ºC Celsius in summer. Such high temperatures remove moisture from household materials, stocked firewood etc. and this dry material stokes the fire caused by negligence, accidental or due to cooking fire. In some cases, fires can’t be easily brought under control as fire tenders are unable to reach near the site of fires due to narrow lanes. There is overall paucity of infrastructure sch as fire hydrants that can provide essential water at high pressure to extinguish fires in initial stages.

Tsunami and storm surge Vijayawada city is at a safe distance from the coast and has little impact of the surge due to cyclones and tsunami. The surge caused by tsunami travel through the Krishna river backwards to the city. The sea coast is around 80 km from the city hence even with a rise of water level up to 10 m will have little to no impact to the city (USAID; UNDP, 2015).

Health hazards The diseases considered in the city for the analysis include vector borne diseases - malaria, chikungunya, and dengue, and water borne diseases - typhoid, diarrhoea, jaundice, and viral gastroenteritis. The disease borne mainly through mosquitoes bite has higher chances of occurrence during the rainy season of the year. Typhoid mostly occurs in the dry season, which is waterborne and through food-borne infectious agents.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

194


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Adaptation and mitigation measures The following recommended action for various mitigation and adaptation was issued by RMSI.

Cyclone adaptation and mitigation measures The building codes/bylaws are needed to be put into effect to reduce cyclonic wind risk. The tin/asbestos roof buildings require evaluation by a certified structural engineer for their resistance to cyclone. This should be followed up by appropriate retrofit measures. The overhead lines in general, and electric power lines in particular, need to be gradually converted to underground cables to avoid damage and loss due to cyclonic wind.

Flood adaptation and mitigation measures To protect the residential assets of the city, Approach required for flood risk management for Krishna River and Budameru drain is different due to the nature of the flood and flood impact. Enforcing strict landuse is required in the banks of Krishna River to avoid encroachment of settlement in the riverbed. Restriction of construction of new houses in the river bed and in due course relocate the existing habitat to other parts of the city through some urban housing programs. Any structural intervention for flood mitigation in Krishna River to protect the city needs to be dealt at a watershed level. Taking into consideration of short lean time of the flooding in Budameru area, strengthening of Early Warning System (EWS) using telemetry system need be explored. The Budameru drain also has large number of encroachments so, enforcing landuse restriction taking into consideration of flood risk zone is required.

Epidemics adaptation and mitigation measures There is a need of public awareness for improving hygiene and sanitation as well as imparting hygiene and sanitation related education in schools. Monitoring of commercial eating places to adhere to the quality standards, ensuring availability of good quality drinking water is necessary. Coordination with Public Work Department (PWD) is needed for desilting drains to avoid water logging during rainy season and Land use planning needs to take into consideration the water logging issues during and after the construction and developmental activities.

Rock fall/Landslide adaption and mitigation measures There is need of creating awareness in the community towards risk of living in rock-fall prone areas and administration to develop suitable mitigation measures if such habitats cannot be relocated. On a priority restriction of encroachment on high-risk slopes need to be imposed and Slopes facing the main road need site inspection and need structural intervention to avoid rock fall

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

195


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Heat wave adaptation and mitigation measures Creating awareness amongst communities towards energy efficient buildings is to be given priority. While developing building codes for residential buildings, it is also important to consider the heat wave risk. The design specifications should take into account the guidelines on the design of green buildings. The other steps include the following Mandating green building designs for government and public buildings Improving green cover in the city in a phased manner to develop heat syncs. Training masons for construction of buildings following building codes and design specification covering the features of green buildings.

Climate change adaptation measures Land use and infrastructure development plans of the city need to take into consideration of the climate change trends. The storm water drains of the city need to develop taking into consideration the flood scenarios and the rainfall variations trends.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

196


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 18: Governance Introduction to city governance Vijayawada city is presently functioning as the capital of Andhra Pradesh even though as per Andhra Pradesh Reorganization Act, 2014, Hyderabad will remain the de jure capital of both Andhra Pradesh and Telangana states for a period of 10 years. Vijayawada is a city with people living close to water, hills, rivers and lots of open spaces (Mohamed AR 2014). The city is located along the eastern banks of the river Krishna and is predominantly linear it its evolution and pattern. Vijayawada is bordered by the Krishna River on the south-west, and the Budameru River on the north. The northern, north western, central and south-western parts of the city are covered by a low range of hills, while the southern and north-eastern parts are covered by rich and fertile agriculture lands with three major irrigation canals. Vijayawada city is present in the Krishna district of Andhra Pradesh. It is considered as the agricultural and commercial capital of Andhra Pradesh. The city is upgraded to Municipal Corporation in 1985 with an area of 61 .88sq. kms and a population of around 10,34,358 as per 2011 census. Vijayawada is divided into 77 political wards. An elected body headed by the mayor performs the Administration of the Corporation.

Legal framework Vijayawada Urban Agglomeration consists of the Vijayawada Municipal Corporation, Mangalagiri municipality, four-gram panchayats and a few outgrowths. A number of institutions are involved in the governance of Vijayawada city and the surrounding peri-urban areas that constitute the Vijayawada Urban Agglomeration. Some of them were established through Acts of legislature and others are part of state’s governance framework. The institutions established by law are given in table below. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation is governed by two important legislations viz., Vijayawada Municipal Corporation Act 1955 and Vijayawada Municipal Corporation Act, 1981. The former Act extends to all the 14 municipal corporations in the state. The Andhra Pradesh Municipalities Act 1965 governs, all the municipalities in the state. Similarly, the Andhra Pradesh Village Panchayats Act, 1994 applicable to all the gram panchayats in the state. The Acts specify the governance framework, the spatial jurisdiction and the functional domain of the local bodies.

Functional Domain The functional domain of local bodies in the state is derived from respective legislations. The Municipal Acts list the functions under two categories, namely, “obligatory functions” and “discretionary functions”. The functional domain was expanded in 1994 as per the 12th Schedule of the 74th Constitution Amendment Act. In Andhra Pradesh, the Municipalities and Corporation Acts provide for a majority of the functions listed in the 12th Schedule of the constitution. They include: Urban Planning including Town Planning Regulation of land use and construction of buildings Roads and bridges Water supply for domestic, industrial and commercial purposes public health, sanitation, conservancy and solid waste management Slum improvement and upgradation.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

197


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Provision of urban amenities and facilities such as parks, gardens, play grounds Burials and burial ground; cremations, cremation grounds and electric crematoriums Cattle ponds; prevention of cruelty to animal’s Vital statistics including registration of births and death public amenities including street lighting, parking lots, bus stops and public conveniences. Regulation of slaughter houses and tanneries in 2003, the Government, after a review of functions of urban local bodies, transferred five more functions to the urban local bodies through government orders. They are: Planning for economic and social development, urban forestry, and protection of the environment and promotion of ecological aspects Urban Poverty alleviation safeguarding the interest of weaker sections including the handicapped and mentally retarded Promotion of cultural and aesthetic aspects. The Government decided that the remaining function i.e. Fire Services should remain with the state government and will be transferred after a review later. Though the five functions were transferred, they have no statutory basis. There are several issues in the transfer of functions of state agencies to the local bodies. Transfer of functions need follow up legislation, institutional capacity of the local bodies, financial resources, etc., which come in the way of transfer of these functions to the urban local bodies. It is also expected that the transfer of functions will be followed by transfer of officials as well as resources. However, transfer has not happened in the state thereby leaving the transferred functions only on paper.

Institutional Framework At the helm of the VMC there is the corporation council democratically elected by the civic community as per the 74th CAA. The present council was elected in 2005 and has a five-year tenure. As per the 74 th CAA, five wards committees have been constituted and they are endowed with the functions of maintenance of sanitation, water supply and drainage, street lighting, roads, markets, parks and playgrounds and school buildings. They also review the revenue collection, prepare draft annual budget, and send it to the council for incorporation in the city’s annual budget. The Commissioner, who is always drawn from IAS, heads the Vijayawada Municipal Corporation. He is assisted by Additional Commissioner and he assists the Commissioner in all his activities. The city administration is decentralized at zonal and circle levels. The city is divided into four zones and they are further divided into seven circles for administrative convenience (see organogram). The organization of Mangalagiri municipality is more or less similar, though on a smaller scale. The civic administration is headed by the Commissioner belonging to the cadre of state municipal commissioners. He is assisted by a group of officials in the areas of town planning, health, public health, engineering, poverty, etc. In administration, he is assisted by a manager. The Organogram of VMC (figure 3.1) gives the details. Apart from the local bodies, a number of government institutions are associated with the governance of the VUA.

They include: State Government Agencies Municipal Administration and Urban Development Department Directorate of Municipal Administration (DMA) Directorate of Town and Country Planning (DTCP) Public Health Engineering Department (PHED) Revenue Department Medical and Health Department Social Welfare Department R&B Department Home Department Parastatals: Vijayawada, Guntur, Tenali and

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

198


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Mangalagiri Urban Development Authority (VGTMUDA) AP State Highways Authority AP State Road Transport Corporation (APSRTC) AP Transmission Corporation (AP Transco) AP Housing Corporation (APHB) AP Pollution Control Board (APPCB) AP Industrial Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC).

Physical Infrastructure Vijayawada Municipal Corporation is responsible to grant water supply and new water connections, SWM and Collection of taxes from the city households. Andhra Pradesh government has proposed Storm Water Drainage facilities to VMC. The Maintenance, Operation and Management of Storm Water drain and sewerage facilities are undertaken by Vijayawada Municipal Corporation. Maintenance and repair of the transport infrastructure by APSRTC. The VMC is looking after - 21 ,000 Tube Lights, 5800 SV Lamps, and 50 Metallic Halide Lamps across the city.

Water Supply Sources of water In Vijayawada, the drinking water is being supplied to the citizens by tapping water from three different sources - 1) Surface water source 2) Ground water source 3) Infiltration galleries. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation supplies about 191 MLD of water to the city as of 2004. Being located on the bank of the river Krishna, the main source of water for the city has been the river Krishna drawing around 131.66 MLD. The city also depends on ground water resources. VMC draws about 45.4 MLD from bore wells located at different parts of the city. In addition to that, around 13.6 MLD water is drawn from infiltration galleries. The surrounding zones like Mangalagiri, Kanura and Tadepalli draw water from River Krishna and are supplying to the citizens at 110 lpcd per capita supply. 18.3.1.1 Water resource and irrigation department functions; •

Hydrological assessment of availability of water in the river basins including water allocation to the Irrigation and other purposes duly assessing the availability in the basin.

Planning & design of Irrigation systems.

Operations & Maintenance of reservoirs and canal systems

Construction of new projects to create irrigation potential for economic development of the state.

Stabilization of existing Ayacut by rehabilitation of the age-old projects.

Modernization of age old Major & Medium Irrigation projects.

Improve water management and efficiency by integrated and coordinated and implementation of operation and maintenance plans for existing Irrigation projects.

Flood management.

Restoration and maintenance of flood banks.

Irrigated area assessment and assessment of water royalty charges for industrial and other utilization.

Presentation of data & analysis on water availability, utilization of Interstate river basins to the respective tribunals.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

199


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Sewerage For the purpose of providing and maintaining the sewerage system, Vijayawada City is divided into four zones namely, central zone, western zone, eastern – south eastern zone and northern zone. The existing UGD system mainly covers the central zone of the city. The numerous natural and manmade canals along with the major railway lines traversing the city essentially determine the boundaries of each sewerage zone. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) is now planning to make sewage treatment plants (STPs) mandatory for all new apartments and existing ones with above 50 flats. To implement the concept efficiently, the civic body officials are studying STP models in the newly constructed apartments in Bengaluru. According to the VMC officials, the city with close to 14 lakh population, has been maintaining six STPs at Bhavanipuram, Autonagar, Ramalingeswara Nagar, Ajit Singh Nagar and Jakkampudi, treating the sewage water more than their actual capacities. With this, UGD pipelines connecting to the STPs are indiscriminately flowing into the three irrigation canals passing through the city regularly. This has become a concern for environmentalists and residents as it creates health hazards in the respective localities.

Solid waste management and Sanitation For every citizen a town is a place to work in and a place to live in. Of all the improvements that are needed, cleanliness and ordinary sanitation are the simplest and the most important for any town. Vijayawada is badly in need of them. Absence of proper drainage system and proliferation of slums all over the city have adversely affected the hygienic environment in the city in general. It is the obligatory function of the civic body to keep the city clean and healthy by providing proper sanitation. For SWM, Installation cost, land required for the proposed solid waste treatment and population are assessed by the geometrical progression method for the anticipated year 2051, waste generation in this study. To overcome the disposal and treatment of solid waste many innovations are being done in recent days. The assessed cost and land required for proposed this estimated are Rs. 320,00,000 and 4800 sq. m. of area approximately. This application model could reduce the cost of support for that take care of as well producing the income on model utilization. Automated module for plastic partitioning which can be tried on the public-private partnership model for Vijayawada city as best practice of solid waste. To analyze and determine the PPP model suited by executives for solid waste according to the landfill which can be modified to generate income and monitor solid waste effectively. Role and function; •

Regular sweeping and Drain cleaning

Door to Door basket collection

Street sweeping and drain cleaning

Litter Free Zone

Residential Welfare Associations.

Airport corridor Development Project

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

200


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 •

Segregation

Swachh Awareness campaign

Ban on plastic

Storage of Garbage / Dumper bins

Transportation of the wastes

Transfer station

Secondary transportation

Dumping yard

Scientific processing of Wet Waste

Night Sanitation

ODF (Open Defecation Free)

Community Dumper Bin Free City

Survey and documentation

Marriage Registration

Aadhar Enrolled Bio Attendance system

Mobile court

Scrap Park VMC

Remediation Process

Painting of Walls in VMC limits.

Toilet Facility In the city of VMC

Hill area Residents.

Management and maintenance

Drains and Storm Water Drains Vijayawada’s wastewater is getting drained through all the existing number of systems of drainage. These drainage systems empty their waste loads into water bodies, watercourses, most of them outside the city and some within. Largely, these recipient bodies are government owned, may be by Revenue department/Irrigation department/PWD/ULBs. For using them for installation of the mini-treatment units, only permission for ‘right to use’ is required. In this context, it is to be realized that these very places are being used as waste disposal bodies for years. The Vijayawada Municipal Corporation (VMC) is finally taking up underground drainage (UGD) system works in One Town area. The VMC is conducting a UGD mela for one week from November 23 in One Town facilitating the residents to file applications for UGD connections and to apprise them about the works. The entire UGD network project is being taken up at a cost of Rs. 45 crore in One Town area

PWD and Building Department Role and Functionality of Department: •

The (R&B) Circle Office, Vijayawada was formed in the year 1999 in Krishna District on 16.06.1999.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

201


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 •

The (R&B) Division, Machilipatnam, Vijayawada and Mylavaram are under the control of this circle.

To repair the roads i.e. patch work, laying of roads, construction of Bridges and Buildings are taken up in the jurisdiction of (R&B) Circle, Vijayawada.

The jurisdiction of (R&B) Circle, Vijayawada is 3449.502 Kms including transfer of roads from Panchayat Raj Department.

Social Infrastructure Public health department 1. Chief Medical Officer of Health Assistant Medical Officer of Health Assistant Medical Officer of Health Assistant Medical Officer of Health I/c Assistant Medical Officer of Health I/c Assistant Medical Officer of Health I/c 2. Primary Health Care & Medical Care - Senior Medical Officer I/c 3. Control of Mosquitoes & Malaria - Biologist 4. Maintenance of slaughter house and hygiene control of stray dogs -

Veterinary Assistant

Surgeon (VAS) 5. Vital statistics (birth and death registration) - Deputy Statistical Officer , Assistant Statistical Officer 6. IEC activities. - Health Educator Major activities are; •

Medical Department activity is Preventive, promotive and curative services.

Prevention of Communicable diseases, Outbreak investigation and corrective measures

Ensuring supply of safe and potable drinking water thus preventing water borne diseases, Prevention of Vector Born Diseases. Screening of school children for early detection and Management.

Mother and Child Activities i.e, Early ANC Registration, identification of High-Risk Pregnant Women and Follow up, birth planning safe institutional delivery, postnatal care and Immunization. Measures for reduction of Infant Mortality Rate, Maternal Mortality Rate and TFR.

Treatment of Patients as OP and IP ensuring the strict implementation of PCPNDT ACT so as to maintain the sex ratio.

Population stabilization by Temporary and Permanent methods of Family Planning.

Ensuring the Vital Statistics Registration i.e Birth and Deaths Registration

Preventive measures for identification and control and management of nonCommunicable disease.

Screening, Early identification and management of EYE defects.

Identification, treatment and follow up of Leprosy, Tuberculosis HIV/AIDS and follow up.

Conducting Yuva Clinics for RTI & STI.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

202


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Education Department Role and Functionality of Department; •

The Primary function of the Department of Education is to establish policy for administration and coordinate most federal assistance to education.

Responsible for education including providing information, resources and technical support or assistance on educational matters to schools.

Education assists the executing education policies for the nation and implementing laws.

Implementation of RTE act in the district for all children.

Providing free and compulsory education to all the children in the district in the age group of 6 to 14 years.

Monitoring of all educational activities in the district.

Monitoring recruiting of teachers at district level.

Importing quality education to all the children.

It provides free text books, uniforms, mid-day meals etc.,

We transmit the values and knowledge to the students. We mould their behaviour in the ways of adulthood and direct them towards their eventual role in the society.

Provides access to school education to all the school aged children.

Enrols all school age children in school and ensures quality education.

Retains all the school aged children in the schools.

Develops life-skills among children.

Ensures community participation in strengthening school system.

Provides NT books, uniforms to all the enrolled from 1 to 10 class.

Encouraging children for all-round development.

Other Departments Municipal engineering section Monitoring, repair, maintenance & management authority which is concerned with mainly services like water supply, drainage and sewerage, Roads culverts, Streetlights, Vehicles & parks and Communication and information.

Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation; this authority is responsible for power generation

APTRANSCO The transmission corporation of Andhra Pradesh is responsible for the power transmission and distribution; Domestic connections, industrial connections, commercial connections, road lighting connections

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

203


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

RTO The regional transport office is responsible for Enforcing the MV Act and rules, issuing driverrelated documents such as Learner’s Licence (LL), Driving Licence (DL) Registration Certificate (RC), Fitness Certificate (FC), Permits for commercial vehicles. The RTO is responsible for collecting road tax within its jurisdiction from both private and commercial/transport vehicles.

APSRTC The Andhra Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation deals with Inter and intra city public bus transport facility, Unions and associations, Auto-rickshaws and Per capita vehicular trip rate management.

Revenue Department •

Chief Commissionerate at State Level

Collectorates at District Level.

Divisional Officers at Revenue Divisional-city Level.

Tahsildars at Mandal Level.

Village Revenue Officer at Village Level.

At the Mandal level the Mandal Development Officer (MDO) takes care of the development activities. Major functions are; Vacant land tax, Property tax, Name transfer of the title, Market and stalls, Shop please, Unions and associations, Lease and rent, Revenue collection, Recovery of loans, Penalties and Monitoring and management.

E - Governance Application of Information and Communication Technologies or e-Governance is identified as key mechanism for ensuring inter-institutional coordination. The role of Integrated Citizen Service Centers of the e-Seva Department, which provides a number of citizen services cutting across a number of agencies under one umbrella is well appreciated by the public. Hence it is suggested that there should be an integrated approach to grievance redressal through e-Seva centers. In this context, it was noted that there is already a proposal to establish the Call Centers at e-Seva centers that can effectively collect the citizen grievances covering a number of agencies at one place and channelize them to concerned agencies for redressal. However, it was observed that Call Centers would be effective only if there are proper internal mechanisms within the departments for grievance redressal. It was suggested to have proper monitoring mechanisms to track the status on the complaints.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

204


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 18.1: Municipal Accountings Grievance Redressal

Housing The A.P. Housing Board has come into existence with effect from 01.07.1960 under the A.P. Housing Board Act, 1956 by merging the erstwhile City Improvement Board and erstwhile Town Improvement Trust of Twin Cities. The Ex-City Improvement Board was formed in 1911 as a result a large scale devastations which the City of Hyderabad suffered due to the Moosi Floods in 1908. Its main function was to attend to general improvement of city, opening out congested areas and forming of roads, construction of houses by removing slums and improvement of general sanitary conditions to safeguard public health. The Town Improvement Trust of Secunderabad was formed in the year 1931 with more or less similar objectives with emphasis on development of lands.

Figure 18.2: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within the Housing Board

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

205


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The main objective of the Housing Board is to provide housing accommodation to the needy citizens at an affordable price. The Andhra Pradesh Housing Board is engaged in the following activities: •

Construction of houses under integrated / Composite Housing Schemes and allotment of houses under Lower Income Group, Middle Income Group and Higher Income Group categories.

Self-Financing Scheme for Higher Income Group and Middle-Income Group, Sites and Services

Construction of shops, Commercial Complexes and Multistoried Buildings to be let out on rent to augment financial resources of the Board.

Figure 18.3: Organization Chart for Slum Settlement in Vijayawada Source: VMC

Labour Department

Figure 18.4Organogram reflecting the hierarchy in Labor Department Source: VMC

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

206


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 18.5.9.1 Role and functionality of the department •

Implementation of Labour Laws.

Resolving industrial disputes, maintenance of Industrial peace and facilitation of fair wage settlements through conciliation and adjudication

Minimum Wages Act, Payment of Wages Act

Safety, welfare, working hours, weekly & other holidays, leave, bonus and gratuity etc., for workers.

Implementation of Minimum Wages to the workers in Scheduled Employments.

Registration of Building and other Construction workers, Unorganised workers, Trade Unions

Integrated Registration and Licensing

Rescue and rehabilitation of child labour.

Assessment and collection of Cess from construction works through Plan Approval Authorities under APBOCW Cess Act.

18.5.9.2 Schemes •

Implementation of Welfare Schemes to Construction Workers who are registered under A.P. Building and Other Construction Workers welfare Board.

Implementation of Welfare Schemes to workers employed in Shops and Establishments, Factories, Motor Transport Undertakings etc., through A.P. Labour Welfare Board.

Implementation of Welfare Schemes to Unorganised workers through A.P. State Social Security Board.

Horticulture Department During the year 2018-19, various Horticulture Schemes were implemented in Krishna district for the welfare of Horticulture farmers. Under State Development Plan (SDP) and under Rashtriya Krishi Vikas Yojana (RKVY) scheme in Krishna District it is programmed to implement various new and innovative scheme in addition to the on-going programmes.

Figure 18.5: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within Horticulture Department Source: VMC

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

207


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

18.5.10.1 Schemes Area Expansion Programme:- Under this programme, it is proposed to take up area expansion of perennial crops such as Mango, Guava, Cashew and Cocoa and non-perennial crops like Papaya and Tissue-culture Banana and short duration crops like Flowers, Turmeric etc., in an extent of 1043.376 Hectares. Mango Rejuvenation: - Mango is the major horticulture crop in Krishna District, the area under Mango being 62,270 Ha. Most of these gardens are aged, senile and unproductive gardens. There is need to rejuvenate these gardens by taking up top working. Integrated Vegetable Development scheme: - Under this scheme, distribution of Hybrid Vegetable Seed in an extent of 530.73 Ha. by providing 50% subsidy. Rs.15.19 lakhs is ear-marked for the programme. For construction of Permanent Pendals, Rs.2.50 lakhs will be provided as assistance per Ha. During the year 22.372 Ha. at a cost of Rs.54.43 lakhs has been taken up under the item. To encourage Tomato cultivation with trellis, it is proposed to cover 6.06 Ha of Tomato under Trellis by providing assistance @ Rs.7500/- per unit of one acre. With a view to assist the BPL families in rural areas for nutritional security, it is proposed to distribute 2000(each worth Rs.100/-) Vegetable Minikits through IKP groups. Token money of Rs.50/- will be collected from the beneficiary and Rs.50/- per kit is the subsidy. Protected cultivation: •

Further, assistance of Rs.355/- per Sq. mt will be given for construction of shade-net house. Eight (8) Units are sanctioned for the current year.

Similarly, assistance of Rs.445/- per Sq.mt will be given for construction of Poly House. Under this scheme, 9 units were sanctioned for the year 2018-19 and it is proposed to cover another 1 unit.

Creation of water resources: - Under the scheme Farm Ponds with a capacity of 20x20x3 Cu.mt for individual farmers with 50% subsidy and community as a whole Farm Pond with a capacity of 100x100x3 Cu.mt. is provided with 100% subsidy during this financial year 1 Community farm pond & 2 Individual farm ponds were provided financial assistance for Rs.21.17 lakhs. Post-harvest management: - Under the programme, assistance will be given for (a) Pack House (1 Unit of Rs.2.00 lakhs (b) Ripening Chambers (1 Unit of Rs.10.50 lakhs) Further, distribution of Taiwan sprayers, Silpaulin sheets, HDPE Sheets and Plastic crates will be taken up under the scheme. Organic farming: - To encourage organic farming, farmers are assisted with a subsidy of Rs.6261/and a total amount of Rs. 125.82 Lakh is spent under this item. Oil palm development: - The financial assistance will be provided for Plant material for 1st year and the Maintenance in the shape of fertilizers over period of (4) years.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

208


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

AP Pollution Control Board The Board is a statutory organization entrusted to implement Environmental Laws and rules within the state of Andhra Pradesh, India. The Board was constituted as State Board for Prevention and Control of Water Pollution, in 1976, under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. 1974, but was later rechristened as A.P. Pollution Control Board, subsequent to the enactment of the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981.

Figure 18.6: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within AP Pollution Control Board Source: APCB

Major functions •

Air pollution test and control

Sewerage and sewage treatment system

Foster economic growth with efficient environmental management

Efficient implementation of environmental policies, laws, regulations.

Develops frameworks to manage both wastes and natural resources of the State.

For industries •

Hazardous waste manifest application

Providing guidelines for industries

Categorizing industries

Industrial waste exchange program

Common effluent treatment plants

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

209


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Disaster management There is a specific disaster management cell under Vijayawada municipal authority. The Vijayawada City is selected by GoI-UNDP as one among the eight cities exposing multi-hazardless in India for implementation of UNDP Climate Risk Management Project on pilot basis under the framework of Urban Disaster Risk Reduction project of GOI-UNDP.

Figure 18.7: Organogram reflecting the hierarchy within Incident Response System

Inter-relationship between organizations Table 18.1: Organizational Inter-relationships

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

210


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Key Issues in Governance The governance of the city is characterized by multiplicity of agencies. This results in lack of inter department coordination which is a serious roadblock plaguing local bodies. The agencies have their own priorities, procedures, lines of accountability, financing patterns, which often may not be in conformity with those of the MCH and the ULBs. The critical issues that emerge from the existence of multiple agencies include: Spatial and functional fragmentation Overlapping functions Multiple accountability lines High service delivery gaps, and Increasing urban poverty These and other key challenges are discussed below. 18.5.14.1 Lack of Clarity in Local Functions The Constitution (74th Amendment) Act, 1992 envisages that the functions listed in the 12 th schedule be entrusted to elected local bodies. This is with a view to minimise ambiguities and overlapping of functions between local bodies and other authorities. However, in practice, several agencies are responsible for the functions and in some cases, local bodies have no role. 18.5.14.2 Lack of Inter-Departmental Co-ordination Any city’s governance depends upon effective organizational structure and adequate financial inflows. Although the city of Vijayawada has been in the forefront of implementing reforms and good governance practices for the past three to four years, these reform initiatives did not really achieve the desired results. The reforms primarily belonged to the areas of e – governance and better citizen interface through VOICE etc. What is necessary is for these kind of reforms is a two pronged approach, the first creating a front end, the next strengthening the back end to effectively cater to the front end. What has happened in the case of Vijayawada is that front end systems have been created but the back end systems have not been effectively upgraded/ geared up to meet the influx of the kind of information/ complaints that came through the same. The result is improper functioning of the system as a whole. The functioning of the VMC reflects a wide gap between the demand and supply. Among the several reasons focus has to be given to proper delegation of powers to the urban functionaries and orienting the organization towards the principles of good governance. Organizational structure of the VMC has to be examined and adequate steps are to be initiated to strengthen the same. 18.5.14.3 Inter Institutional Co-ordination One of the prominent issues in the area of urban governance was inter departmental coordination and conflict issues that are becoming difficult to address or resolve even at the level of heads of the service delivery agencies. It was observed that the citizen is often concerned with the quality of service rather than who is delivering the service. The service delivery often suffers because more than one agency is involved and there is no mechanism for ensuring inter - agency coordination. 18.5.14.4 Functional and Spatial Fragmentation in Metropolitan Area The Vijayawada, Guntur, Tenali and Mangalagiri Metropolitan Area consists the areas under the Municipal Corporation of Vijayawada and Guntur and other municipalities viz. Tenali and

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

211


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Mangalagiri and several other gram panchayats and villages. It is governed/ administered by Vijayawada Guntur Tenali Mangalagiri Urban Development Authority (VGTM UDA). Presently the development in the Metropolitan Area is occurring in a haphazard and uncoordinated manner. The CDS programme has a united focus on the VMC area. Unless there is a mechanism for comprehensive planning and implementation of development activities in the entire metropolitan area, it may be difficult to achieve the objectives of CDS. The municipal systems in the surrounding municipalities are also weak and require strengthening. The district of Krishna primarily is agrarian based; hence a lot of importance has to be given to the spatial integration of all the areas through better infrastructure facilities and networks. 18.5.14.5 Municipal-Parastatal Coordination There is a lack of coordination between urban local bodies and parastatals in areas such as intermunicipal, inter-district and inter-state roads, inter-municipal storm drainage and sewerage, common amenities like wholesale markets, truck terminals, bus stations, garbage dumping yards, landfill sites etc. The VGTM Urban Development Authority takes care of a part of coordinated planning. It prepared a master plan for the entire area. The plan provides for common infrastructure systems and amenities, which transcend municipal boundaries. However, the real problem is noticed in plan implementation. There is no clearly defined institutional mechanism to ensure that all roads, which pass through more than one area, are developed as per a common road development framework. Similarly there is no mechanism to ensure that storm water drains for the metropolitan area is developed in an integrated manner taking into account geographical factors and the existing and proposed built up patterns. There is also no mechanism to project and ensure infrastructure provision based on built up analysis from time to time. This results in conflict between local bodies and VGTM UDA. The Metropolitan Planning Committee envisaged under the 74 th Amendment Act, 1992 has not yet been constituted for Vijayawada. The basic services like traffic, public transport, fire etc are with parastatals. But since Vijayawada is a small City, there is adequate co-ordination between the VMC and the parastatals. The State Government is already attempting to formulate an Agency for Hyderbad which would encompass all the basic services. The same model can be extended to the other cities like Vijayawada, over the course of time. 18.5.14.6 Jurisdictional Issues While subsidiarity is a desirable principle that can be adopted as a guide to draw boundaries for various agglomeration functions, it is not possible to arrive at a common boundary for all services. The geographical area required to internalise the costs and benefits of a service like urban planning may not be the same for another service like urban transport or water supply or storm drainage. However, a large enough an area would be in a position to internalise most of the dimensions of key local services. The whole idea is to contain the spillover externalities so that the benefit districts match the revenue districts. If such matching is not ensured there will be perennial problems of service revenues falling short of service costs, mounting interinstitutional conflicts, increased cost of public administration, lack of integrated development and imposition of high social costs on the public. Thus, it is important that jurisdictional issues are sorted out carefully. While keeping the costs of metropolitan administration low, exploitation of the development potential of the metro

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

212


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 area and its contribution to national wealth and income should be the primary consideration for metropolitan spatial organisation. 18.5.14.7 Transparency and Accountability There is a need to have greater transparency and accountability in the functioning of the service providing agencies. The VMC web site has a number of features, which enables transparency in the functioning of the organization though there is scope for improvement since the web site is only over one year old. There is also a need to explore the possibility of involving the citizen in making budgetary allocations at the ward level. It is necessary to understand the strengths and weaknesses of different spatial and sectoral areas within the city for location of economic activities. This has implication with regard to availability of land, transportation and infrastructure facilities. Both demand side and supply side factors determine the competitive advantage of the city. There is a need to identify these factors by conducting a SWOT analysis of the city’s economy. To get a comprehensive overview of the city a SWOT analysis was undertaken at two levels, first at the city level and the second of the Municipal Corporation. Impact of development The rapid urban development is leading to increasing land use changes and the measurement and monitoring of these land use changes are crucial to understand land use /land cover dynamics. The city is stretching horizontally and vertically at rapid speed so many residential colonies; commercial establishments, medium and small-scale industries are coming up in the city. This is in turn adding to the pressure on the infrastructure and available space. The townplanning department is responsible for enforcing planned development in the city, while the horticulture department is responsible for maintaining the parks and greenery. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation covers an area of 58.16 sq.kms of which about 55 percent is developed. Of the undeveloped area, vacant land constitutes around 15% and the land under agriculture is about 58%, adding the developable area to be about 88% of the total VMC. The agricultural land referred to is a mainly green cultivation fields and in the recent years they can be seen barrier and put vacant for escalation of price. The rest 12% constitute hills, river, canals and water bodies. However, during the latest decades due to rapid population growth, the pressure on developable land has been enormous and hence residential development has also taken place on hills as well as low lying areas. 18.5.14.8 Grievance Redressal The city has introduced grievance redressal system. Lack of awareness and information is affecting the citizens’ access to grievance redressal. Though citizen interfaces were established for the service providing agencies, majority of the public is not aware of the same and the redressal mechanisms that present need to be strengthened. The grievance redressal mechanisms in the city are weak and the people are made to run from pillar to post for grievance redressal. There is also no proper platform to provide information to the citizen on all services. Lack of awareness and information is affecting the citizen’s access to grievance redressal. Though citizen charters were established for the service providing agencies, majority of the public is not aware of the duties and rights under the same. There is a need to address these institutional and other challenges to provide good governance to the city. Unless the roadblocks are removed, economic development is hampered and efficient service delivery becomes difficult. This adversely impacts the community -

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

213


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 particularly the poor. There is need, therefore, to restructure the governance framework, remove the roadblocks and streamline the lines of accountability. The governance reforms become all the more critical in the context of Vijayawada becoming more competitive. The city should offer high quality services and promote inclusiveness and citizen friendly governance institutions. Only where it is environment friendly and is well governed the vision of the city can be realised. The institutional strategies required include: Spatial integration of VMC and surrounding rural areas for better planning and delivery of services; Establishing clear lines of accountability of all service delivery agencies; within this overall framework institutional and implementation mechanisms need to be worked out. They include: Strengthening local government capacities by outsourcing the project management and M&E functions; Establishing appraisal systems and processes; the institutional and governance reform strategies include; Strengthening decentralisation – 74th CAA Evolving inclusive governance mechanisms Evolving partnerships for service delivery Establishing coordination mechanisms to overcome spatial and functional fragmentation. 18.5.14.9 Public Disclosure Norms The State Government is coming up with a Public Disclosure Law, which is likely to come up in the next three months. The VMC is already implementing the Right to Information Act. All the information related to taxation, building permission, engineering works etc is already available in the web-site.

Reforms 18.5.15.1 Analysis of state and city Reforms and change are critical elements in development process; they become more significant in urban development in the context of growth of cities and consequent pressure on infrastructure services, growth of poverty, etc. this is compounded by institutional constraints like in capacity, fragmented structures, functional overlaps and dated processes and procedures. In addition, there has been a paradigm shift in governance from the traditional top-down model. As a result governance reforms have become imperative for efficient delivery of services, provision and maintenance of infrastructure and to provide efficient and responsive governance to the people. Recognizing the significance of reforms to provide efficient and effective governance, government of Andhra Pradesh has initiated and implementing several urban sector reforms during the last few years. Similarly the urban local bodies particularly the municipal corporations have initiated city specific reforms to improve governance. 18.5.15.2 State Level Reforms The reforms initiated at the state level fall under three categories namely 74th CAA, Governance and Pro-poor. They are discussed below: 74th CAA Reforms related to 74th Constitution Amendment Act (CAA) Development State Urban Development & Poverty Reduction Strategy Governance Establishment of Strategy Performance and Innovation Unit (SPIU) Citizen charters EGovernance initiatives Outsourcing of services Developing partnerships in service delivery

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

214


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Rationalization of municipal staffing Preparation of common municipal act for corporation and municipalities Simplification of planning regulations Framework for solid waste management Rationalization of stamp duty Preparation of municipal actions plans for poverty reduction by ULBs Affordable water supply connection to BPL families New citizen friendly street vendor policy Propoor Notification of slums Tap connection to the poor at Rs 1200. Spending 40 percent of the net corporation revenues on poor and slums. 18.5.15.3 City Level Reforms VMC - The Vijayawada Municipal Corporation initiated several reforms to improve service delivery and strengthen municipal performance in the city. Some of these reforms are part of 74 th Constitution Amendment Act. The reforms include: 74th CAA : Ward committees for effective administration through decentralization Initiated computerization in the year 1999. The data of various departments has been upgraded and is available online vial the website of www.ourvmc.org and this information can be accessed by the citizens of Vijayawada from any part of the world. This service was launched in October 2002. To bridge the digital divide and take governance to the doorsteps of the citizens “Siti egovernance” project in collaboration with Siti cable is launched. A 24-hour call center is established to receive the complaints of citizens and customers by allotting a unique telephone number 103. Citizens can register the complaints and track the progress on website/TV/Telephone. Streamlining and decentralizing tax collection system to facilitate easy access to the citizens Agreement with e-seva of the state government for payment of bills in 10 centers. Agreement with Andhra Bank to accept tax payment in 13 branches. Establishment of online tax collection centers by Corporation at 15 centers in important places including slums Establishment of two mobile tax collection centers Internet centers owners authorized to collect municipal taxes by executing bank guarantee to the Corporation. A citizen charter is established with the following mandate: Approval of building plans for residential houses within 24 hours and for commercial complexes within 7 days Redressal of simple grievances within 24 hours Tap connection within one week The CDP contains Sector Strategy and Strategy Implementation Road Map (Chapter 6 and in Annexures), which clearly focuses on reforms and improved maintenance of existing assets. The Council of the VMC has already committed itself to implement an elaborate reform agenda. This elaborated in the Reform Agenda. For example, in water supply, the priority is on areas like reducing NRW, O & M of Water and Sewerage system, rationalization of network etc. For each of these activities, the estimates with year-wise break-up is indicated later in the CDP. 18.5.15.4 Reforms in Mangalagiri Municipality The Mangalagiri municipality is implementing all reforms initiated by the state government. They include- introduction of citizen charters, preparation of municipal action plan through consultative process, E-Governance initiatives through E-Seva centres, provision of water connections to the poor at Rs.1200, spending 40 percent of the net revenues on provision of services to the poor and the in the slum areas.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

215


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 19: Sectoral Assessment and Prioritization of Challenges Assessment and Challenges

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

216


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

217


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 20: Urban Greens and Biodiversity Introduction Human and nature are the two things that cannot be separated. Natural systems and how humans are linked with them and use them for their main purpose in this planet. Among all the natural systems, urban green spaces and biodiversity are the most invasive ecosystem on Earth. As the human population grow and the city become major habitat for human, due to human expansion, this ecosystem degrades and are at risk. This chapter aims to study the existing conditions of green spaces and biodiversity for preserving and enhancing its richness in the city as preservation and restoration of these ecosystem is an important part for human livelihood and a key part of the development of sustainable urban landscapes.

Methodology

Figure 20.1: Methodology for Urban Green and Biodiversity Study

Sectoral objectives 

To understand the existing situation of green space in the city.

To analyse the gap and change in green spaces over years along with the services it provides.

To assess the ecosystem services and biodiversity of the city based on various parameters.

To highlight strategic issues of green routes and zones and suggest appropriate planning recommendations.

To propose strategies for conservation and enhancement of biodiversity and urban green spaces in the city.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

218


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Urban Green Definitions Urban green space is an important segment of “green infrastructure”. It plays a significant role in terms of public open spaces and various common services that are given in a city. It is important to ensure that there are ample accessible green spaces for all the population which are distributed equally within the city.

Categories

Figure 20.2: Urban green area classification Source: Toke Emil Panduro, 2013

Benefits of Urban Green Spaces There are various positive health, social and environmental outcomes that urban green provides. It also aids in upgrading the quality of deprived areas in sectors like environment and society. Urban Green make cities more liveable and enjoyable and improve air quality and helps to reduce the heat island effects through carbon sequestration. Urban green plays a major role to reduce the urban flooding and helps to recharge the ground water. Urban Figure 20.3: Benefits of Urban Green Space Source: BUGS, 2003

greening also assist in fighting various kinds of pollution like air, water, noise etc., soaks up rainwater that may otherwise create flooding, arrange a safe zone for local wildlife, and at the same time it lifts up the spirit of the local people.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

219


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Ecosystem Services by green areas Urban greens are the main contributor of ecosystem services. There are 4 types of eco system services that are given by Urban green areas. Size, richness, accessibility, shape configuration

distributional

characteristics

etc., of green spaces influence the realization of their ecosystem service value.

Figure 20.4: Ecosystem services provided by green areas Source: BUGS, 2003

Urban green spaces of Vijayawada

Figure 20.5: Urban green space map of Vijayawada Source: B_IN_U_COM, 2018

Vijayawada lies on the banks of Krishna river, covered by hills of Eastern Ghats and canals.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

220


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 There are total 60 nos. of parks in Vijayawada. Among them 56 nos. are neighbourhood parks which are mostly on the neighbourhood level only. There are also 45 nos. of fenced and 35 nos. of unfenced parks. 4 nos. of large city level parks are also there. The parks are developed and maintained by the Municipal authorities. Table 20.1: Exsisting Area Of Green Spaces

Source- 7 (Author, 2021)

Table 20.2 Gap analysis Table 20.3 Gap analysis

Source: Primary, compiled by team

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

221


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Existing condition of Unorganised Green Spaces

Figure 20.6: Existing condition of Unorganized Green Spaces Source: Google Images

Existing condition of organised Green Spaces

Temporal Variations of Urban Green Spaces In the context of rapid urbanization and climate change, urban green spaces make a significant contribution to mitigating the resulting increase in urban heat islands (UHI), in particular by reducing the increase in land surface temperature (LST), aridity and intensity of heat waves through their cooling effects in the surrounding areas. The gradual depletion of urban green spaces, largely due to increasing population pressures and urban sprawl, has resulted in a change in land cover land use (LULC) and changed the microclimate of the urban ecosystem. This study uses the Landsat thematic map and OLI/TIRS remote sensing data of Vijayawada from 2000 to 2020 to analyze and evaluate the scale and layout of urban green space. The evaluation of Figure 20.7: Existing condition of organized Green Spaces Source: Google Images

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

222


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 LST, Normalized Vegetation Index (NDVI) and other indicators shows that the urban green space has undergone drastic changes.

Data Sources and Method In this study, multi-temporal satellite images were used as data sources. The dataset (Table No. 1) of satellite imagery was acquired from the United States Geological Survey (USGS), Landsat 5 (2000,2010) and Landsat. 8 OLI / TIRS images (2020) were used to determine the spatio-temporal changes in the images, Landsat 8 with two new Operational Land Imager (OLI) sensors and the Thermal Infrared Sensor (TIRS), which is considered to be the most efficient and most useful satellite applies to data for environmental studies (Hang and Rahman 2018). A spatial resolution of 30 m of the images was standardized for the scale analysis of green areas. The LST and NDVI, were estimated using spring image data (April-May)

Table 20.4: Data Sources

Green Space Area Calculation Total green space was calculated for the month of April and May, a largely cloud-free month in the study region. Total green space and its ratio have also been calculated with the following formula.

where RGS=ratio of green spaces, SGreen area=total area of green spaces and SLand area=total land area.

NDVI And Its Area Calculation NDVI is the most effective indicator of radiant surface temperature (Ji and Peters 2003; Hua and Qinhuo 2008; Karnieli et al. 2010). In this study, three different categories of NDVI were identified, viz. <0 (Less or No vegetation), 0 - 0.225 (Medium or sparce Vegetation) and >0.225 (High or dense vegetation). The total area of these three NDVI categories has been calculated Where, NIR=Band5 Landsat8, OLI/TIRS, Band4 Landsat5TM and

VIS=Band4 Landsat8, OLI/TIRS, Band3 Landsat5TM.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

223


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

LST and Its Calculation 20.6.4.1 Converting Digital Number To Radiance Thermal infrared used for Landsat 8 and thermal band for Landsat 5 for this study. Landsat 5 TM, Landsat 8 OLI and TIRS band data have been converted into TOA spectral radiance using the radiance rescaling factors provided in the metadata file (USGS 2020). where Lλ = TOA spectral radiance [W/(m2 * srad* μm)], ML = band-specific multiplicative rescaling

factor (actually thermal infrared band), Qcal = quantized and calibrated standard product pixel values (DN), and AL = the band-specific additive rescaling factor.

20.6.4.2 Conversion to At‑Satellite Brightness Temperature The digital numbers were converted to radiance, and spectral radiance was converted to the satellite brightness temperature. The following equation has been used to calculate the satellite brightness temperature.

where BT = satellite brightness temperature, K1and K2 stand for the band-specific thermal conversion constants, ln = log number (formula tools in raster calculator, ArcGIS), = radiance, and 273.15 = conversion factor Kelvin to Celsius.

20.6.4.3 The NDVI Method For Emissivity Correction The result of emissivity correction has come from NDVI calculation. The proportion of the vegetation (PV) and its emissivity () have been calculated from the following formula.

20.6.4.4 Calculating The Proportion Of Vegetation The proportion of vegetation (PV) has been calculated from the following formula after calculating the radiance, satellite temperature and the vegetation index (Barsi et al. 2014)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

224


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 where PV = proportion of vegetation, NDVImin = minimum value of NDVI, and NDVImax = maximum value of NDVI

20.6.4.5 Calculating Land Surface Emissivity (LSE) Land surface emissivity is well acknowledged in order to estimate the LST, since it is a proportional factor that scales radiance to predict emitted radiance, and LSE is the efficiency of transmitting thermal energy across the surface into the atmosphere (Jiménez- Muñoz et al. 2006). where v and = emissivity of the vegetation and soil, respectively, C = represents the sur- face

roughness (C = 0for homogenous and flat surfaces) taken as a constant value of 0.005, Pv = proportion of vegetation, and 0.004 and 0.986 = constant value.

20.6.4.6 Land Surface Temperature (LST) The land surface emissivity is coherence factor for the proportion of vegetation and its emissivity results coming from directly after radiance to digital conversion. Finally, land surface temperature was calculated from the following formula:

where LSTc = land surface temperature in degree centigrade, BT = satellite brightness temperature, 1 = constant factor, w = wavelength of emitted radiance (11.5 μm), p = h * c/s (1.438 * 10^−2 m K) or constant value of p = 14,380, ln = log number, and (e) = emissivity.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

225


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Experimental Design And Model Evaluation

Figure 20.8: Valuation Model(experimental)

Results 16.7.1 Changes in Green Space The temporal changes in the total area and the proportion of green areas from 2000 to 2020 are shown in Table No. 3 and Fig.7. It can be seen that the proportion of green space has been drastically reduced from 3083.85 ha, which corresponds to 50.16% to 1618.75 ha, which corresponds to 26.33% (Table No. 2). The most significant change occurred during the period 20102020. Due to rapid population growth and subsequent urban expansion, approximately 16% of green space was converted into various development activities, such as built-up areas. Table 20.5: Total area and ratio of green space

Source: Calculated by author(s)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

226


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 20.9: Total green space of Vijayawada (2000, 2010 and 2020) Source: Primary

Changes in Normalized Difference Vegetation Index (NDVI) NDVI gives information related to vegetation and density of green areas. NDVI indices of different land use/cover changes have been grouped into three classes ranging from < 0 to > 0.255 based on NASA observatory of vegetation measure (Table No. 3). The data demonstrate that areas classified as medium and High vegetation have steadily decreased from 2000 to 2010 whereas in 2020 the area classified as medium vegetation continue to be decreasing while the area classified as high vegetation is increasing. The areas classified Less or No vegetation have dramatically increased from 2000 to 2020, this is one of the prime causes of increasing land surface temperature (LST). Source: Calculated by author(s) Table 20.6: Category-wise area of NDVI (area in hectares)

Changes In Land Surface Temperature (LST) During the period 2000-2020, as the LST increases, the green area gradually decreases. It can be seen from Figure 9 and Table No. 5 that the minimum and maximum temperature values from April/May 2000 to April/May 2020 clearly show the temperature changes in certain months in the past 20 years. In addition, the bare lands and reinforced concrete structures has the highest surface

Table 20.7: Changes in LST

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

227


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 temperature value in the study area, while the area covered by forest and vegetation has the lowest surface temperature. It is observed that the reduction of vegetation area on satellite images from 2000 to 2020 played an important role in the increase of land surface temperature.

Observations 

The rapid degradation in urban green spaces and biodiversity due to unprecedented population growth and briskly urbanization.

Figure 20.10: LST of Vijayawada (2000, 2010 and 2020) Source: Primary

After Vijayawada has become the capital of the new state. There is lot of scope for urban development because of this there is a sudden change of green spaces form 2010-2020.

Increase in merchant establishments and industrial areas are contributing to the loss of agriculture area.

The reduction in greenery and increase in built-up area may cause the urban environment un-sustainable. This is mainly due to the development of urban heat island, accumulation of solid wastes, increase in noise pollution, surface runoff drainage problems etc.

Lack of adequate planning for the protection and conservation of green spaces leads to degradation in urban green spaces and biodiversity.

Per Capita Green Spaces 

The LEED ND (Leadership in Energy and Environment Design Neighborhood development) recommends that the green area per capita be >20 sq m or maintain a minimum of 1.25 ha of open space per 1000 residents, and that the access to open space be within 250 m of residential areas for smaller parks.

According to the World Health Organization (WHO), every city is recommended to provide a minimum of 9 square meters of urban green space for each person.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

228


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Per capita Green Space in Vijayawada The analysis highlights that the city has lost significant areas of its open green spaces. In all,

Figure 20.11: Service area Network Analyst for Green and Open Spaces Source: Primary

Vijayawada has 1.70 square kilometer of accessible open space, providing free and fair entry to all citizens. However, many gardens, playgrounds and recreation grounds that are part of this open space are ill-maintained and have broken infrastructure. However, Vijayawada is not able to meet the minimum standards of urban green space for each person.

Accessibility Analysis This analysis measured the distance from its sample location to green areas, in Vijayawada, the accessibility of green areas was measured using Service area Network analyst. Creating green areas that are at an accessible distance is important, as access to urban green areas has become a priority for the modern urban areas, increasing quality of life and creating open areas with proper airflow have also become important. The analysis found that the green areas were not planned considering accessibility criteria.

Service area Network analyst for Urban Green space Creating a service area is like storing a point in a buffer. When we buffer a point, we specify a straight-line distance and create a circle to show the area within that distance. When we create a service area around a point, it also defines the distance, but unlike the buffer zone, it represents the maximum distance that can be travelled through a network (such as a road network). The result is a service area covering the roads that can be reached within a specified distance. Wards No. 19, 20, 43, 44, 46, 49 and 50 have least proximity to these green open spaces and cannot be reached within a maximum specified distance i.e., 2 km (Fig No. 11)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

229


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Ward wise assessment of green spaces In Vijayawada there is some number of green spaces though it doesn’t meet the standards of the green space required. After considering the whole city, there is a need to consider the number or number of green spaces present in different wards. It is required that the wards also have sufficient green spaces within accessible distances for the people to easily access the spaces and get the best out of them. So, a gap analysis was done on the number of parks in each wards based on the population and URDPFI guidelines. The table regarding the gap analysis is shown in the annexure. It was observed that only wards 13, 14, 25, 26, 27, 44 & 49 - have sufficient recreational spaces. Rest most of the wards have a deficit of these recreational spaces. There are some wards which don’t have any number of recreational spaces and the people residing in those wards have to travel a lot for accessing these spaces. Based on the suitability and availability of land, more recreational spaces should be proposed for the people and to meet the standards.

Ecosystem services These are the services that we derive directly or indirectly from the ecosystem and here we are considering green space ecosystem. So, in this context, these services are the services that we derive directly or indirectly from the urban green spaces. They have potential to supply a range of services that are of fundamental importance to human well-being, health, livelihoods, and survival

Cultural ecosystem service As we interact and alter nature, the natural world has in turn altered us. It has guided our cultural, intellectual, and social development by being a constant force present in our lives. The importance of ecosystems to the human mind can be traced back to the beginning of mankind with ancient civilizations drawing pictures of animals, plants, and weather patterns on cave walls. A cultural service is a non-material benefit that contributes to the development and cultural advancement of people, including how ecosystems play a role n local, national and global cultures; the building of knowledge and the spreading of ideas; creativity borne with interactions with nature and recreation. Some of these services are: 20.13.1.1 Recreation and Physical and mental health Green spaces in residential areas provide these cultural ecosystem services which can contribute to human health by increasing the frequency of residents' visits. Urban green open space is a valuable resource for physical activities of urban inhabitants and has the potential to reduce chronic illness and improve health. Urban greens contribute to physical and mental human health i.e. recreation & human health. WHO considers urban green spaces as important human health.

Urban green space provides recreational facilities which promotes physical activity. Access to green space promote mental and physical health by providing a calm, restorative, and serene refuge. We

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

230


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 evaluated the CES of residential green spaces by assessing residents' satisfaction with these spaces in the city by asking them various questions based on 250 respondents. 

40% of the sample respondents said that they visit the parks occasionally, 23% of the respondents opined that they visit the parks monthly once, 22% of sample respondents said the they visit the parks weekly and the remaining 15% of the respondents opined that they visit the parks most days. Most of the respondents said that they visit these places on an occasional basis.

20% of the sample respondents said that get some fresh air to visit the parks, 16% of the respondents opined that to play for kids to visit the parks, 15% of the respondents thought that for peace and quiet to visit the parks, 14% of the sample respondents have given priority to the surroundings to visit the parks, 13% of the respondents speak out that children/family outing to visit the parks, 12% of the sample respondents said that meet the friends to visit the parks and remaining 10% of the respondents have given the priority to see the birds and pets

35% of the sample respondents have given first priority to the improve sports facility in the parks, 34% of the respondents have given next priority to1 the improve space for children’s play, 24% of the respondents said that improve wildlife in the parks and rest of 7% of the respondents have given least priority to the improve canteen facility in the parks. 

50% of the sample respondents said that the parks are nearest to their area and the remaining 50% of the respondents opined that the parks are not nearest in their area.

Figure 20.12: Regarding survey of respondents for cultural ecosystem services Source: primary survey & An Empirical Study on Public Parks in Vijayawada City-Sirisha Charugulla

54% of the sample respondents are feeling too crowded space for doing their activities in the parks and remaining 46% of the sample respondents are feeling enough space for doing their activities in the parks.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

231


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

84% of the sample respondents want increase the parks in Vijayawada city and the rest of sample respondents i.e., only 16% of the respondents are happy with present parks what are the parks are placed in Vijayawada city.

Figure 20.13: Regarding survey of respondents for cultural ecosystem services

Source: primary survey & An Empirical Study on Public Parks in Vijayawada City-Sirisha Charugulla

The study exposés most of the respondents are feeling happy to visit the parks to get some fresh air, peaceful mind to avoid stress from their professional life. Some of the respondents want increase public parks or open spaces nearby their homes. As well they require more space for doing their activities like exercises, playing space for kids, etc. some significant respondents require wild life to attract the kids to spend more time in the parks.

Regulating ecosystem service Ecosystems provide many of the basic services that make life possible for people. Plants clean air and filter water, bacteria decompose wastes, bees pollinate flowers and tree roots holds soil in place to prevent erosion. All these processes work together to make ecosystems clean, sustainable, functional and resilient to change. A regulating service is the benefit provided by ecosystem processes that moderate natural phenomena. Some of these regulating services are: 20.13.2.1 Climate regulation Trees affect our climate, and therefore our weather, in three primary ways: they lower temperatures, reduce energy usage and reduce or remove air pollutants. Each part of the tree contributes to climate control, from leaves to roots. Leaves help turn down the thermostat. They cool the air through a process called evapotranspiration and regulate the temperature. City surfaces are changing greatly by rapid urbanization. Many green spaces in the urban areas are destroyed and replaced with the developments which can have effect on climate and weather that could lead to the Urban Heat Island (UHI). As per the previous temporal analysis we have seen that the amount of green spaces is decreasing and there the land surface temperature is also increasing. A Negative correlation exists between NDVI and LST (land surface temperature). As NDVI / green areas decreases the LST increases.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

232


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 20.14: Graph of NDVI and LST correlation Source: Primary

This land surface temperature affects human life as during the daytime, Earth surface absorbs the heat of sun and increases its temperature out of which some warmth rises into the air where gases catch and hold the warmth near the surface and air temperature rise with increase in humidity. It affects human physically, psychologically and socially. It also effects the health condition such as depression, anxiety, dehydration, weakness, loss of salt, headaches, loss of interest in social interaction psychological un-peacefulness. This temperature also influences weather and climate patterns. For example, in places where it is too hot or too cold, the crops may die. Along with this it also affects glaciers, ice sheets, permafrost, etc. in Earth’s ecosystem. Increasing green spaces can reduce the surface temperature in turn reducing other climatic problems as well as health problems including glaciers, ice sheets, etc. 20.13.2.2 Carbon sequestration Trees play an important role in reducing atmospheric CO2 through assimilation. They sequester carbon by capturing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere and transforming it into biomass through photosynthesis. Sequestered carbon is then accumulated in the form of biomass, deadwood, litter and in forest soils. Greens constitute a major carbon pool by absorbing 25% of carbon in atmosphere which includes trees as well as grass. For grass: 

Total area of grass and lawns is considered.

Carbon sequestration per year for grass is 1.13 T/Ha/year.

Areas of grass and lawns multiplied by carbon sequestration per year for grass gives total carbon sequestration by grass.

For trees: 

The girth of the tree is measured at the girth at breast height (GBH) – 1.32 m above ground surface

Tree diameter is measured as D = GBH + 3.14 (assuming the tree trunk to be cylindrical)

Above ground biomass (AGB) is estimated by multiplying the bio - volume to the green wood density (WD) of tree species. Tree bio – volume (Tbv) value is calculated by: Tbv = 0.4 *D*D*H

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

233


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 AGB = WD * Tbv Standard average density of 0.6gm/cc is applied wherever the density value is not available for tree species. 

Below ground biomass (BGB) is calculated by multiplying the above ground biomass (AGB) by a factor of 0.26 as the root to shoot ratio BGB = AGB * 0.26

Total biomass (TB) is the sum of the above and below ground biomasses. TB = AGB + BGB

Carbon estimation: Generally, for any plant species 50% of its biomass is considered as Carbon content in the tree C = TB / 2

As CO2 is composed of 1 molecule of carbon and 2 molecules of oxygen, the atomic weight of carbon is 12.001115 while that of CO2 is 43.999915. The ratio of CO2 to C is 3.6663. therefore, the weight of CO2 sequestered in the tree is determined by multiplying the weight of Carbon contained by a factor of 3.6663 CS = C * 3.663

But due to data constraints on the number and type of plant species present in Vijayawada city, various assumptions were taken to calculate the amount of carbon sequestered by the different types of trees in Vijayawada i.e.: 

The NDVI classification was considered and the trees were classified under the categories of less, medium and high vegetation. Trees were considered for the category of high vegetation, shrubs, weeds and small plants for medium vegetation and grass for less vegetation and the calculation was further carried out.

Figure 20.15: Chart of NDVI categories with type of vegetation Source: Primary

Average individual tree coverage was considered by taking the average of the tree coverage of major species.

For each category of NDVI major species of trees, shrubs, weeds and grass of Vijayawada was considered and for those the above methodologies for calculation of carbon sequestration power were carried out.

Average sequestration power for each category was found out by taking the average carbon sequestration power of major species.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

234


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

Average sequestration power for each category was multiplied with average individual tree coverage for each category.

Then the sequestration power for each category was added to get the total carbon sequestration power. Table 20.8: Carbon sequestration power of green spaces

High Vegetation

Medium Vegetation

Low Vegetation

769275.26 T/Yr

49676.74 T/Yr

1696.69 T/Yr

Total Carbon Sequestration: 820648.69 T/Yr Source: primary

20.13.2.3 Air quality regulation Trees have a remarkable range of traits that can help reduce urban air pollution. Some trees are markedly more effective at filtering pollutants from the air than others. Trees are only a way to filter pollution; better is to reduce emissions of pollutants in the first place. Trees can improve air quality in direct and indirect ways. Indirectly, they can help by shading surfaces and reducing temperatures. If buildings are shaded by trees, it reduces the need for conventional air conditioning, and the emissions of greenhouse gases that come with it. Plus, lower temperatures decrease risk of harmful pollutants like ground level ozone that commonly spike on hot days in urban areas. But trees also play a vital role in directly removing pollutants from the air. Plants are often seen as the “lungs” of an ecosystem and act as a sink for air pollutants because they absorb the toxic pollutants. Trees are particularly effective at removing particulate matter (PM). From an urban planning perspective, plants act as a readily available set of PM purifiers.

Here is a map showing the areas with PM10 levels in Vijayawada city and also the presence of green areas is shown. We can clearly see that the areas with green spaces other than industrial, residential and commercial areas have less pollution level and vice versa which predicts that green spaces act as a sink for pollutants.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

235


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 20.16: Map showing PM10 levels and green spaces in the city Source: Pollution data from APPCB

Moreover, plants having higher air pollution tolerance index values are more tolerant to air pollution and can be used as a sink to mitigate air pollution as they can resist the pollution and help in purifying the air as well as keeping the environment better. Air pollution tolerance index evaluates the tolerance level of plant species towards air pollution. Air pollution tolerance level is different for different plants and is dependent upon number of factors – ascorbic acid content, total chlorophyll, pH of leaf extract as well as relative water content of the leaf. These trees are the common species with high A.P.T.I which are easily available and can be grown in Vijayawada:

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

236


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 20.9: Trees in Vijayawada with higher A.P.T.I.

Source: Ecofriendly Vegetative Planning for Vijayawada City

Trees in Vijayawada with higher A.P.T.I. Albizzia lebac

39.82

Ficus religiosa

34.37

Azadirecta indica

32.87

Delonix regia

30.84

Terminalia Catappa

30.23

Supporting ecosystem service The natural world provides so many services, sometimes we overlook the most fundamental. Ecosystems themselves couldn't be sustained without the consistency of underlying natural processes, such as photosynthesis, nutrient cycling, the creation of soils, and the water cycle. These processes allow the Earth to sustain basic life forms, let alone whole ecosystems and people. Without supporting services, provisional, regulating, and cultural services wouldn't exist. One of such service is: 20.13.3.1 Photosynthesis Plants form the critical base of food chains in nearly all ecosystems. Through photosynthesis, plants harvest the energy of the sun, providing both food and habitat for other organisms. Production of atmospheric oxygen and reduction of carbon dioxide through photosynthesis is often categorized as a supporting service since oxygen forms the basis for any animal life on Earth. Any impacts on the concentration of oxygen in the atmosphere would only occur over an extremely long time. With photosynthesis trees and plants not only absorbs carbon dioxide but also releases pure oxygen for living organisms leading to provisioning service as well. For example, plants are fed upon by insects, which may be eaten by birds, which are in turn are eaten by birds of prey, and so on. In general, native plants support other native species more effectively than non-native plants. Plant leaves have small openings, called stomata, all over

their

surfaces.

to absorb the carbon

The

stomata

dioxide needed

to

open perform

photosynthesis. Baby tree absorbs 5.9kg CO2 per year for photosynthesis and 10-year-old tree absorbs 22kg CO2 per year for photosynthesis. So, the plants that are considered the most adept at locking away carbon dioxide from the atmosphere are the longest-living ones, with the most mass – hardwood trees. It’s all temporary though. Eventually every plant returns all the carbon dioxide it uses back to the atmosphere in the form of oxygen supporting lives. Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

237


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Land use types and green areas Green areas are usually of various and within an urban area, its type differ from place to place and also depend on the type of land use present. Each land use is characterized by a different type of green area with some having huge amount while some less and with some having more opportunity to grow more greens while some having more deteriorating power towards greens. So a detailed study was done which shows the type and characteristic of green spaces in different type of land uses which is as follows:

Figure 20.17: Land use map of Vijayawada showing the different land uses highlighting the green spaces Source: Primary

Industrial area - this zone is dominated by industries - in the north the industrial area is in Kondapalli covering an area of 439 acres and in the southern part of the city is Autonagar covering an area of 340 acres. They have major industrial air pollution and emissions. The air pollution concentrations of conventional pollutants like SO2, NOx, RSPM and TSPM is observed majorly due to existing industries. Air pollutants have a negative effect on plants growth, affecting the function of leaves and the process of photosynthesis. The dust particles and pollutants in these areas cover the leaf blades reducing light penetration and blocking the opening of stomata. These are the most toxic pollutants for the plants and in industrial area as the amount of particulate matter in the atmosphere is very high, makes it dangerous for plants. Most of the plants are dead also in this area. Moreover, the vegetation is also less. So, the plant species or vegetation planned in the city should have resistant species to air pollution and able to thrive under heavy polluted environment. More growth in vegetation so that this Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

238


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 vegetation can filter the particulate pollutants. Plants with higher APTI i.e., resistant to pollutants should be planted in this area The burning of toxic waste and fuels in industrial estates has led to a deterioration in air quality in the city in recent times. An increase in the number of industries on the outskirts of the city and unscientific treatment of industrial waste at Jawahar Autonagar and other industrial estates are major factors for the high levels of particulate matter-10 (PM-10) in the city. Jawahar Autonagar is the largest industrial estate in Andhra Pradesh which employs around 2.5 lakh people, who work in these polluted and unhygienic conditions. Several respiratory disorders have also come up with no action plan yet to handle this. •

Canal sides - Vijayawada urban area is having 3 canals flowing through the city. This gives another zone which is on the banks of these canals, which can be encouraged to grow lush green vegetation. Ample supply of water from the canals is there which can add to the greenery for developing parks & waking tracks but there is no such dedicated parks and tracks except for only one park developed on Krishna River which adds tourist attraction and generates revenue for the corporation. More such parks can be developed by integrating the blue green infrastructure which can add to the greenery as well as good environment.

Residential areas – Vijayawada has a huge percentage of residential sector. The residential sectors are being developed at the periphery of the city. These spaces hardly have any or with very less vegetation cover in residential complexes green spaces. Most of people don’t have home gardens or lawns. So, it is strongly felt here that the vegetative cover for the upcoming residential complexes should be made compulsory and strategies should be applied to increase greenery at individual houses. Moreover, residential green spaces have many advantages also in local level for the city as well as the residents. In residential complexes the type of vegetation to be promoted should be different type of vegetative cover compare to the individual houses.

Commercial areas - the commercial area in Vijayawada which is commercial capital of Andhra Pradesh almost occupies ¼th of the total city area. These areas are characterized by tall buildings and narrow roads which are devoid of vegetation. So, vegetation should be grown here for balancing the urban environment and that too of innovative type like creeper type of plants which can grow on the terrace of the buildings and can come down. Optimum care should be taken to water them regularly there the vegetation can grow well.

Traffic area: this zone is the neighborhood of state and national highways which will have lot of vehicles plying on the highways which results in the pollution arising due to traffic

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

239


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 with the increase in traffic density the traffic pollution is on the rise. Here the trees along the highways are exposed to heavy traffic pollution so this zone also requires such type of trees which can with stand traffic pollution but will not be an abstraction to traffic. So, the trees should not spread horizontally on the highways. They should withstand the turbulence caused by the speedy vehicular traffic along the highway. The incidence of tree branches suddenly falling on passersby is omnipresent in monsoon at various parts of the city. Few residents alleged that several appeals have been made to the horticulture department to cut down the low hanging branches. However, their appeals have not reached the officials. Every year, before monsoon, the civic body axe down trees and its branches to avert any mishap. Despite these measures, the last six years have witnessed at least five people succumbing to trees or branches falling. Majority of the staff confine themselves to plant saplings on the central medians, but not removing the old aged tree branches in the city. Moreover, it is the electricity department which has been axing the low-lying tree branches across the city to avoid electricity interruption. •

Hill areas: the hills of Vijayawada are devoid of vegetation mostly. Environmentalists opined that bare hills devoid of vegetation adds to the temperature in the city. In this case the resulted temperature is not only from the direct solar radiation but also the one reflected from the hills. So, suitable vegetation over the hill will reduce the temperature. There is a hill opposite to Vijayawada Railway station where Gandhi Statue is situated lot of vegetation is planted on the hills. It is observed both the temperatures as well as reflected radiation were reduced due to this vegetation on the slopes of the hills. However, the soil is scarce and it is rocky type so the plants which can survive such conditions as well as the slope, should be planted. Moreover, the degradation of vegetation here also leads to minor landslides along the hill slopes.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

240


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Rocks rolled down from Indrakeeladri, the abode of Goddess Kanaka Durga due to a minor landslide. The incident happened during the ongoing Dasara Navaratri festivities. With incessant rains during the past few days and lack of vegetation, the Indrakeeladri has been witnessing landslides. Authorities have then erected iron meshes to stop landslides and also put-up danger boards warning people from entering the danger zones. But it can be handled more appropriately with the increase in vegetation that suits such slopy areas.

Problems associated with green areas Parks and open spaces in Vijayawada city are facing many problems, Authorities are beautifying city roads with aesthetic green cover to please the visitors but the major public parks which are supposed to provide relief and entertainment for the masses and utterly neglected. The beautification of Vijayawada, taken up at a cost of Rs 20 crore but the old parks and common places are being neglected, only the thoroughfares were being painted colorfully and greenery being developed. The Vijayawada Municipal Corporation and the district administration are striving to beautify the city only to impress the investors. The old parks, Raghavaiah Ambedkar and KL Rao, in the city still lack maintenance but new parks are being built on the highways and main roads. People who visit the parks in summer are greatly disappointed at the sight of the poorly maintained parks. The Rajiv Gandhi Park near PNBS, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar and Raghavaiah Park on M. G. road, Dr. K. L. Rao park in K. L. Rao Nagar and Gora Park in Gandhinagar are some of the major parks for the people to visit and beat the heat. But unfortunately, the ambience in these parks in pathetic and poor maintenance is keeping many people to look elsewhere for relief. Many visitors said that: “from outside Raghavaiah park seems to be the cleanest one but when I entered I realized it is badly maintained”, “the trappings installed for children are in poor shape and the expansion of NH in Krishna Lanka is worsening the park’s condition”, “greenery is rarely seen in these parks, they have become a haven for lovelorn couples causing inconvenience to others & poor maintenance is keeping many people to look elsewhere for relief”, “though my son wanted to play seesaw, I didn’t allow him as the seat is damaged badly”.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

241


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 20.18: bad condition of play equipments in parks Source: the hindu and times of India news

While the appurtenances remain useless, the rooms used to host mini zoo and aquarium in the Rajiv Gandhi Park have been demolished. Worst is the collection of extra fare for vehicles by contractors at the parking bay. More than 500 people visit the park a day, according to park representatives. However, the recently installed mini “giant wheel” and skating rinks are major attraction to kids. The K. L. Rao park, the only park which has a boating canal, faces a similar situation of bad maintenance. Poor maintenance and lack of play equipment in VMC parks prove a major dampener for children. The play equipments in the parks are in a horrible condition which may in fact cause harm to children. Rs 50 lakh per annum is issued for the maintenance of public parks in the city but in vain. Majority of the parks greet the visitors with discarded plastic bottles, polythene bags, wild growth of vegetation and damaged play equipment. The VMC is developing a big green park on Sambamurthy Road. It is observed that the officials spend money on areas where the public live but not on the main roads and highways. Investing on development of parks in places where people do not live but VIPs move is a bad idea, they said. There are many vacant land plots owners who are not maintaining their open plots. These open plots have become a major problem during the monsoon as water gets stagnated in these areas which has turned into mosquito breeding zones causing menace in residential areas. Moreover, dumping garbage and debris in open plots has become a recurrent problem. Despite numerous notices also, the VMC hasn’t seen any response from owners for years. The municipal corporation should rope volunteers and sanitation workers to clean out the garbage-filled plots with stagnant water.

Figure 20.19: Bad condition if vacant green spaces Source: The Hindu and times of India news

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

242


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Urban Biodiversity Introduction Biodiversity is the base of ecosystem services to which human well-being is intimately linked. No article of Earth is more multifarious, dynamic, and varied than the layer of living organisms that occupy its surfaces and its seas, and none is experiencing more concentrated transformation at the hands of humans than this extraordinary, singularly exclusive feature of Earth. This layer of living organisms—the environment—through the cooperative metabolic activities of its innumerable plants, animals, and microbes substantially and chemically unites the atmosphere, geosphere, and hydrosphere into one environmental structure within which billions of species, including humans, have flourished. Breathable air, potable water, fertile soils, productive lands, bountiful seas, the equitable climate of Earth’s recent history, and other ecosystem services Urban biodiversity describes the variety and richness of living creatures and habitats found in and on the edge of human settlements, including fragments of natural landscapes, old-fashioned agricultural

Figure 20.20: Biodiversity in Urban area Source: BUGS, 2003

History, and other ecosystem services Urban biodiversity describes the variety and richness of living creatures and habitats found in and on the edge of human settlements, including fragments of natural landscapes, old-fashioned agricultural lands and urban-industrial areas.

Importance of Urban Biodiversity Biodiversity is the quantity of variety of life on Earth. It is the amount of different species of plants, animals, and microorganisms. It embraces organisms from Earth’s enormously different ecosystems, including deserts, rainforests, coral reefs, grasslands, tundra, and polar ice caps. Our biodiversity is very essential to the security of our planet. Most humanities, at least at some stretch, have recognized the importance of preserving natural resources.        

Increase ecosystem productivity; each species in an ecosystem has a specific niche—a role to play. Support a larger number of plant species and, therefore, a greater variety of crops. Protect freshwater resources. Promote soils formation and protection. Provide for nutrient storage and recycling. Aid in breaking down pollutants. Contribute to climate stability. Speed recovery from natural disasters.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

243


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041   

Provide more food resources. Provide more medicinal resources and pharmaceutical drugs. Offer environments for recreation and tourism.

Linkage between Biodiversity & Human Well-being Biodiversity delivers many key welfares to individuals that go beyond the meagre provision of raw materials. Biodiversity loss has adverse effects on several characteristics of human well-being, such as food security, vulnerability to natural disasters, energy security, and access to clean water and raw materials. It also disturbs human health, social relations, and self-determination of choice. Civilization tends to have various challenging objectives; many depend on biodiversity. When humans transform an ecosystem to improve a service it provides, this generally also results in changes to other ecosystem services. For example, actions to surge food production can lead to abridged water availability for other uses. As a result of such trade-offs, many services have been degraded, for instance fisheries, water supply, and shield against natural hazards. In the long term, the value of services lost may greatly exceed the short-range economic benefits that are gained from renovating ecosystems. Contrasting goods bought and sold in markets, many ecosystem services are not operated in markets for readily observable prices. This means that the significance of biodiversity and natural procedures in providing welfares to human being is overlooked by financial markets. New methods are being used to assign monetary values to benefits such as regeneration or clean drinking water. Dilapidation of ecosystem services could be pointedly reduced down or overturned if the full economic significance of these services were taken into account in decision-making. Over the last period, some people have promoted from the transformation of natural ecosystems and growth in international trade, but other individuals have suffered from the consequences of biodiversity losses and from controlled access to resources they depend upon. Vagaries in ecosystems are harming many of the world's poorest people, who are the least able to adjust to these changes.

Figure 20.21: Services provided by Urban Biodiversity Source: Toke Emil Panduro , 2013

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

244


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Urban Biodiversity in Vijayawada

Figure 20.22: Biodiversity in Vijayawada city Source: Primary

Biodiversity in Agricultural Lands Vijayawada is the Hub of agricultural markets of Krishna district. One of the largest exporters of mango in the state of Andhra Pradesh Tobacco, cotton, turmeric, extract plants, oil, dal, rice are some of the crops

Figure 20.23: 10 Crops in Vijayawada Source: Report by Horticulture Department

Biodiversity in Hills 

The hillocks in the Vijayawada like Nallamala hills, Kondapalli hills at south and Papikondal hills at north are part of the Eastern Ghats.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

245


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041  

The forest though a deserted cover of vegetation, provides supporting ecology to Vijayawada as a “Green Lung”. Flora - 400 taxa (75 families, 233 genera) Table 20.10: Diversity of Flora

Source- 8 Horticulture Department Report

Figure 20.24: Fauna Diversity in Vijayawada Source: The Cornell Lab of Ornithology Research Papers

Biodiversity in Rivers and Canals  

Rivers conserve at around 41 species of fish & 29 species of larvivorous fish from 6 orders, 14 families and 20 genera. 2% & 2.6% species are Critically Endangered & vulnerable

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

246


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 20.25: Aquatic diversity in rivers Source: Larvivorous fish diversity in Krishna River at Prakasam barrage, Vijayawada (Krishna district), Andhra Pradesh, India 2017

Biodiversity in Bhavani Isalnd •

133-acre land expanse located on River Krishna.

An estimated 150 birds of different species found on the island.

Figure 20.26: Diversity in Bhavani Island Source: The Cornell Lab of Ornithology, Research Papers

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

247


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Biodiversity in Built Up area Increasing urbanisation and loss of green cover affects the biodiversity.

Figure 20.27: Species found in city area Source: Wikipedia

Observation Unplanned urban expansion brought serious losses of agriculture land and leads to the loss of plant diversity. High magnitude of human intervention around the hillocks including illegal quarrying, encroachment changes the land-use pattern. Extensive concrete building, less vegetation and lacking tree cover leads to the loss of natural habitats for the species. Invasive alien species from Godavari river and increasing water pollution affecting the native species in Krishna river.

Biodiversity Index Calculation City Biodiversity Index City Biodiversity Index (CBI), also known as the Singapore Index was developed for country’s National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP). Involves calculating biodiversity-related

indicators at the local level to help cities to evaluate and benchmark their biodiversity conservation efforts. 23 indicators make up the index, measuring a city’s native biodiversity, the ecosystem services provided and biodiversity governance. Scores range between zero to four points for each indicator, with a maximum overall score of 92. The index helps to visualize their progress in conserving biodiversity with application of index. 20.18.1.1 Native Biodiversity in The City

Proportion of natural areas in the city Methodology

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

248


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 As per the CBI user manual principle for calculation of the indicator (Total area of natural, restored and naturalised areas) ÷ (total area of city) × 100% Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: <1.0% 1 point: 1.0-6.9% 2 point: 7.0-13.9% 3point: 14.0-20.0%’

Table 20.11: Natural Area index

Figure 20.28: Natural areas in the city Source: Primary

In Vijayawada, 26% Natural area in compared to total City area. According to Environment and Forest (MoEF) guidelines, a city should have 33% green cover of its total area

16.16.1.1.1 Connectivity measures or ecological networks to counter fragmentation Methodology

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: <200ha Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

249


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

1 point: 201-500 ha 3point: 1001-1500 ha

2 point: 501-1000ha 4point: >1500 ha Total area of large patch (152 polygons) considered as single unit as per 100m rule(A1) =1545.52 HA Total area of polygons outside 100m buffer (138 Polygon marge into 52) =139.49 HA Total natural area=1594.01 HA

Figure 20.29: 17 ecological networks in Vijayawada Source: Primary

Native biodiversity in built up areas (bird species) Methodology Number of native bird species in built up areas where built up areas include impermeable surfaces like buildings, roads, drainage channels, etc., and anthropogenic green spaces like roof gardens, roadside planting, golf courses, private gardens, cemeteries, lawns, urban parks, etc. Areas that are counted as natural areas in indicator 1 should not be included in this indicator.

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: <19 bird species 1 point: 19 -27 bird species 2 point: 28-46 bird species 3point: 47-68 bird species 4point: >68 bird species The total number of bird species identified 120 of which 78 were resident

4-8. change in number of native species (vascular plants, birds, butterflies, taxonomic) Methodology The change in number of native species is used for indicators 4 to 8. The three core groups are: Indicator 4: vascular plants Indicator 5: birds Indicator 6: butterflies These groups have been selected as data are most easily available and to enable some common comparison. Cities can select any two other taxonomic groups for indicators 7 and 8 (e.g., bryophytes, fungi, amphibians, reptiles, freshwater fish, molluscs, dragonflies, beetles, spiders, hard corals, marine fish, seagrasses, sponges, etc.) The above data from the first application of the Singapore index would be recorded in part i: profile of the city as the baseline.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

250


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Net change in species from the previous survey to the most recent survey is calculated as: total increase in number of species (as a result of re-introduction, rediscovery, new species found, etc.) Minus number of species that have gone extinct. Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: <200ha,

1 point: 201-500 ha,

2 point: 501-1000ha, 3 point: 1001-1500 ha

4 point: >1500 ha Table 20.12: Species found in Vijayawada

Source- 9 (Author, 2021)

Indicator Performance: NA

Proportion of protected natural areas Methodology (area of protected or secured natural areas) ÷ (total area of the city) × 100% Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual)

0 point: <1.4%, 3point: 11.2-19.4%

1 point: 1.4-7.3% 4point: >19.4%

2 point: 7.4-11.1%

There are no protected natural areas inside the city

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

251


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 20.30: Location of protected natural areas in proximity of the city Source: Primary, Map made on Google Earth Pro

Indicator Performance: 0%

Proportion of invasive alien species (flora) Methodology (number of invasive alien species) ÷ (number of native species) × 100%

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: >30% 1 point: 20.1-30.0% 3point: 1.0-11.0% 4point: <:1.0%

2 point: 11.1-20%

In India, the most well documented taxa in terms of alien species are flowering plants (district level data).

Number of invasive alien species = 87 Number of native species = 753

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

252


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 20.13 Invasive species found in the city

Source- 10 The Eastern Ghats EPTRI Indicator Performance = 11.55%

20.18.1.2 Ecosystem services provided by biodiversity in the city

Regulation of quantity of water Methodology (total permeable area) ÷ (total terrestrial area of the city) × 100%

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: <33.1% 1 point: 33.1-39.7% 2 point: 39.8-64.2% 3point: 64.3-75.0% 4point: >75.0% Total permeable area= Area of (canal + open green space + open ground+ playground+ river+ water course+ tree patch) = 397.27 HA Total terrestrial area = 6108 HA Indicator Performance =65.04%

Climate regulation: carbon storage and cooling effect of vegetation Methodology (tree canopy cover) ÷ (total terrestrial area of the city) × 100% Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual)

0 point: <10.5% 1 point: 10.5-19.1% 2 point: 19.2-29.0% 3point: 29.1-59.7% 4point: > 59.7% To calculate the indicator,50% of the green areas and tree canopy cover of the city has been considered. Open Green (50%) + Tree canopy Cover =499.69 Ha Total Terrestrial Area= 6108 Ha Indicator Performance =21.97%

Recreational services Methodology (area of parks with natural areas and protected or secured natural areas)/1000 persons

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

253


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: <0.1 ha/ 1000 person 1 point: 0.1 -0.3 ha/ 1000 person 2 point: 0.4 -0.6 ha/ 1000 person 3point: 0.7 -0.9 ha/ 1000 person 4point: >0.9 ha/ 1000 person Table 20.14 Area index of recreational areas

Indicator Performance =1.05 Ha/ 1000 Person

Educational Services Methodology Average number of formal educational visits per child below 16 years to parks with natural areas or protected or secured natural areas per year

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: 0 formal educational visits/year 1 point: 1 formal educational visits/year 2 point: 2 formal educational visits/year 3 point: 3 formal educational visits/year 4 point: >3 formal educational visits/year In Vijayawada there is no mandatory rules for school to visit the park as per the set curriculum but schools do voluntarily organize these visits. Indicator Performance =1 20.18.1.3 Governance and management of Biodiversity in the city

Budget allocated to biodiversity Methodology (amount spent on biodiversity related administration) ÷ (total budget of city) × 100%

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: <0.4% 1 point: 0.4-2.2% 2 point: 2.3-2.7% 3 point: 2.8-3.7% 4 point: > 3.7% Total budget of AP (2020-21) =2,24,789 Cr. Biodiversity Budget(AP)=446.59 Cr. Indicator Performance =0.001%

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

254


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Number of biodiversity projects implemented by the city annually Methodology Number of programmes and projects that are being implemented by the city authorities, possibly in partnership with private sector, NGOs, etc. Per year. In addition to submitting the total number of projects and programmes carried out, cities are encouraged to provide a listing of the projects and to categorise the list into projects that are: 1. Biodiversity related 2. Ecosystem services related

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: < 12 programmes/project 1 point: 12-21 programmes/project 2 point: 22-39 programmes/project 3 point: 40-71 programmes/project 4 point: > 71 programmes/project

Figure 20.31: Schemes involved in biodiversity projects implementation

Indicator Performance =0

Policies, rules and regulations –existence of local biodiversity strategy & action plan Methodology Status of LBSAP (or any equivalent plan); number of associated CBD initiatives

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: no LBSAP 1 point: LBSAP not aligned with NBSAP 2 point: LBSAP incorporates elements of NBSAP, but does not include any CBD initiatives 3 point: LBSAP incorporates elements of NBSAP, and includes one to three CBD initiatives 4 point: LBSAP incorporates elements of NBSAP, and includes four or more CBD initiatives Though municipality takes some kind of biodiversity measures and conducts programs for public awareness, but no formal LBSAP has been taken up Indicator Performance =0

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

255


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Institutional capacity - essential biodiversity related functions Methodology Number of essential biodiversity related functions* that the city uses

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: no function 1 point: 1 function 2 point: 2 function 3 point: 3 function 4 point: > 3 function Most schools lack playgrounds; of the 29 state-run schools in the city, 15 don’t have a playground. The situation is worse when it comes to private, or aided schools. Andhra Loyola College has a herbarium and KVSR Siddhartha College Of Pharmaceuticals Sciences has a medicinal plant garden. Indicator Performance =2

Institutional capacity - inter-agency co-operation Methodology Number of city or local government agencies involved in inter-agency co-operation pertaining to biodiversity matters.

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: 1 or 2 agencies* cooperate on biodiversity matters 1 point: 3 agencies cooperate on biodiversity matters 2 point: 4 agencies cooperate on biodiversity matters 3 point: 5 agencies cooperate on biodiversity matters Local government agencies • A.P. State Biodiversity Board • Biodiversity Management committee • Vijayawada Municipal Corporation In Vijayawada is Partnering in BDV activities, projects and programs, not much confirmed data is available. Might be more than that are in existence, but information not publicly available Indicator Performance = 1

Number of biodiversity projects implemented by the city annually Methodology Existence and state of formal or informal public consultation process pertaining to biodiversity related matters.

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: no routine formal or informal process 1 point: formal or informal process being considered as part of the routine process 2 points: formal or informal process being planned as part of the routine process

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

256


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

3 points: formal or informal process in the process of being implemented as part of the routine process 4 points: formal or informal process exists as part of the routine process No such confirmed formal or informal public consultation process is existing yet. Thus, we can assume, these kinds of process are still in consideration process. Indicator Performance = 1

Participation and partnership - Institutional Partnership Methodology Number of agencies/private Companies/NGOs/Academic institutions/international organisations with which the city is partnering in biodiversity activities, projects and programmes. Instances of inter-agency co-operation listed in indicator 19 should not be listed here again.

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: no formal or informal partnerships 1 point: city in partnership with 1-6 other national or subnational agencies/private companies/ NGOs/academic institutions/international organisations 2 points: city in partnership with 7-12 other national or subnational agencies/private companies/ NGOs/academic institutions/international organisations 3 points: city in partnership with 13-19 other national or subnational agencies/private companies/ NGOs/academic institutions/international organisations 4 points: city in partnership with 20 or more other national or subnational agencies/private companies/NGOs/academic institutions/international organisations

Figure 20.32: Institutional Partnership agencies

Indicator Performance = 1

Education and awareness - is biodiversity or nature awareness included in the school curriculum Methodology Is biodiversity or nature awareness included in the school curriculum (e.g. biology, geography, etc.)?

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: biodiversity or elements of it are not covered in the school curriculum 1 point: biodiversity or elements of it are being considered for inclusion in the school curriculum 2 points: biodiversity or elements of it are being planned for inclusion in the school curriculum 3 points: biodiversity or elements of it are in the process of being implemented in the school curriculum

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

257


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

4 points: biodiversity or elements of it are included in the school curriculum Biodiversity or Nature Awareness is Included in the academic syllabus and School Curriculum as well in both Indian Government and private schools Indicator Performance = 4

Education and awareness - number of outreach or public awareness events Methodology Number of outreach or public awareness events held in the city per year

Scoring range: (based on the CBI user manual) 0 point: 0 outreach events/year 1 point: 1 - 59 outreach events/year 2 points: 60 -149 outreach events/year 3 points: 150-300 outreach events/year 4 points: >300 outreach events/year No proper data is available for any public awareness programme but there might be some programmes Indicator Performance = 1

Total Performance = 34/72

Observations       

Unplanned urbanisation. affecting the natural areas Pollution, land reclamation affecting the eco system. No baseline study for species count has been done. Strategies and action plans and distribution map of invasive species to be developed to address the high and medium risk species. Lack of data in biodiversity. No LBSAP formed by the authority. Lack of interaction with the public

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

258


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 21: Water Resources Origin of Krishna River The river is almost 1,288 kilometres (800 mi) long. Krishna Basin extends over an area of 258,948 km2 (99,980 sq mi) which is nearly 8% of the total geographical area of the country. The river rises in western Maharashtra state in the Western Ghats range near the town of Mahabaleshwar. It flows to the border of Karnataka state. There the river turns east and flows in an irregular course across north-central Karnataka and then to the southeast and into southwestern Telangana state. It then veers southeast and then northeast, forming a portion of the border with Andhra Pradesh state. Turning east it flows into Andhra Pradesh to its delta head at Vijayawada, and from there flows southeast and then south until it enters the Bay of Bengal. The Krishna provides water for irrigation; a weir at Vijayawada controls the flow of water into a system of canals in the delta. Because it is fed by seasonal monsoon rains, the river’s flow undergoes great fluctuation during the year, limiting its usefulness for irrigation. Other hydroelectric installations along the river include those along the Telangana–Andhra Pradesh border at Srisailam and Nagarjuna Sagar.

Figure 21.1: State wise Krishna basin length

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

259


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 21.1: State wise distribution of Krishna River

Source: Krishna River Management Board-Annual Report 2018-19

Krishna basin lies between latitudes 13º 07’ N and 19º 20’ N and longitudes 73º 22’ E and 81º 10’ E.On the north, the basin is bounded by the range separating it from the Godavari basin, on the south and east by the Eastern Ghats and on the west by the Western Ghats. Drainage area of the basin is 258,948 km2. Major projects in Andhra Pradesh Srisailam Dam, , Nagarjuna Sagar Project and Prakasham Barrage. Vijayawada lies in the lower Krishna sub-basin. There are 7 sub-basins of Krishna,as shown in fig. ,Vijayawada lies in lower Krishna sub-basin. It is the lower part of the river Krishna from its confluence with the Bhima to the sea; the subbasin includes the direct catchment of the Krishna in this reach and of all its tributaries which fall into it in this reach.

Figure 21.2: Krishna sub-Basin

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

260


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 21.2: Area on sub-basins

Figure 21.3: Major hydraulic installations projects in Andhra Pradesh

Water Resources in Vijayawada

Figure 21.4: Vijayawada location in lower Krishna basin

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

261


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 21.5: Water Resources in Vijayawada

Krishna River in Vijayawada Vijayawada lies in the lower Krishna sub-basin. The total length of Krishna river flowing through Vijayawada is 10.61 kms. Vijayawada, also called Bezwada, city, east-central Andhra Pradesh state, southern India. It lies in a generally level plain punctuated by hills on the Krishna River, about 80 miles (130 km) southwest of Rajahmundry.

Prakasham Barrage One of the first major irrigation projects of South India, the Prakasham Barrage, is in Vijayawada. Prakasam Barrage, one of the most iconic structures in Vijayawada, is a bridge that connects the districts of Krishna and Guntur..The purpose of barrage is for irrigation and water supply. The gross storage is 3 TMC and catchment area is 97055 sq.miles. The existing Prakasam Barrage across River Krishna was constructed during 1954 to 1957 in place of old Anicut just 104Ft upstream side near Vijayawada City in Krishna District of Andhra Pradesh, below the confluence of the Musi, it passes through a narrow gorge and enters the plains of Coromandal coast, till at Vijayawada. The earlier anicut with its canals for irrigation and flood banks for the protection of the delta from the floods was constructed during 1852 with a coast of Rs. 2.00 crores which was designed by Sir Artur Cotton and built by Captain Charies Orr to serve an ayacut of 5.80 Lakh acres in four districts of Krishna, West Godavari, Guntur and Prakasam. The old anicut was breached during 1952 during inspection the eminent Superintending Engineer, Sri. Vepa Krishna Murthy and other staff have demised their lives. After examining all aspects in detail the present barrage was constructed during 1954-1957

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

262


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 with a cost of Rs. 2.278 Crores and named as Prakasam Barrage after the Great Leader and former Chief Minister Sri. Prakasm Panthulu. The Geographical Location of the Barrage Latitude is 16°-30'N and Longitude is 80°-37'E

Canals in Vijayawada There are three gravity canals namely, Ryves canal(7.6 km), Bandar canal(7.5 km) and Eluru canal(8.2 km), which are mainly used for irrigation and navigation purposes. There are three gravity canals namely, Ryves canal, Bandar canal and Eluru canal which were dug during British time, mainly for irrigation and navigation purposes. Ryves canal originates from Krishna river and flows through the city. It is a branch of Krishna left bank canal. Bandar canal is also called as Machilipatnam canal which starts from Krishna river and enters the Bay of Bengal.Eluru canal originates from Prakasham barrage was dug to cross Krishna river and supply water into lower Budameru river basin.Eluru canal is also a canal portion of National Waterway – 4 which is formed by the combination of Kakinada canal, Eluru canal, Commamur canal and Buckingham canal.

Budameru Rivulet Budameru is a watercourse that runs through town. The whole length is 37 kilometres. The rivulet runs about 7.4 kilometres through the city. The total flood discharge in Budamru is 17,500 cusecs. Budameru Rivulet starts in the Vijayawada revenue division's Mylavaram Mandal and flows into Kolleru Lake in the state of Andhra Pradesh. The river was dammed, and the Budameru Diversion Channel was built to regulate floods.

Significance of krishna river in Vijayawada The Krishna river region is a place of intensive agricultural activity. Over 75% of the land area is agricultural. The Krishna and Godavari deltas are very close to each other. Together, they support almost 10 million people in an area of 12,700 sq km. The Krishna Wildlife Sanctuary, located where the Krishna meets the Bay of Bengal, and contains one of the last remnants of mangrove forests in South India. It is home to a unique ecosystem that includes estuarine crocodiles, smooth-coated otters and serpent eagles.

Occupational significance Vijayawada has 4000 fisherman who rely on river resources. In Vijayawada, there are four fisherman marketing retail outlets, with a total revenue of Rs. 149.36 lakh (2013-14) Fishermen capture a lot of Rohu, Mrigal, Catla, Aorichthys seenghala, and other types of fish. Fish of 20 cm and up earned a respectable price, while those measuring 30 to 50 cm were extremely expensive, and were primarily sold in Vijayawada. 21.3.1.1 Pilgrim Significance It also serves as the ritual host of Pushkaram occurring once in 12 years is an all India. Navaratri and Mahasivarathri is also celebrated along the Ghats of Krishna river People gather in thousands for a dip in Krishna on these important festivals Kanaka Durga Temple it is One of the most popular

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

263


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 temples in Vijayawada, it is located on the River Krishna. During Dasara Festival, thousands of devotees from the city take a holy dip in the River Krishna close by the temple.

Tourist Significance The Bhavani Island which is one of the largest islands that occupy Krishna River, which makes it an iconic attraction in the city. Due to its geographical location and structure, it has proved itself to be the perfect place for visitors to come and relax.

Bio-Diversity Significance Tephrosla purpurea: A perennial shrub which is fast spreading through monsoon floods. This weed is common along the at Krishna river, Vijayawada. It is used as a green natural manure for agricultural crops. Trldax proumbens L.: A spreading prostrate herb with dissected leaves occurring below Krishna river Vijayawada. It has medicinal as well as agroforestry use. Tribulus terrestris L: A creeping herb with yellow flower and spiny fruit found in Krishna river Vijayawada. The seeds are of medicinal value. Achyranthes aspera L. A: subshrubby plant with spike inflorescence, seeds having hard seed coat; it is drought resistent. These were seen at Prakasam barrage Vijayawada.

Factors influencing water resources Soil in Vijayawada Three types of soil are present in Vijayawada .58% of Vijayawada has deep black clayey soil,25% has moderately deep black soil,these black soils are highly resistant to moisture and thus react well to irrigation. These soils are filled with all of the minerals: calcium carbonate, magnesium, potash, and lime. The iron-rich granular structure makes them wind- and water-resistant. and 17% has clayey moderately brown soil. These soil can hold good amount of water and are fertile. The brown, crumbly matter beneath us prevents erosion and works to convert waste into newer and better things so that it can easily be reused by nature. The healthier the soil, the more nutrients ANY plant can soak up.

Figure 21.6: Soil map of Vijayawada Source: CMP of Vijayawada

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

264


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Watershed Watershed is an area of land that feeds all the water running under it and draining off it into a body of water. It recharges the groundwater table. Restores soil fertility and helps in soil conservation.

Figure 21.7: Watershed map of Vijayawada

Restores water for drinking and other human purposes. It helps to fight climate change and promotes sustainable agriculture. Protects biodiversity of a region, if managed properly can restore biodiversity. There are 18 watersheds in Vijayawada which help in accumulation of water and maintain stream flow.

Rainfall

Figure 21.8: Rainfall Comparison Source: www.ourvmc.org

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

265


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The total annual rainfall in Vijayawada is 974 mm. Rainfall data for 39 years were compared to the average rainfall. Rainfall was below average for 16 years, but the rest of the years were strong. Hence the rainfall is sufficient to keep the balance in watershed scale and recharge ground water

The Normalized Difference Water Index (NDWI) The NDWI is used to monitor changes related to water content in water bodies. As water bodies strongly absorb light in visible to infrared electromagnetic spectrum, NDWI uses green and near infrared bands to highlight water bodies. It is sensitive to built-up land and can result in overestimation of water bodies. CITY BOUNDARY NDWI 2015 NDWI 2020

Figure 21.9: NDWI comparison Source: Primary

Nearby Landuse Influence on Krishna River and Ryves Canal Despite the negative effects of land usage, land is necessary to meet human and ecological requirements. Urban regions encourage economic development by meeting the housing, industrial, and commercial demands of expanding human populations. Agricultural land is essential for feeding and clothing expanding people, and it is also a major source of employment in many nations.

Landuse near Krishna River Along Krishna River there are public and private facilities which includes hospitals and health clinics, fire station, police and public administration services, Educational institutes etc. The Krishna River is common cause of flood during monsoon. Hence these facilities can act as many Critical Community facilities commonly include all that a community considers essential for the delivery of

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

266


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 vital services and for the protection of the community. Festivals celebrated on the ghats generate 1500 metric tonnes of garbage. There are many unauthorised settlements along the riverbank which are more vulnerable during flood. Also these slums don't have proper sanitation facility hence they discharge sewerage directly into river. The slums also contribute more in dumping solid waste into river, 23 waste dumping areas were found along the river. This can directly affect the health of people in slums

Figure 21.10: Landuse near Krishna river

Landuse near Ryves canal

Figure 21.11: Ryves canal stretch

Ryves is the widest canal (32 m) among all , it has the highest discharge of water and it passes through the core area of city. Commercial and residential landuse is concentrated along the canal. Maximum land along the canal is either occupied by slums is slum or used as dumping place. People residing near the canal throw household waste into canal and burning waste along canal which result in clogging of canal and causing pungent smell in the surrounding. Growth of algae and growth of hyacinth in canal is seen which can cause harm to aquatic life, animals as well as humans.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

267


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Quality of Surface water Quality of Krishna River for drinking water purpose Krishna River in Vijayawada has human interference through irrigation, domestic use, discharge of sewage, industrial wastes, immersion of idols etc. and unauthorized slums settlements along the river by which water quality get changed. Therefore the quality of river water is being analysed from past few years in order to know, how the quality of water is declining. The data was collected from India Water Resources Information System for the period of 2005 to 2020. The water quality parameters considered for the analysis were pH, Biological oxygen demand, Dissolved oxygen, Total hardness and Total dissolved solids. All the parameters were compared with the standard acceptable limits and permissible limits as per BIS Drinking water specifications and carried out the study. The quality of water observed are as follows:

Krishna River pH The pH is an important factor of water that indicates the form in which the carbon dioxide is present. The pH value of a solution is the negative logarithm of concentration of hydrogen ions (H+) in moles/liter. Pure water at 7 pH (at 25º C), contains equal proportion of H+ and OH- (hydroxyl) ions. The pH value is less than 7 if the H+ ions exceed OH- ions and water is acidic in nature, and if it is more than 7 when OH-

8.34

8.33

8.35

2016

2017

2018

7.89

8.37 2015

8.22

8.46 8.03 2013

2014

8.03

7.9

8

2012

8.39 8.15

8

8.14

8.2

8.3

8.6 8.4

8.43

ions exceed H+ ions and water is basic in nature. The maximum acceptable limit of pH is 6.5-8.5

7.8

2020

2019

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

7.6

pH Figure 21.12: pH values Source: India WRIS portal

and there is no relaxation beyond the acceptable limit. In Vijayawada, it is observed that all the pH values (shown in Fig) are within the limits. The pH is affected by chemicals in water.

Krishna River BOD Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) represents the amount of oxygen consumed by bacteria and other microorganisms while they decompose organic matter under aerobic (oxygen is present) conditions at a specified temperature. The maximum acceptable limit and maximum permissible limit in the absence of better source of water is 0 mg/l and 3 mg/l respectively for drinking purposes. If water exceeds the limit, then the water is polluted due to biodegradable organic matter. In

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

268


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Vijayawada, it is observed that all the values are in between 0.65 mg/l to 1.49 mg/l. Hence these

0.65 2020

0.91 2019

1.08 2018

0.99 2017

1.06 2016

1.15 2015

2014

0.84 2013

2012

0.87

1.26

2011

0.81

2010

0.9 2008

2009

0.92

0.83 2006

2007

0.88 2005

1.23

1.6 1.4 1.2 1 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0

1.49

values (shown in Fig) are exceeding acceptable limit but recorded below permissible limit.

BOD(mg/l) Figure 21.13: Biochemical Oxygen Demand in mg/l Source: India WRIS portal

Krishna River DO Dissolved oxygen (DO) is mainly for the survival of aquatic life under water. Standards of DO is that, if the values are in between 0-4 mg/l then all the aquatic life is under severe stress may even lead to death of lives in water, if values are in between 4-6.5 mg/l then very few lives will survive, if the values are in between 6.5-9.5 mg/l then the most big fishes can survive but some small lives cannot survive, and if the values are in between 9.5-12 mg/l then all the lives under are completely safe and will have sufficient amount of dissolved oxygen. The desirable limit of DO in water is in between

6.34

6.18

6.52

2017

2018

2019

7.65

6.27 2016

2020

6.16 2015

5.62

6.93 2013

2014

6.71

5.72 2011

2010

2012

7.51 5.85

6.55 2008

2009

6.49 2007

7.15 2006

2005

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

6.61

6.5-8.5 mg/l. In Vijayawada, values recorded in between 5.62-7.65 mg/l. There is fluctuation in the

DO(mg/l) Figure 21.14: Dissolved oxygen in mg/l Source: India WRIS portal

values also the values are declining till 2019 may be due to discharge of sewage and industrial effluents but in 2020 the value has risen to good amount. This shows that VMC might be taking the care of water in the river.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

269


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Krishna River TDS Total Dissolved Solids (TDS), Water quality is affected by the presence of soluble salts. The maximum desirable TDS is 500mg/l and the maximum permissible level in absence of a better 378.5 2020

297.64 2019

279.63 2018

281.17 2017

280.54 2016

250.21 2015

225.83 2014

327.46 2013

321.22 2012

236.09 2011

356.84

302.49 2008

2010

283.92 2007

244.04

339.11 2006

2009

311.59

400 350 300 250 200 150 100 50 0

2005

source of water is 1500mg/l.

TDS(mg/l) Figure 21.15: Total Dissolved Solids in mg/l Source: India WRIS portal

The values are recorded below the maximum acceptable limit i.e. 500 mg/l. TDS is affected by sewage, urban runoff, industrial waste in water.

Krishna River TH Total Hardness (TH), is the chemical property of water prevents the formation of lather with soap,

139.93 2020

112.67 2019

130.59 2017

169.46

126.85 2016

2018

132.58

143.59

2014

2015

147.79 2013

139.3

148.49 2011

2012

175.04

130.59 2008

2010

134.28 2007

115.87

150.9 2006

2009

152.92

200 180 160 140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0

2005

caused mainly by metallic cations calcium, magnesium, iron and strontium.

TH(mg/l) Figure 21.16: Total Hardness in mg/l Source: India WRIS portal

The maximum acceptable limit is 200 mg/l and the maximum permissible limit in the absence of better source of water is 600mg/l. In Vijayawada, the values recorded are below the acceptable limit. TH can be affected by domestic waste in water.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

270


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Inferences As per analysis, Krishna River is polluted due to biodegradable organic matter as per the selected parameters. Hence water is not suitable for drinking purpose. One of the reasons for the changes in the values of the quality parameters is due to rainfall in the city.

Quality of Canals for drinking purpose Canals in Vijayawada is getting contaminated due to direct discharge of domestic waste and industrial waste. Hence the quality of canals been assessed to know the status of water in canals for drinking purpose. The quality parameters considered for this analysis is pH, TDS, DO, BOD, Hardness, Chloride, T coliform and calcium Table 21.3: Quality of Canals

S. No

Parameter

Eluru canal Ryves

Bandar

Acceptable

Permissible

(A)

canal (B)

canal (C)

limit

limit

1

pH

5.98

4.9

7.4

6.5-8.5

-

2

TDS

495

1599

892

500mg/l

1500mg/l

3

DO

5.67

4.3

8.63

6.5-8.5 mg/l

-

4

BOD

0.6

1.2

0.7

0mg/l

3mg/l

5

Hardness

298.5

456

181.9

200mg/l

600mg/l

6

Chloride

193

482

368

250mg/l

1000mg/l

7

T coliform

720

500

640

0MPN/100ml

-

8

Calcium

73.8

163

75.6

75mg/l

200mg/l

Source: Physio-chemical parameters of canals in Vijayawada, 2018 The Eluru canal and Ryves canal pH values are not satisfying acceptable limits which indicates there are chemical in the canals. Total dissolved solids are more than permissible limits in Ryves canals and more than acceptable limits which indicates the water in the canal is contaminated with domestic sewage, industrial waste. Dissolved oxygen is less than acceptable limits in Eluru and Ryves canal which shows that aquatic life is under stress. Biochemical oxygen demand is more than acceptable limits but satisfying permissible limits which indicates the water is polluted with biodegradable organic matter. Hardness in Eluru and Ryves canal is satisfying permissible limits which means there is sewage, urban runoff and industrial sewage in water. Chloride in Ryves and Bandar canal is satisfying permissible limits which also indicates sewage in water. T coliform is high in concentration which indicates there is human and animal waste in water which leads to water borne illness. Calcium in Ryves and Bandar canal is satisfying permissible limits which indicates sewage and industrial waste in water. Therefore water in canals in not suitable for drinking purpose

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

271


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 as they are contaminated with sewage, urban runoff and industrial waste, also with human and animal waste.

A’

B’ B

C’

Figure 21.17: Water sample locations in Canal Source: Primary

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

272


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Ground water Groundwater is the water found underground in the cracks and spaces in soil, sand and rock. It is stored in and moves slowly through geologic formations of soil, sand and rocks called aquifers. It is also one of the major sources of water supply in Vijayawada as the 25% of the population depends on ground water. Ground water levels varies in between 7.36 – 9.85 m. There is a decline in the quality of ground water due to the improper treatment of solid waste and also due to clogging of sewage at various parts of the city. Hence the quality of ground water is

Figure 21.18: Ground water level in VMC Source: Groundwater quality of Vijayawada, IJEAT

been assessed. Water Quality Index method has been carried out for the purpose of drinking.

Water quality Index method A total 29 sample locations were identified such that they cover the entire Vijayawada region including the major groundwater pollution zones. The Groundwater and Water Audit department,

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

273


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Vijayawada, monitors the groundwater and their observations on groundwater quality parameters in pre monsoon (May) and post monsoon (November) seasons and the data during 2013 to 2017 were considered for further analysis. The authors have taken another set of samples from the same bore wells during the month of February 2019 and measured the ground water quality parameters as per IS 3025 (1984). The quality parameters considered were pH, TDS, TH, Chloride, Sulphates, Calcium and Magnesium. The water quality index (WQI) is calculated for evaluating influence of natural and anthropogenic activities based on several key parameters of groundwater chemistry. To calculate the WQI, the weight has been assigned for the physio-chemical parameters according to the parameters relative importance in the overall quality of water for drinking water purposes.. The relative weight is computed from the following equation. Wi = wi / Σwi Where, Wi is the relative weight wi is the weight of each parameter n is the number of parameters. The quality rating scale for each parameter is calculated by dividing its concentration in each water sample by its respective standards (World Health Organization 2011) and multiplied the results by 100. qi = (Ci / Si ) x 100 ; Where, qi is the quality rating Ci is the concentration of each chemical parameter in each sample in milligrams per litre Si is the World Health Organization standard for each chemical parameter in milligrams per litre according to the guidelines of the (WHO 2011) For computing the final stage of WQI, the SI is first determined for each parameter. The sum of SI values gives the water quality index for each sample. SIi = Wi x qi WQI = Σ SI (i-n); Where, SIi is the sub-index of ith parameter qi is the rating based on concentration of Ith parameter n is the number of parameters Table 21.4: Water quality status for different values of Water quality index (Chatterji and Raziuddin, 2002)

WQI Water

0-25 Quality Excellent

26-50

51-75

76-100

>100

Good

Poor

Very poor

Unsuitable

B

C

D

E

status Grade

A

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

274


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 21.5: Unit weights of the water quality parameters for WQI

S. No

Parameter

BIS limits

1/Si

Wi = K/ Si

1

pH

6.5-8.5

0.118

0.65

2

TDS in ppm

500-1500

0.002

0.01

3

TH in pm

200-600

0.005

0.03

4

Chlorides in ppm

250-1000

0.004

0.02

5

Sulphates in ppm

200-400

0.005

0.03

6

Calcium in ppm

75-200

0.013

0.07

7

Magnesium in ppm

30-100

0.033

0.18

∑ 1/𝑆𝑖 = 0.18 K= 1/ (∑ 1/𝑆𝑖) = 5.546

Table 1.5 clearly shows that the groundwater quality at 15 locations such as Ajithsingh nagar, Enikepadu, Winchpeta, Kedareswararao Peta, Madhura Nagar, K. Kandrika, Payakapuram, Kreesthurajapuram, Jaya Prakash Nagar, Gurunanak Colony, Kishore Nagar, Sanath Nagar, Benz Circle, Governer Peta, and Suryarao Peta are found to be unsuitable for drinking purpose and all other 14 locations the ground water quality is observed as very poor. Most of the locations the pH, concentration of total dissolved solids and the total hardness and magnesium are more than the standard values.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

275


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 21.19: Water quality Index Source: Ground water quality of Vijayawada, IJEAT

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

276


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 21.6: Water Quality Index (WQI) at eh observed locations in Vijayawada

S.

Location

N

may(2

Nov(2

May(2

Nov(2

May(2

Nov(2

May(2

Nov(2

May(2

Nov(2

013)

013)

014)

014)

015)

015)

016)

016)

017)

017)

D

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

C

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

o 1

Ajithsing h Nagar

2

Sub collector office

3

Patamat a

4

Vidhyadr a puram

5

Kothapet

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

6

Winchipe

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

C

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

C

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

t 7

Chittinag ar

8

Kedeswa rarao peta

9

Sathyana rayana puram

1

Madhura

0

nagar

1

K.

1

Kandrika

1

Rajiv

2

nagar

1

Manchav

3

aram

1

Gunadala

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

D

1

Kreesthu

D

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

5

raja

4

puram

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

277


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 1

Jayaprak

6

ash nagar

1

Gurunan

7

ak colony

1

Kishore

8

nagar

1

Autonag

9

ar

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

E

C

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

D

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

D

D

D

E

E

E

E

E

E

E

bus

stand 2

Benz

0

circle

2

Governor

1

pet

2

Suryarao

2

peta

Based on the estimated Water Quality index at the observed 22 locations along with the physio chemical properties measured, the groundwater quality is observed as unsuitable for drinking at 15 locations and at another 14 locations, it is observed as very poor quality of water. Ajith singh nagar is very near to the Vambay colony dumpsite and the municipal solid waste coming from the Vijayawada city is being dumped in this dumpsite for many years, which caused high concentrations of all physiochemical properties. Depletion of ground water table due to over exploitation of ground water, unauthorized sewer lines, Industrial waste water lines connected to the unlined irrigation canals such as Bandar canal and Eluru canal, panta kaluva, and Budameru drain, where also lot of municipal and construction waste was dumped in these canals are also major sources of ground water pollution. In most of the locations the concentration of total dissolved solids and the total hardness and magnesium are more than the standard values. Not at all suitable for drinking without prior treatment. For future projection of water demand in the city, there will be pressure on ground water as well as surface water. To meet the demand the city must ensure the good quantity and quality of ground water by improving the water quantity and quality. Also It is recommended that groundwater should be treated prior to use as drinking water by using reverse osmosis for large scale and filters for small scale needs. Also ground water recharge with rainwater improves the quality of ground water by balancing various physiochemical properties.

Main issues cited about water in the city Decline in the quality of both surface water and ground water. There is even decrease in the ground water level in city as it goes to 30m from 9.5m which creates the big problem in the city.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

278


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 22: Urban Climate Overview The development of cities results in the replacement of natural landscape with built-up areas, parking lots, and highways, as well as the use of highly reflecting materials, which has a significant impact on the local climate. The Metropolitan Heat Island Effect refers to climatic changes in urban areas that are frequently characterized by a rise in air temperatures (UHIE). The scale of the city, population, density of built-up areas, street canyon design, thermal characteristics of materials, plant cover, and waste heat from buildings are all major contributors to increased air temperatures. As a result, it is critical for urban designers and planners to research the nature of climate fluctuation trends in urban regions in order to create sustainable and pleasant cities and reduce the negative consequences. Through mobile recordings of urban air temperatures in summer and winter, this study seeks to examine the severity of the urban heat island effect in the city of Vijayawada and its connection to different urban variables. Air temperatures were measured using a mobile survey that covered the major sections of the city in May (the warmest month) and December (coldest month). The findings suggest the presence of a heat island effect in Vijayawada, with rising heat waves towards the city center, where the mean maximum UHI intensity reaches 2.48°C during summer and 3.35°C during winter. The study strengthens the link between rising urban air temperatures and urban characteristics such as built-up areas, vegetation, parking lots, and so on. Those with thick vegetation had lower air temperatures, whereas areas with dense builtup areas and significant traffic had higher temperatures. Urban heat island, urban air temperatures, urbanization, urban land usage

Introduction The development of cities resulted in the elimination of natural landscape, resulting in distinct climatic conditions known as the "Urban climate." The term "Urban Climate" refers to the "Urban Effects on Local Climate" (changes caused by designers and planners) and the "Urban Effects on Regional Climate" (differences between what is observed in the city's environs and what would have been observed there if the city had not been present on the landscape) (William P. Lowry, 1988). As a result of urban growth, the climate in urban regions differs from that in adjacent rural areas. The shape of the terrain is substantially altered as a result of urbanization, as is the quality of the air in a given location. The urban climate is influenced by a variety of variables. The terms are as follows: • Industrial area producing excessive heat • Urban Density • Street Orientation • Topography & Population of Cities • Amount of green spaces, as well as the kind, form, and heat capacity of structures An urban heat island, or UHI, is a metropolitan region that is much warmer than the surrounding rural areas. Heat is produced by the energy emitted by all anthropogenic activity. Heat islands contribute to greater daytime temperatures, less night time cooling, and higher levels of air

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

279


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 pollution. As a result, heat-related fatalities and diseases such as general discomfort, respiratory problems, heat cramps, heat exhaustion, and non-fatal heat stroke are on the rise. • Increased demand for air conditioning to cool buildings. • Heat islands raise both overall power use and demand for air conditioning. • High pavement and rooftop surface temperatures may heat up storm water runoff, which pours into streams and rivers, affecting many elements of aquatic life. Understanding the intensity of UHI is important because it allows us to define the link between urban characteristics and the UHI impact.

Study area The research area will be Vijayawada, which has a warm-humid environment. The location lies in the hot, humid city of Vijayawada, which is located at 16°50'N and 80°64'E. The Global Horizontal Radiation (Avg.Daily Total) in Vijayawada ranges from 820 to 1036 Wh/sq.m. The Dry Bulb Temperature (Avg.Monthly) ranges from 23 to 32°C, while relative humidity (Avg.Monthly) fluctuates between 65 and 81 percent, and wind speed (Avg.Monthly) has maximum and minimum values of 1 m/s and 0 m/s, respectively.

Methodology To comprehend and map a citywide temperature distribution and identify elements influencing urban climate heat island intensity, data collection and online survey forms were referenced to a brief about climate profile, which aided in further data analysis through temporal analysis.

Location of site The city territory of Vijayawada is 181.04 km2 in size, whereas the metro region is 61.88 km2. Vijayawada's study area covers both the city and the metropolitan region. The mobile routes were selected to cover the bulk of the urban and suburban areas of Vijayawada

Temperature

Figure 22.1: Mobile Routes in study area

Temperatures throughout the year During these two months, the average daily maximum temperature is about 34oC, while the lowest temperature is around 24oC. Cold weather in Vijayawada is often seen during the wet season. The city gets an average annual rainfall of 1024mm

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

280


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 mm, with the most of the rain falling during the south-west monsoon season. During the southwest monsoon season, the sky is usually overcast. The north-west monsoon relieves the heat and makes the temperature tolerable. Following that, the south-west monsoon arrives and lasts until the end of September. The post-monsoon season lasts from October through November. From December until mid-February, the weather is usually pleasant. The temperature in Vijayawada and the neighbouring regions is very hot. In this area, the average daily maximum temperature is 47oC and the lowest temperature is 27.7oC. In mid-February, the temperature starts to increase, and May is the warmest month. December and January are often the coldest months. One of the most severe heat waves occurred in May 2012, claiming the lives of about 1,000 people. The second strike came in May 2013, when Vijayawada reached 49 degrees Celsius during a heat wave that killed 524 people in a month. Climate change is one of the most serious worldwide environmental problems confronting mankind, having consequences for food production, natural ecosystems, freshwater supply, health, and other areas. While climate change presents a threat to mankind as a whole, research indicates that poorer nations are especially susceptible.

Climatic data (2010-2020)

Figure 22.2: Climate Data Graphs

Inferences • The larger the buffer around the mean temperature (2010-20), the greater the variability between years in the particular month.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

281


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 • The black line (mean temperature 2020) is inside the buffer, indicating that the present temperature is consistent with the average climate. • Because the black bar (mean precipitation 2020) is higher than the dark blue jar, June and August precipitation do not match to the 10-year average. • The longer the blue bars, the larger the monthly precipitation area variation during the past ten years.between the last 10 years

Typical Climate Patterns (1985-2015) Average Temperature and Precipitation Max Temp : - 42°C (May) Min Temp :- 18°C (Jan) Avg Hottest Day :- 46°C (May) Avg Coldest Night :- 15°C (Jan)

Figure 22.3: Average Temperature and Pressure

Precipitation Amounts Day having precipitation > 100 & 50-100mm = 0.1 (Jul-Sep), 0.3 (Aug) Day having precipitation 20-50 & 10-20mm = 1.4 days, 3.4 days (Jul) Day having precipitation 05-10 = 5 days (Jul) Day having precipitation 02-05 & < 2 mm = 8.8 days (Sept) 5.6 (Jun) Maximum number of Dry days per month = 29.5 days (Dec – Jan)

Figure 22.4: Precipitation Amounts

Cloudy, Sunny and Precipitation Days Avg Max No of sunny Days = 19.1 days (Dec) Avg Min No of sunny Days = 1.8 days (Jul) Avg Max No of Partly Cloudy Days = 18.4 days (Jan) Avg Min No of Partly Cloudy Days = 14.4 days (Mar)

Figure 22.5: Cloudy, Sunny and Precipitation Days

Wind Speed No of months having Wind Speed > 1 km/h = 0.15 days (Oct) No of months having Wind Speed > 5 km/h = 18.3 days (Dec) No of months having Wind Speed > 12 km/h = 17.5 days (Feb) No of months having Wind Speed > 19 km/h = 18.9 days (Apr) No of months having Wind Speed > 28 km/h = 09.4 days (Jun)

Figure 22.6: Wind Speed

Maximum Temperature Hottest Month :- May Coldest Month :- Dec No of days having temp > 40°C = 23.8 days (May) No of days having temp > 35°C = 22.9 days (Mar) No of days having temp > 30°C = 22.4 days (Aug) No of days having temp > 20°C = 18.7 days (Dec)

Figure 22.7: Maximum Temperatures

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

282


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Wind Rose Having Wind Speed > 5 km/h = 601 h/year Having Wind Speed > 12 km/h = 348 h/year Having Wind Speed > 19 km/h = 286 h/year Having Wind Speed > 28 km/h = 63 h/year

Figure 22.8: Wind Rose

Cities are home to about half of the world's population. As urban agglomerations develop and population movement from rural to urban/suburban regions continues, it is predicted that the worldwide pace of urbanisation will grow by 70% of the current world urban population by 2030. As a result, it is not unexpected that the negative effects of urbanisation are becoming a growing worry, grabbing the attention of people all over the globe. The creation of pollutants, the alteration of the physical and chemical characteristics of the atmosphere, and the covering of the soil surface all have a detrimental effect on the environment. The Urban Heat Island (UHI) is described as the increase in temperature of any man-made region, resulting in a well-defined, distinct "warm island" amid the "cool sea" represented by the lower temperature of the area's surrounding natural environment. Though heat islands may develop in any rural or urban location and at any spatial scale, cities are preferred because their surfaces are prone to releasing huge amounts of heat. Nonetheless, the UHI has a detrimental effect not just on inhabitants of urban-related surroundings, but also on people and their connected ecosystems in areas distant from cities. In reality, UHIs have been established. Vegetation intercepts sunlight and provides shade, both of which help to decrease urban heat emission. The reduction and fragmentation of large vegetated areas, such as parks, not only reduces these benefits, but also inhibits atmospheric cooling due to horizontal air circulation generated by the temperature gradient between vegetated and urbanised areas (i.e. advection), a phenomenon known as the park cool island effect. The tight layout of buildings along the city's streets, on the other hand, forms urban canyons that prevent reflected radiation from much of the three-dimensional urban surface from escaping to space. This radiation is eventually absorbed by the building walls (i.e. decreased sky view factor), increasing urban heat emission. Additional factors recognised as additionala are the scattered and emitted radiation from atmospheric pollutants to the urban area, the production of waste heat from air conditioning and refrigeration systems, as well as industrial processes and motorised vehicular traffic (i.e. anthropogenic heat), and the obstruction of rural air flows by the windward face of built-up surfaces.

Area of study Vijayawada is a historical city in India's Andhra Pradesh state, located on the banks of the Krishna River at latitude 160311 N and longitude 800 391 E. The weather is tropical, with scorching summers and mild winters. The highest temperature in May-June is 47 degrees Celsius, while the winter temperature ranges from 20 to 270 degrees Celsius. The average humidity is 78%, and the yearly rainfall is 103 cm. Vijayawada receives rain from both the southwest and north-east monsoons. Vijayawada's terrain is flat, with a few tiny to medium-sized hills. It is also a significant

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

283


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 railway junction that connects all of the country's states. Vijayawada is currently the capital of the new state of Andhra Pradesh. Population growth has been fast, almost tripling in three decades, culminating in 2001 with a population of 8.45 lakhs. In 2001, the total gross density was 13600 per square kilometre. Vijayawada has a lot of room for growth and development. By 2021, the city's population is projected to reach 16.5 lakh. With an ever-increasing population and unprecedented urban development, the city's environment is experiencing unwelcome changes. A rectangular region that covers the surrounding area of Vijayawada city has been chosen for the current research. Vijayawada is the second biggest city in Andhra Pradesh, with an area of 61.86 square kilometres and a population of about 11 lakhs. It has a population density of 16, 518 people per square kilometre [2011 census] and an annual population growth rate of 17.2 percent, compared to the national average of 10.93 percent. The city accounts for about 3.91 percent of the state's total urban population. The city relies on business activity due to its location as a transportation hub linking north and south India. Vijayawada city, along with the adjacent urban regions on its outskirts, is the county's 34th biggest urban agglomeration. Being situated on India's east coast, approximately 70 kilometres from the Bay of Bengal, it is heavily influenced by the subcontinent's monsoonal activity. The city gets rainfall from both the southwest and northeast monsoons and has very high temperatures in the summer. During the northeast monsoon, the city is subjected to cyclonic winds (especially during the months of September and November), floods, and heat waves (April and May). Over the last several years, the city has seen an average temperature of 27oC, with high temperatures reaching at approximately 46oC in the month of May. The city's vegetation/tree cover is very low.

Study area analysis The detection of urban heat islands (UHI) is helpful for protecting urban areas from the potentially harmful impacts of UHI. Proper environmental management, including appropriate methods to prevent deforestation and de-vegetation, as well as the creation of green areas, may help to decrease the severity of the issue. The traditional measurement of temperatures using thermometers may be time-consuming, and their interpretation in the form of maps can be difficult. The use of satellite pictures may be a good solution for this. Several studies studied the UHI impact using satellite technologies. Land surface temperature may be calculated using satellite photos with thermal band information. Landsat is one of the biggest satellites, providing multispectral and thermal pictures since the 1970s. Knowledge the pattern of urbanisation requires an understanding of the spatiotemporal features of land use land cover change. Changes in land use and land cover may be detected and assessed using multi-temporal satellite imagery. Divine Odame Appiah et al. used geo information methods to analyse changes in land use and land cover]. Lewoye Teague used remote sensing data and GIS analysis to evaluate land use land cover change and its causes, and she tracked urban land use land cover change using multi temporal remote sensing satellite information. Several studies utilised multi-temporal and multi-spectral satellite

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

284


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 data to identify, evaluate, and monitor changes in land use and land cover. Satellite pictures are extensively utilised to investigate the phenomena of urban heat islands]. There are many techniques for obtaining land surface temperature using satellite data. The Mono-Window method, a well-known technique that provides simple, straightforward, and highly successful results, was utilised in this research. Evaluating urban heat is critical for assessing the urban biological environment, surface atmospheric interaction, and energy fluxes between the land surface and the Earth's atmosphere. It also has a direct impact on the health and comfort of city residents. It is also linked to the mortality caused by heat waves.

Selected Parameters It is critical to examine and comprehend the pattern of thermal load and dynamic potential utilised to identify and evaluate changes in land use land cover when analysing the urban climate functional map. •

The population density

Temperature of the land's surface

NBDI

Topography

Temperature of the ambient air

Wind speed

NDWI

NDVI

Related humidity

NDVI Is an indicator that quantifies this disparity, giving information on vegetation density and condition. It is affected by the fractional cover of the ground by vegetation, the density of vegetation, and the greenness of the vegetation. It denotes the land surface cover's photosynthetic capability.

Figure 22.9: Decadal NDVI comparison

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

285


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

NDWI Normalized Difference Water Index (NDWI), is used to differentiate water from the dry land or rather most suitable for water body mapping. Water bodies have a low radiation and strong absorbability in the visible infrared wavelengths range. NDWI uses near Infra-red and green bands of remote sensing images based on the occurrence. It can boost the water information efficiently in most of the cases. It’s subtle in land built-up and often ends up in overestimated water bodies.

Figure 22.10: Decadal NDWI comparison

NDBI Because they can offer immediate and synoptic views of urban land cover, NDBI spatial distribution and development of urban built-up areas. Despite the fact that the normalised difference built-up index (NDBI) is helpful for mapping urban built-up regions,

Figure 22.11: Decadal NDBI comparison

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

286


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Population density

Figure 22.12: Population Density Maps

Population density and LST have a HIGHLY POSITIVE relationship, indicating that population density is an additive component in thermal load. In accordance with the Urban Redevelopment and Planning Foundation of India, the average population densities of all metropolitan cities range between 125 and 175 people per square kilometer, with the highest population density of 200 people per square kilometer for mega polis.

Figure 22.13: Correlation between LST and Population Density

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

287


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Wind speed

Figure 22.14: Wind Speed Maps

According to the Institute for Environment and Technology, a wind speed of 7-10 kmph is pleasant and beneficial to one's health. The information comes from MOSDAC, an IMD source. Wind speed and LST have a NEGATIVE relationship. The city of Vijayawada, on the other hand, has a score of 4 or 5, indicating a modest wind flow.

Figure 22.15: Correlation between LST and Wind Speed

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

288


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Ambient air temperature

Figure 22.16: Air Temperature Maps

According to the WHO, a pleasant temperature range is 18°C-20°C. Furthermore, ASHRAE 55 and ISO 7730 specify the operating temperature as 25°C and the hyperthermia threshold temperature as 37.5°C.The air temperature and LST have a linear and POSITIVE relationship. It is an additive parameter in the thermal load, in other words.

Figure 22.17: Correlation between LST and Air Temperature

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

289


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Relative humidity

Figure 22.18: Relative Humidity

Extrapolation of humidity data collected at IMD stations from MOSDAC was used to create the map. REASONING IN LOGIC: According to ASHRAE 55, working humidity is defined as 30 percent to 60 percent relative humidity, with humidity more than 80 percent being hazardous to human health. As the temperature increases, more water molecules can be held, and the RH falls. THE RELATIONSHIP IS EXTREMELY NEGATIVE. However, increased humidity reduces a person's comfort level.

Figure 22.19: Correlation between LST and RH

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

290


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Normalized difference vegetation index

The

Figure 22.20: NDVI

following combination of NIR and RED bands (Landsat-8) was utilized.(NIR-RED/NIR-RED)LOGIC REASONING: A negative value denotes water or low barren areas, while a lower positive value denotes shrub and a greater positive value denotes sub-tropical and tropical rainforest.The connection is STRONGLY NEGATIVE, indicating that less vegetation in the NDVI will result in an increase in LST. The rate of change is proportional to the rate of change.

Figure 22.21: Correlation between LST and NDVI

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

291


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Normalized difference water index

The

Figure 22.22: NDWI

following combination of NIR and GREEN bands was utilized. LOGIC REASONING: A negative number indicates a very low moisture content, which correlates to constructed and semi-formed forms. Barren land is represented by somewhat positive values. The relationship is MODERATELY NEGATIVE, indicating that an increase in NDWI will result in an increase in LST. The rate of change is proportional to the rate of change.

Figure 22.23: Correlation between LST and NDWI

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

292


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Normalized difference built-up index

Figure 22.24: NDBI

The connection is HIGHLY POSITIVE, indicating that an increase in NDBI will result in an increase in LST. The change is linked in a linear fashion. The following combination of NIR and SWIR bands (Landsat8) was utilized LOGIC REASONING: Negative values indicate water or rainforest/grasslands/shrubs, while lower positive values denote barren ground and larger positive values denote developed regions.

Figure 22.25: Correlation between LST and NDBI

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

293


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Topography

Figure 22.26: Topography Maps

The highest point in Vijayawada is 170 meters. However, the majority of the regions get a score of 5, indicating that the contour is extremely low. Because the correlation is negative, it means that if the contour increases, the temperature will drop.

Figure 22.27: Correlation between LST and Topography

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

294


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Effect of urban heat islands Urbanization and urban sprawl are major drivers of regional landscape development throughout the globe, and they have a big impact on local climate. Rapid urbanisation occurs as a consequence of large-scale growth of commercial, manufacturing, and transportation sectors, resulting in the formation of the urban heat island (UHI) effect, in which temperatures in urbanised areas are greater than in rural areas. Land uses with greater thermal content, such as central business districts (CBD), commercial areas, and dense housing, are replacing green spaces, which have lower temperatures. Increased heat in cities necessitates a rise in the amount of energy needed to cool buildings, resulting in poor air quality and severe health consequences. Higher temperatures, for example, boost the production of ozone (O3) pollution. Local governments should implement suitable measures to support sustainable development in metropolitan areas. By decreasing the UHI impact, green areas obviously play a key role in affecting building temperatures and energy usage (Stull, 1988). One of the meteorological phenomena that obviously need further study is the urban heat island effect. Many variables, notably the complexity of the urban environment and the energy and mass balances linked to different land uses, have hampered such study.

UHI's Basic Thermodynamics: Effects of Thermodynamics Radiative and non-radiative components make up the surface energy balance (Oke, 1982). Incoming and outgoing shortwave and longwave radiations are examples of radiative components, whereas sensible heat flow, latent heat flux, and the change in energy storage in water are examples of non-radiative components. 4 The total impact of entering and departing long- and short-wave radiations makes up the incoming energy flow, Q*. The radiation balance at the surface is shown in Figure 2.2, which may be described using the equation5 : (S + S) + (L + L) Q* = (S + S) + (L + L) (2.1) where Q* is the net energy flow, S is the reflected short-wave radiation, S is the shortwave radiation from the sun (both direct and diffuse), L is the reflected and emitted long-wave radiation, and L is the incoming long-wave radiation from clouds and atmosphere. The basic energy balance at the urban surface is net radiation, which is the total of downwelling and upwelling radiation. A direct heating radiation has been characterised as down welling radiation. The reflected short-wave radiation and the re-radiated long-wave radiation make up the up-welling radiation. The effect of up-welling radiation in lowering urban temperatures is significant

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

295


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 22.28: Principle of Urban Heat Island Effect

The effects of UHI Floods, cloud bursts, storms, high temperature and heat waves, all of which threaten human lives, disrupt livelihood systems, and derail the process of social and economic growth, are all examples of hydro-meteorological hazards. Climatic variability and change, which are anticipated to increase the frequency and complexity of climate hazards, may exacerbate the severity of threats in cities. As a result of population increase and city development, the local government has a difficult job in meeting basic urban infrastructure requirements and addressing basic urban infrastructure problems. According to the scientific research, global mean temperature has been rising across land and water, creating climatic variability and triggering catastrophes in countries. In recent decades, it has been observed that the state of Andhra Pradesh has been experiencing climate variability, such as high summer temperatures and the extension of summer months in general, particularly in coastal pockets and cities, as well as an increase in drought prone blocks in the fold of drought prone areas or experiencing untimely precipitation and flash rains, all of which have a negative impact on people's lives and livelihoods. CO2, Methane, and CFC levels in the ambient air have significantly risen in cities, especially in Vijayawada. For the last two decades, it has been noticed that the temperature in Vijayawada has been rising, and hundreds of people have died in the summer months as a result of the extreme heat in the state and country. Andhra Pradesh, one of the worst hit states in 2013, recorded 542 [official record] deaths as temperatures remained over 45°C throughout the state. However, between 1998 and 2012, heat waves killed 1,300 lives (deaths directly linked to sun stroke in official records), but the government of India has yet to acknowledge them as a natural disaster.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

296


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Heat stroke is the most serious of all head-related illnesses, and head stroke may be fatal. Variations in land use patterns have resulted in changes in the quantity of sunlight reflected off the ground, resulting in severe temperatures. Climate change affecting Vijayawada city due to developmental projects and other operations such as clearing green cover, mining operations in the surrounding pockets, vehicle emissions, and industries [emissions from Vijayawada Super Thermal Power Station] are further causing fuel to become scarce.

Mitigation A heat wave, on the other hand, is defined by the World Meteorological Organization as “five or more consecutive days during which the daily maximum temperature surpasses the average maximum temperature by five degrees Celsius.” The study of historical data reveals an upward tendency in the city's recorded maximum and lowest temperatures. Andhra Pradesh, namely Vijayawada, was hit hard by the current heat wave. During the season, the city's maximum temperature was in the range of 46° to 48°C. Heat waves not only harm individuals by raising their temperatures, but they also create fires in transformers and thatched houses, as well as infrastructural damage. In the month of May 2015, the city experienced normal temperatures for the first two weeks, then deadly temperatures [4548 degrees] with heat waves that hit the Vijayawada city population and city dwellers, as well as the Krishna district in general [due to the influencing factor of north and north western winds], resulting in a spike in reported heat-related illness and death. This extreme weather has had a significant effect on city residents and commuters, with many fatalities recorded in and around the city and area as a result of the impact. Earlier in the years of 2012, 2013, and 2014, heat waves caused hundreds of fatalities as a result of the high ambient temperature. In 2014 and 2015, the Indian Meteorological Department of the Government of India issued a RED ALERT MESSAGE to the public in advance of high temperatures and heat waves, alerting the States and District administration to disseminate the information for preparedness and precautions to safeguard the public through the media. According to a 2014 climate change research study, the maximum daytime temperature in Vijayawada during the hot summer months (March–June) is expected to increase by approximately 1.25°C and 2.50°C towards the middle and end of the century, respectively. By the middle and end of the century, night-time low temperatures may climb by 1.50°C and 2.80°C, respectively. During the summer months (April– May), the city receives high temperatures, which may sometimes result in heat waves. Experts agree that climate change is fueling more intense and frequent high temperatures and heat waves in the state of Andhra Pradesh, particularly in coastal districts, over the last two decades. A new scale of coordinated action is needed to protect the public, communities, and infrastructure, particularly the most vulnerable population, such as children, the elderly, women, and the sick, from the effects of climate change. The draught action plan for heat stress reduction and adaptations is being developed under the supervision of the Executive Authority, VMC, in light of the emergency and current extreme circumstances in Vijayawada city. Before the city's heat mitigation action plan is implemented, the methods and actions must be considered. Furthermore,

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

297


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 the draught plan is based on expert advice and the heat action plan of Ahmadabad City, Gujarat State, where the city developed the first heat/hot wave break action plan in South Asia in 2011 and has been executing it since. In light of high temperatures and heat waves in the city, the following essential intervention may be modified throughout the pre-summer, summer, and post-summer months.

Initiatives for long-term mitigation People and communities in many industrialised countries and cities are adopting four major methods to minimise urban heat islands: 1) To increase tree and vegetative cover; Trees, vegetation, and green roofs can help lower the risk of heat-related illnesses and deaths by reducing heating and cooling energy use and associated air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions, removing air pollutants, sequestering and storing carbon, improving storm water control and water quality, reducing noise levels, creating habitats, and improving aesthetic qualities. 2) The construction of green roofs (rooftop gardens or "eco-roofs"); Due to less frequent reroofing, cool roofs may reduce cooling energy consumption, peak power demand, air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions, heat-related events, and solid waste production. 3) Installing cool (mostly reflecting) roofs using white paints/solutions on the roof top 4) To utilise cool pavements; cool pavements may assist decrease energy usage, air pollution, and greenhouse gas emissions in an indirect manner. Cool pavements may improve storm water management and water quality, increase surface durability, improve night time lighting, and decrease noise, depending on the technology utilised. The degree to which metropolitan regions may benefit from heat island reduction measures relies on a variety of variables, some of which are within and some of which are beyond of a community's control. Although current weather patterns, climate, geography, and terrain are outside the control of local policy, decision makers may choose from a variety of energy-saving measures, such as vegetation, landscaping, and land use design initiatives, as well as upgrades to building and road materials.

Vijayawada municipal corporation heat mitigation operational structure

Figure 22.29: Heat Mitigation Operational Structure for VMC

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

298


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Sectoral proposals In summary, this preliminary draught is built on a previous proposal that was focused on resolving problems.

Figure 22.30: Sectoral Proposals

Improving mitigation The PROPOSAL proposes that every town at high risk develop and implement an adequate mitigation programme that includes both short-term objectives and a comprehensive long-term strategy for mitigating the effects of natural catastrophes. By bridging the gap between the vmc and residents, we can: • integrate both structural and nonstructural mitigation measures in new construction, • Look at methods to make current buildings less vulnerable. • take measures to minimise natural resource vulnerability, and • provide mitigation training with state assistance A thorough evaluation of the effects of natural catastrophes on agriculture requires a multi-sectoral and integrated approach including important institutions.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

299


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 • Supporting research with practical applications should be prioritised, since study is required to understand the physical and biological components that lead to catastrophes. • Because natural disasters have a disproportionate effect on poor farmers with limited resources in developing nations, community-wide disaster awareness and education initiatives should be prioritised. Programs to improve prediction techniques and warning dissemination should be extended and strengthened. Efforts are also required to assess the effect of natural catastrophes on natural resources. 22.18.1.1 Proposed areas

Figure 22.31: Areas for Sectoral Proposals

Greens in public space Because trees and other plants assist to chill the environment, they are a simple and effective method to decrease urban heat islands. By providing shade and evapotranspiration, trees and plants reduce surface and air temperatures. Shaded surfaces, for example, may be 20–45°F (11– 25°C) cooler than unshaded materials' peak temperatures. 1 Evapotranspiration may assist decrease peak summer temperatures by 2–9°F (1–5°C) when combined with shade. When trees and plants are planted strategically around buildings or to shade pavement in parking lots and on roadways, they are most effective as a mitigation technique. Researchers discovered Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

300


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 that planting deciduous trees or vines to the west is usually the most efficient way to cool a structure, particularly if they shade windows and a portion of the roof.

Figure 22.32: Major Mitigation Techniques

Reduce heat by improving building materials Roofs with green roofs Green roofs have been shown to aid in the reduction of heat islands. This article offers a high-level overview of green roofs' function in reducing the heat island effect, including green roof kinds, additional environmental and social advantages, and cost-benefit analysis. A green roof, often known as a rooftop garden, is a vegetative layer that grows on a rooftop. Green roofs offer shade, absorb heat from the air, and lower temperatures on the roof surface and in the surrounding air. The use of green roofs in cities or other developed settings with little vegetation may help to mitigate the heat island effect, especially during the day. Green roof temperatures may be 30–40°F lower than normal roof temperatures, lowering city-wide ambient temperatures. Furthermore, green roofs may decrease building energy consumption by 0.7 percent when compared to conventional roofs, resulting in lower peak power demand and yearly savings.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

301


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 22.33: Roofing

Roofs that are cool The most essential feature of a cool roof is a high solar reflectance (or albedo), which helps to reflect sunlight and heat away from a structure, lowering roof temperatures. A high thermal emittance also plays a role, especially in warm and bright regions. These characteristics work together to help roofs absorb less heat and remain up to 50–60°F (28–33°C) cooler than traditional materials during peak summer temperatures. 1 Cool roofing products have been used on commercial, industrial, and residential buildings for over 20 years by building owners and roofing contractors. They may be placed on low-slope roofs (such as the flat or slightly sloping roofs seen on commercial, industrial, and office buildings) or steepsloped roofs (such as those found in many homes and retail buildings). • Lower energy consumption: Because a cool roof transmits less heat to the building below, the building remains cooler and requires less electricity for air conditioning. • Lower air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions: By reducing energy consumption, cool roofs reduce related air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions. • Improved human health and comfort: Cool roofs may lower air temperatures within buildings, both with and without air conditioning, assisting in the prevention of heat-related diseases and mortality.

Figure 22.34: Dark vs Cool Roof

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

302


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Pavements that are cool Cool pavements are a collection of existing and new solutions that municipalities are investigating as part of their heat island mitigation initiatives. Currently, the phrase refers to paving materials that reflect more solar energy, increase water evaporation, or have been further changed to stay cooler than normal pavements. Traditional paving materials may achieve peak midsummer temperatures of 120–150°F (48–67°C), transmitting surplus heat to the air above them and heating rainwater as it flows off the pavement into nearby rivers. Pavements are an essential component to consider in heat island reduction due to the vast area covered by them in urban settings (approximately 30–45 percent of land cover based on a study of four geographically different cities1). Cool pavements may be produced using both traditional paving technologies (such as asphalt and concrete) and novel methods like as coatings or grass paving. • Less runoff and better water quality: Permeable pavements enable rainwater to soak into the pavement and soil, decreasing runoff and filtering contaminants. Cool pavements, both permeable and non-permeable, may also assist reduce runoff temperatures, resulting in less thermal shock to aquatic life in the rivers into which storm water flows. • Reduced tyre noise: The open pores of permeable pavements may decrease tyre noise by two to eight decibels while keeping noise levels below 75 decibels, but noise reduction may diminish with time. • Improved safety: Permeable highway pavements may increase safety by decreasing water spray from moving cars and improving traction via improved water drainage.

Figure 22.35: Pavements

Walls Reflective walls have been used for a long time to keep buildings cool in hot, sunny regions. A "cool" wall is an external wall surface that keeps cool in the daytime by reflecting sunlight and emitting thermal infrared radiation effectively. The advantages and disadvantages of cool walls are comparable to those of cool roofs. Cooler outside air, less power plant emissions, greater air quality, energy and cost savings, decreased electrical grid strain, and increased interior comfort are all advantages. It has not yet been determined if cool walls may prevent climate change via "global cooling."

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

303


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 22.36: Walling

Dwelling strategies in vulnerable area The Pod Tube House is an experimental low-cost, micro-living housing unit made of a 2.5-meterdiameter concrete water pipe. The design makes use of a sturdy concrete framework to house an apartment for one or two people, with living, kitchen, and bathroom space contained inside 100 square feet (9.29 square meters). Each tube home has smartphone locks for internet access as well as space-saving micro-living furnishings. They can be quickly piled to form a low-rise structure as a modular community, and they can be easily placed and moved in various locations. The selected research location is Vijayawada, which has a hot and humid climate, and a comparison analysis is performed between a conventional building and a sewage drainage pipe, in which the thermal performance of the constructed form is evaluated using a simulation method in Ecotect.

Figure 22.37: OPod

The OPod is intended to take use of underutilised land that is too tiny to be used for conventional housing projects, such as narrow gaps between buildings, vacant areas under roads, or harbourfacing rooftops. It is tackable, cost-effective, and typhoon-resistant. James envisions a future in which low-rise OPod buildings of four or five storeys high may be rapidly built in a matter of months, providing fast, temporary relief to people on lengthy waiting lists for public housing. Indeed, plans are already in action; Cybertecture is collaborating with the Hong Kong government to develop an

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

304


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 OPod housing project. “The government has given us a 30,000-square-foot plot of land and money to build 150 units of homes. That will be part of the cheap, temporary housing that the government has set aside to enable individuals on subsidised low rents to remain in the house for a certain amount of time until public housing becomes available,”

EPS Roofs Expanded polystyrene (EPS) for construction industry. EPS is a well-established insulation material used for various applications as it has a light yet rigid foam with good thermal insulation and high impact resistance. EPS is implemented in building design in collaboration with other material capable of resisting fire.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

305


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 23: Energy Global energy supply under stress The world’s energy demand is forecast to increase by 37% by 2040 (International Energy Agency (2014): World Energy Outlook 2014).

Most of this rise will come from Asian countries, where energy consumption is driven by strong economic and demographic growth. With the worldwide energy consumption based primarily on oil,

“the global energy system is in danger of falling short of the hopes and expectations placed upon it”, as states the International Energy Agency (IEA) in its World Energy Outlook 2014 report. Electricity Energy Profile of Electricity

Figure 23.1: Energy Profile of Electricity in Vijayawada Source: https://www.aptransco.co.in/aptransco-reports

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

306


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Electricity consumer share analysis

Figure 23.2: Electricity consumer share on a sectoral basis in 2020 Source: https://www.aptransco.co.in/aptransco-reports

Electricity consumption change analysis

Figure 23.3: Electricity consumption change in 2015 and 2020 Source: https://www.aptransco.co.in/aptransco-reports

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

307


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Comparison of per capita consumption

Figure 23.4: Per Capita Electricity Consumption in 2020 Source: https://www.aptransco.co.in/aptransco-reports

Overview Among all sectors Residential consumers holds the major share followed by commercial consumers as the second most. As per Electricity consumption change analysis it is very evident that there is no decrease in energy consumption trends. Comparing national & state average, city average is almost same, it will keep on increasing in projected years.

Renewable sources of energy Vijayawada is blessed with good sunshine with average solar insolation of more than 5.0 kwh/sq. m/day. The State Govt. is drafting a solar policy to promote usage of utility scale and rooftop solar power in urban areas. Wind energy have been formulated in 3 phases to achieve 2075MW in 2025.

Petroleum Products The non-renewable resources like, Petrol, Diesel, Kerosene, LPG and CNG are playing a major role in the carbon emissions of the city. The transportation sector and residential sector are the major consumers for the petroleum products.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

308


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table No. 19.1: Sector Wise Consumption of Petroleum Products as per the Year 2020 Sector

Fuel consumption (kt) Petrol

Residential

44.22854914

Commercial & Institutional

0.105304212 Diesel

Commercial &Institutional

44.45182452

Municipal sector

0.003280033 Kerosene

Residential

2.955906 LPG

Residential Commercial & Institutional

40.965 1.75 CNG

Commercial & Institutional

26.614

Source: Solar City Plan of Vijayawada (2021)

There are two major petroleum refineries in Andhra Pradesh. So the captive capacity of petroleum products in Andhra Pradesh is close to 10 mmt which is not sufficient to cater to the demand of the state. All the petroleum products to the city is transported from the refineries of Tatipaka and Vishakapatanam. The state has to rely on the refineries outside of the state because of the high demand. The gas distribution pipelines within the city need to be considered as there is already a direct pipeline from Vizag refinery.

Y-O-Y petroleum product consumption in Vijayawada (in mn tons) 1.5 1

0.954

0.9

0.554

1.092

0.981 0.664

1.188

1.309 1.08

1.167

0.662

0.645

2016-2017

2017-2018

0.5 0 2014-2015

2015-2016 Petrol

Diesel

LPG

Figure 23.5: Petroleum Product Consumption from 2015-2019

Source: https://mopng.gov.in/en/petroleum-statistics/indian-png-statistics

As per the petroleum products consumption chart, almost 5% of petroleum product consumption of the state is in Vijayawada. The per capita consumption of Vijayawada is more compared to the state and national average.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

309


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Per capita consumption-2020 0.500 0.400 0.300 0.200 0.100 0.000

0.387 0.265 0.178

0.154

India

AP

Vijayawada

Vijawada-2031

Figure 23.6: Per Capita Consumption Comparison – 2020 Source: https://dataportalforcities.org/south-asia/india/state-andhra-pradesh/vijayawada

Bio-Fuels Andhra Pradesh have a huge production of Sugarcane per annum which cater to the bio fuel production of the state. As per the state report, currently the state only blends 3% ethanol but will increase to the nationally mandated 5% by the end of the year and 10% within the next two years. Table No. 19.2: Y-O-Y % of Ethanol Blend in Petrol in the State of Andhra Pradesh Year

% of Ethanol Blend in Petrol

2015-2016

4.9

2016-2017

1.7

2017-2018

4.4

2018-2019

6.1

2019-2020

3.4

Source: https://mopng.gov.in/en/petroleum-statistics/indian-png-statistics

Other initiatives by AP government in Vijayawada POWERGRID/Implementing agency to ensure development of Inter City transmission system as indicated above progressively by FY 2021-22.State nodal agency shall ensure that Renewable generation developer apply for connectivity/Long term access for its integration in the ICTS.

Figure 23.7: Other Initiatives by AP Government in Vijayawada Source: https://dataportalforcities.org/south-asia/india/state-andhra-pradesh/vijayawada

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

310


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Intra City Transmission Scheme APTRANSCO shall make equity participation in the upcoming projects, wherever required. APTRANSCO will also focus on timely completion of projects. One example is the Gadividi substation and associated lines at Srikakulam. AP can import power from Orissa by connecting the APTRANSCO network to PGCIL’s upcoming ER-SR corridor, by getting linkage through a 400 kV substations.

Energy Savings potential & Investment With increasing importance being given to low carbon growth, the cheapest and more affordable option to overcome this energy deficit has been demand side management and implementation of energy efficiency measures in various sectors such as agriculture, municipalities, buildings, dome stic,industries etc.

Overview of energy consumption - city as a whole Energy baseline is essentially the amount of energy that would be consumed annually without implementation of energy conservation measures based on historical metered data, engineering calculations, submetering of buildings or energy consuming systems, or some combination of these methods.

Figure 23.8: Present Energy Scenario Source: https://dataportalforcities.org/south-asia/india/state-andhra-pradesh/vijayawada

Energy consumption due to Transport is are much higher compared to other sectors and electricity shares the second major consumption. Therefore it doesn’t makes sense to propose means of transport using electricity instead of petrol and diesel.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

311


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Sector wise energy consumption

Figure 23.9: Sector Wise Energy Consumption Source: https://dataportalforcities.org/south-asia/india/state-andhra-pradesh/vijayawada

However a linear increase as depicted in above table shows an increase of 152% over present levels in transport sector. This is likely to take the GHG emissions even higher. Therefore, we need to contain the consumption of petroleum products to present levels and shift to electric vehicles in order to reduce its contribution to GHG emissions. Residential sector is a major sector which contributes to the major energy consumptions when city level studies are carried out. The major sources include electricity consumption for lighting and other household appliances and consumption of fuel for cooking. More than 75% of Energy consumption was observed to be contributed by residential and commercial sector.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

312


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 24: Carbon Footprint Introduction Carbon footprint is the sum of greenhouse gases—mostly carbon dioxide—emitted into the atmosphere as a result of a particular human activity and the unit of carbon foot print is tons of CO2 /Year. The main reasons to calculate the carbon footprint for a city alike Vijayawada are:

As India has pledged in Paris agreement to reduce the emission intensity of GDP by 33-35% by 2030 below 2015 levels so it is necessary to determine the emissions of major urban and peri-urban areas of India.

As continuous rise in temperature have been observed in the city from past few years and the increase of the GHG emissions is one of the main reason for the temperature rise.

As per the study the increase in the population has been studied and the increase in population is observed in this city which is leading to the higher consumption of Fossil fuels.

The above reasons are why there is a need to study the carbon footprint for a city like a Vijayawada.

Objectives 

To calculate the emission of Greenhouse gases (GHG) in terms of Carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) in various sectors studied.

To address the major sectors which are contributing to the high Greenhouse gases (GHG) emissions.

To reduce the carbon footprint by proposing various strategies.

Methodology Literature study is conducted to understand the concept of carbon footprint and to understand the study area. Major sectors that contribute to the GHG emission in the city are identified and the parameters are set. The GHG emissions of each sector is calculated and the CH4, N2O, HFCs, CFCs are converted to carbon dioxide equivalents. Further, alternate solutions for decreasing GHG emissions are carried out.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

313


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 24.1- Methodology

Scope

Figure 24.2 - Various sectors considered

Major sectors that contribute to the GHG emissions in the city are industrial sector, transportation sector, food & agriculture and settlements. Various raw materials, electricity consumed, fuel consumed and waste generated from each sector is calculated along with food consumed in the city and the food miles. The total GHG emissions from each sector are calculated to find out the carbon footprint in the city.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

314


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Literature study In order to set the parameters, the Carbon footprint scenario of the world, India and Andhra Pradesh have been studied.

Global Carbon dioxide emission The Global emissions in 2019 is 36.44 Gt. China stands at first in Carbon Footprint with the total GHG emissions of 13.92 Gt and India stands at third with total GHG emissions of 2.46Gt. The main reason is the dependency on coal for electricity. The 73% of GHG Emissions are due to Energy sector followed by Agriculture forestry and land use with 19%, waste sector by 3% and Industry sector by 5%.

Figure 24.3 - Global CO2 emission, 2019 Source: CO2 emissions by Hannah Ritchie and Max Roser.

Global CO₂ emissions per sector, 2019 5% 3% ENERGY

19% AGRICULTURE, FORESTRY & LANDUSE WASTE

73% INDUSTRY Figure 24.4 - Global CO2 emission per sector

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

315


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Carbon dioxide emission in India In India, 69% of GHG Emissions are due to Energy sector followed by Agriculture with 19%, Industry sector with 6%, Forestry and land use with 4% and waste sector by 2%.

2.46 GT

Figure 24.5 - CO2 emission India, 2019 Source: CO2 emissions by Hannah Ritchie and Max Roser

Co₂ emissions in India by sector, 2019 4%

2%

ENERGY

6%

AGRICULTURE INDUSTRIAL

19%

69%

LAND USE CHANGE & FORESTRY WASTE

Figure 24.6 - CO2 emission per sector in India

Carbon dioxide emission in Andhra Pradesh In Andhra Pradesh, GHG emissions from Energy, Agriculture, Industrial process and product use(IPPU) , and Waste sectors constituted 69.88%, 15.17%, 12.34% and 2.62% of the total CO2 eq emissions respectively.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

316


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Analysis of Various Sectors in Vijayawada Electricity Sector The GHG emissions from electricity sector were determined by considering consumption from various sectors like Residential, Commercial and Institutional, Industrial and Municipal. Electricity is generated in a thermal power plant using coal. In India, Gondwana coal is generally used for power generation in thermal power plant. 0.7kg of coal is required to generate 1 unit (kwh) of electricity. Formula 

Emissions (t) = Fuel consumption (kt) * Net Calorific value of fuel (TJ/kt) *Emission factor (t/TJ)

Net calorific value – 19.63 TJ/kt

EF for CO₂ - 95.81 t/TJ

EF for CH₄ - 0.001 t/TJ

EF for N₂O – 0.0015

Table 24.1 - Emissions from Electricity consumption

Consumption Sector

Emission (Tons)

Electricity (KWh)

Coal (kt)

CO₂

CH₄

N₂O

Residential

499738000

349.82

657917.68

6.87

10.30

Commercial and Institutional

158182000

110.73

208250.59

2.17

3.26

Industrial

44831000

31.38

59021.14

0.62

0.92

Municipal

26385000

18.47

34736.52

0.36

0.54

Source: Solar city plan of Vijayawada, 2021 (Electricity Consumption) The Global Warming Potential of 

Carbon di oxide – 1

Methane – 25

Nitrous oxide – 298

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

317


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 24.2 - GHG emission from Electricity consumption (t CO2 eq)\

Emission in Tons in ( CO₂ eq)

Sector CO₂

CH₄

N₂O

Total ( CO₂ eq)

Residential

657917.68

171.67

3069.5

661158.85

Commercial and Institutional

208250.59

54.34

971.6

209276.53

Industrial

59021.14

15.4

275.36

59311.9

Municipal

34736.52

9.06

162.06

34907.64

Total emissions w.r.t gas (t CO₂ eq)

959925.93

250.47

4478.52

964654.92

Total emission (tons) 959925…

1000000 500000

250.47

Total CO₂ emission in %

4478.52

6% 4%

0

CO₂

CH₄

N₂O

Residential

22% 68%

Figure 7 - Total CO2 emission

Commercial

Figure 8 - Total CO2 emission from different and sectors

Institutional

• •

Global warming potential of CO₂ is very high when compared to CH₄ and N₂O in Vijayawada. Residential sector is the major electricity consuming sector in Vijayawada.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

318


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Fuel Consumption The fuel consumed in the city is broadly classified into two: fuel consumed through transportation sector and cooking fuels.

FUEL CONSUMPTION Transportation

Cooking Kerosene

Petrol

LPG

Diesel

CNG

Formula Emissions (t) = Fuel consumption (kt) * Net Calorific value of fuel (TJ/kt) * Emission factor (t/TJ) Table 24.3 - Emission from fuel consumption

Category

Emission in Tons in ( CO₂ eq) CO₂

CH₄

N₂O

Total (CO₂ eq)/Anum

Petrol

136104.5

1620.25

1872.93

139597.7

Diesel

142724.1

144.511

345.705

143214.3

Kerosene

9308.8

32.25

23.24

9364.29

LPG

127488.5

252.5

59

127800

CNG

71655.41

2937.75

1171.14

75764.3

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

319


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Diesel has the highest CO₂ eq emission in transportation sector and in cooking fuels; CNG has highest emission followed by LPG.

3.1. Food sector The GHG emission from food sector is estimated based on food consumption and food miles.

Food consumption The balanced diet requirement for men and women per day and its associated GHG emissions were referred from the paper written by Dr. Surendra Pathak, Arti Bhatia and Niveta Jain on Source: Solar city plan of Vijayawada, 2021 Carbon footprints of Indian food items. According to the survey released by the registrar general of India in 2018, Andhra Pradesh comprises of 1.75% vegetarians and 98.25% non – vegetarians. By comparing the statistics with the present population of Vijayawada which is 12,34,245 the global warming potential of Vijayawada for food consumption is calculated. Table 24.4 - Total GHG emission from fuel consumption

PETROL Sector

Fuel

Emission

Consumption (KT)

CO₂

CH₄

N₂O

Residential

44.22855

135781.2

64.66

6.27

Commercial & Institutional

0.105304

323.28

0.15

0.015

DIESEL Commercial & Institutional

44.45182

142723.8

5.78

1.16

Municipal sector

0.00328

0.24

0.00043

0.000085

1.29

0.078

9308.8

KEROSENE Residential

2.955906 LPG

Residential

40.965

122265.4

9.69

0.19

Commercial & Institutional

1.75

5223.1

0.41

0.008

71655.41

117.51

3.93

CNG Commercial & Institutional

26.614

Table 24.5 - GHG emission from food consumption

Consumers

Population

GWP (kg CO₂

GWP (Tons

eq./day)

CO₂eq./annum)

Male vegetarians

10,843

7847.08

2864.184

Female vegetarians

10,746

6273.51

2289.831

Male Non vegetarians

6,08,748

6,28,045.31

229236.5

Female Non vegetarians

6,03,908

5,38,565.15

196576.3

1180731

430966.8

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

320


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

1%

Male vegetarians

0%

Female vegetarians 46% 53%

Male Non vegetarians Female Non vegetarians

Figure 9 - Percent share of consumers in emissions

The Global warming potential of Vijayawada from consumption based on average daily diet for vegetarian and Non-vegetarian male and female consumers is 11,80,731.05 kg CO₂ eq. / day which amounts to 4,30,966.83 ton CO₂ eq. / annum.

Food miles For calculating the carbon emissions from food miles the following assumption were taken: The food is transported by a truck of medium size with a mileage of 8 km/l Fuel combustion: emission factor 2.33 kg CO₂e/litre, for 8km/l mileage the combustion emissions are 291 g CO₂e/km. Fuel Production: emission factor 0.43 kg CO₂e/litre, for 8km/l The production emissions are 54 g CO₂e/km One trip per day is considered

Figure 10 - Map showing the locations from where vegetable and fruits are imported in Vijayawada

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

321


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 11 - Map showing the various locations from where other food items are supplied to Vijayawada

Table 24.6 - Food miles of various items

Food Item

District

Distance

CO₂

CO₂ emission (Tonnes

emission (g

Co₂e/km)/Anum

Co₂e/km) onion

Kurnool

350 km

120750

44.07375

Tomato

Prakassam

217 km

74865

27.32573

Potato

Anantpur

507 km

174915

63.84398

Beans

West Godavari

97 km

33465

12.21473

Leafy

East Godavari

224 km

77280

28.2072

Mango

Chittoor

488 km

168360

61.4514

Banana

Anantapur

507 km

174915

63.84398

Papaya

Nellore

282 km

97290

35.51085

Apples

Visakhapatnam

348 km

120060

43.8219

Grapes

Chittoor & Anantapur

488 km, 507

168360,

61.4514, 63.84

km

174915

Anantapur

507 km

174915

63.84398

Rice

Guntur

41 km

14145

5.162925

Wheat

Tamil Nadu

755 km

260475

95.07338

224 km

77280

28.2072

Vegetables

Exotic Fruits

Ragi/Jowar East Godavari

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

322


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Pulses

Prakasam and Nellore

217 km, 282

74865,

km

97290

27.32573, 35.51

Rava

East Godavari

224 km

77280

28.2072

Sugar

Visakhapatnam

348 km

120060

43.8219

Salt

Srikakulam

500 km

172500

62.9625

Tamarind

Anantapur

507 km

174915

63.84398

Fish

East Godavari

224 km

77280

28.2072

Prawns

East Godavari

224 km

77280

28.2072

Source: Department of Agriculture & Cooperation, Ministry of Agriculture, Government of India Total emission for both fuel consumption and fuel production are 345 g CO₂e/km The total emission from food miles = 2783.460 kg CO₂e/km per trip

Waste sector In waste sector, the waste is categorized in to 4 types i.e., Dry waste, Wet waste, Hazardous waste and sanitary waste.

TYPES OF WASTE GENERATED IN TPD

Dry waste 275.5

Hazardous waste 1

Wet waste 239.9

Sanitary waste 0.163

Formula CO₂ equivalent emission = W *Emission Factor Where, W = waste in gram/day; EF = 0.016 Gg/Gg of waste for methane EF=2.25Gg/Gg of waste for CO₂) Table 24.7 - GHG emission from waste sector

Category

Quantity

Emission in Tons in ( CO₂ eq)

(in TPD)

CO₂

CH₄

Total ( CO₂

Total ( CO₂ eq)/

eq)

Anum

Dry Waste

275.5

619.875

4.408

624.283

227863.3

Wet waste

239.9

539.775

3.8384

543.6134

198418.9

Hazardous

1

2.25

0.016

2.266

827.09

Sanitary Waste

0.163

0.36675

0.002608

0.369358

134.8157

Total emission

516.563

1162.267

8.265008

1170.532

427244.1

Waste

w.r.t waste (t CO₂ eq) Source: International urban cooperation report on SWM of Vijayawada, 2021

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

323


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Percentage of CO₂ emission 0.032

0.194

46.442

Dry waste Wet waste Hazardous Sanitary

53.333

Figure 12 - Percent emission from waste sector

Dry waste is contributing more emission when compared to other categories of waste. Emissions calculated from hazardous and sanitary waste are found to be negligible.

Results of Analysis GHG emission from various sectors Table 24.8 - GHG emission from various sectors

TOTAL EMISSIONS

SECTORS

TOTAL EMISSIONS in %

CO₂ eq p.a)

Electricity

9,64,654.92

41.59

Fuel

4,95,740.59

21.37

4,30,966.83

Food Food

(t

consumption

18.62

1015.936

Food Miles Waste

427244.0917

18.42

TOTAL

23,19,622.37

100

Total Emissions of various sectors in %

18.42 Electricity 41.59

Fuel

18.62 Food 21.37

Waste

Figure 13 - Percent total emissions from various sectors

The total carbon emission of Vijayawada city is 23,19,622.37 t CO₂ eq p.a with Electricity sector leading in GHG emissions

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

324


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Where does Vijayawada stand? footprint/cap (t CO₂) 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0

3.9 3.2 2.6

2.3 1.7

2.8 2

1.5

2.8 2.6

2.5 1.8

1.8

3.2

4.2 t CO₂ eq/cap World

3.5 2.9 1.7

2.7 t CO₂ 2.4 2.2 eq/cap

1.2

India 1.9 t CO₂ eq/cap Vijayawada

Figure 14 - GHG emission in Vijayawada in comparison to other city Source: https://www.downtoearth.org.in/

The major economic sector of Vijayawada is Tertiary sector and the GDP contribution is very less when compared to cities like Mumbai, Kolkata, Surat, Pune, Ahmadabad, Jaipur etc. So for a city which is not an economic hub and has such a low contribution to the nation’s economy to have a value of 1.9 t per capita from the considered sectors has to be considered as a big deal and actions should be taken to reduce the emissions of the city. Carbon Sequestration Capacity •

Green sequestration – 8,20,648.69 T/yr (Reference: Urban Greens and Biodiversity team)

Blue sequestration – 2,828.32 T/yr (Reference: Water Resources team)

• • •

Net GHG emission – 14,96,145.36 T/yr The green and blue cover of the city has good potential of absorbing emissions but is continuously being degraded due to human activities. It is of utmost importance to protect these natural resources and also develop strategies to increase green and blue cover.

Carbon Footprint Projection Projection is estimated by taking population growth as a factor. As the per capita emission of 2021 is 1.9 tones CO₂ eq per annnum. By considering the average growth rate of emissions as 21% as the result of rate of increase of population. By considering the Geometric increase method the projections of GHG emissions in 2031 and 2041 are calculated.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

325


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 24.9 - Carbon Footprint projection for 2031 and 2041

Year

Population

Projected CO2 Emissions (t CO₂

Projected CO2 Emissions (t CO₂

eq)

eq/cap)

2021

1234245

23,45,065.5

1.9000

2031

1467752

27,94,453.03

1.9039

2041

1734881

33,09,979.46

1.9079

Projected Emissions (Tones CO₂ eq/cap) 1.91 1.908 1.906 1.904 1.902 1.9 1.898 1.896 2021

2031

2041

Emissions (t CO₂ eq/cap) Figure 24.7 - Per capita projection of GHG emission

The CO₂ Emissions will keep increasing if the dependence on fossil fuels is not changed.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

326


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 25: Urban Carrying Capacity

Carrying Capacity The concept of Carrying capacity was originally derived from ecological carrying capacity. The concept was pioneered by Thomas Malthus in the year 1798. The concept of human carrying capability was first coined by Malthus. He put forward two of his proposed theories, one being the “overpopulation theory” and the other “two series theory” in “Population Principles”, where he found that resource and environmental constraints have a significant impact on the growth process of human material. Malthus noted that the world's human population grows exponentially, whereas natural resources grow arithmetically. Thus, natural resources that support human survival would become finite. The carrying capacity concept was further explained and propagated in the logistic growth curve theory by the Belgian mathematician Pierre François Verhulst in 1838. He not only expressed Malthus’ population theory with Logistic mathematical formula, but also constructed a mathematical model of bearing capacity theory. The term “carrying capacity” was first formally proposed in 1890s by range managers who had special concerns on land use for grazing livestock (Yigang Wei, 2014). Based on ecological theories, carrying capacity refers to the entire amount of a given animal species that the habitat can sustain without yielding irrecoverable damage on the ecosphere. In ecology literature, carrying capacity provides guidance on the sustainable size of a population relative to the supporting ecosystem. In the year 1921, Robert and Burgess first explicitly used the concept of carrying capacity, which they defined it as “the highest limit of the number of individuals present under a particular environmental condition mainly the combination of nutrients, living space, sunlight, etc.”

Definition of Carrying Capacity Carrying means to support or sustain. Capacity means the ability or the power to contain or producing the maximum output. Thus, Carrying Capacity means the ability to sustain up to a certain limit or scope. The term carrying capacity of an area can be defined as the maximum number of individuals that can be supported by the environment of that area through optimum utilization of the available resources. Carrying capacity of an area refers to an extreme limit. This limit defines the population carrying capacity of the area. The concept generally denotes the maximum population size that an ecosystem can sustainably support without degrading the ecosystem. Carrying capacity can equally mean “the maximum pressure or load that a system can conveniently withstand before breaking down”. Deaths and long-term damage to an ecosystem occurs when a population exceeds the carrying capacity of its ecosystem. The urban carrying capacity can be defined as the level of human activities, population growth, patterns & extent of land use, physical development, which can be sustained by the urban environment without causing serious degradation and irreversible damage. It is an evolving tool and helps in monitoring sustainable development. (Kyushik Oh, 2005) The carrying capacity for any given area is not fixed and It can be altered by improved technology, but mostly it is changed for the worse by pressures which accompany an increase in population. As

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

327


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 the environment is degraded, the carrying capacity shrinks and the environment will no longer be able to support even the number of people who could formerly have lived in the area on a sustainable basis. No population can live beyond the environment's carrying capacity for exceptionally long period.

Factors Influencing Urban Carrying Capacity The factors that increase the carrying capacity are: 

Changing climate or other environmental factors.

Technology efficiency advances.

Behavior (as it affects per capita resource use).

Decrease in body size and resource demand.

The factors that decrease the carrying capacity are: 

Change in climate or other environmental factors.

Environmental degradation.

Depletion of non-renewable resources.

Extinction of bio resource.

And Introduction of a new competitor.

Understanding the Concept of Urban Carrying Capacity Carrying capacity is not constant with time, it keeps on changing. The concept further can be explained with the help of Logistic Growth and Exponential Growth of population size

Figure 25.1 Logistic Growth of Population Size over Time Source:https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/agricultural-and-biological-sciences/carryingcapacity

The logistic growth curve depicts how population growth rate and the carrying capacity are interconnected. As illustrated in the logistic growth curve model, when the population size is small, the

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

328


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 population increases exponentially. However, as population size nears the carrying capacity, the growth decreases and reaches zero. The horizontal red dotted line indicates the carrying capacity. When population of certain species touches this line of carrying capacity, Stable equilibrium is achieved. There are three different sections to an S-shaped curve. Initially the growth rate accelerates because there are few individuals and ample amount of resources are available, then the growth becomes rapid during the middle stage and as the population reaches the carrying capacity, the growth again slows down as resources begin to become limited and eventually the population gets stable. The S-Shaped curve It is a more realistic model of population growth. Figure 25.2 Exponential Growth of Population Size over Time

Source:https://www.sciencedirect.com/topics/agricultural-and-biological-sciences/carryingcapacity

Now, coming to the graph which shows the exponential growth. We can say that the population keeps on escalating before reaching the carrying capacity, but as soon as it exceeds the limit i.e., when it overshoots the carrying capacity, that will lead to a die off for the individuals in the population. This may be due to food starvation, or may be any disease or lack of habitable spaces, etc. After certain time period, we can a phase of unstable equilibrium which is the fluctuation of the population above & below carrying capacity change based on relationship between the birth rate and the death rate. And overtime this unable equilibrium will become stable depending upon the carrying capacity. The Carrying capacity gets degraded may be due to resource destruction during overshoot. Thus, we can say that carrying capacity isn’t static in this case.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

329


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Need of Urban Carrying Capacity Urbanization in India, the most significant phenomenon of 21st century which is often associated with histrionic increase in population growth has contributed to several challenging issues pertaining to the quality of life. The advent of globalization and the quest for development have caused severe environmental problems in the country. These issues are often linked to slums, transport system and traffic congestion, water pollution, air pollution and greenhouse gaseous emission, solid waste disposal, and public health. Since the Urbanization is increasing in an alarming rate and in an unplanned manner leading to an ecological imbalance and because of this, most of the time the urban areas get converted into a multi hazard zone. To address these environmental problems, practical approaches which incorporate the concept of carrying capacity into managing urban development are needed. If population goes beyond carrying capacity, the available resources become insufficient to support such growth and the environment will start to react by becoming prone to hazards to bring down the population. Therefore, there is a need to make developmental plans giving due importance to the concept of urban carrying capacity.

Significance of Urban Carrying Capacity The first is Balancing built environment with nature: the carrying capacity concept can be utilized in planning and development of urban areas to keep a balance between built environment and natural environment which is currently a challenging task. The second is the sustainable development: carrying capacity enables to determine the optimum population that can be supported within a given area with adequate infrastructure facilities so that development is environmentally hazard free and sustainable. 25.1.5.1

Sustainability and Urban Carrying Capacity

The sustainability of an environment can be understood as its endurance capability, i.e. making the resources available for usage forever. It is important to know the limits up to which development is feasible. So, it can be well said that sustainability can be measured by the carrying capacity and sustainable development indirectly govern the carrying capacity. In this context, the concept of carrying capacity can be applied in sustainable development as follows

It determines optimum population that can be supported within a given area with adequate infrastructure facilities so that development is environmentally hazard free and sustainable

It determines the level of anthropogenic activities, the extent of land use, physical development, which can be sustained by the urban environment without causing serious degradation and irreversible damage

The concept can be used in planning and development of urban areas to keep a balance between built environment and natural environment.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

330


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Application of Urban Carrying Capacity to Planning The Earth is currently experiencing a 6th mass extinction age primarily caused by anthropogenic factors. Earth Overshoot Day shows how humans are consuming much more resources than what Earth can regenerate in a year. It shows humans may be going beyond the carrying capacity of Earth as an ecosystem. Few of the aspects are discussed here showing the relevance of the concept of urban carrying capacity in Planning. Economic Planning: Through careful analysis of resource availability and requirements of economy, appropriate strategies can be developed for optimal use of resources while minimizing adverse ecological impacts. Population Control: This is based on the carrying capacity of a region. For example, any plains/flat land can support a higher population, but the same population growth is unsustainable in the mountains. Thus, population policy has to be altered accordingly. Biodiversity Conservation: National Parks and Wildlife sanctuaries need a balance between animal population and prey base or resources available. Animal population beyond the carrying capacity of forests leads to man-animal conflicts. Agriculture Management: The agriculture practices must reflect the carrying capacity of the soil water-scarce regions growing water-intensive crops that is a recipe for ecological disaster. Urban Planning: Every urban area must provide some basic urban amenities. Growth of population beyond carrying capacity of urban services leads to development of slums, pollution, inadequate waste and sewage disposal, etc. It diminishes the living standards in urban areas and has long term health impacts on inhabitants. Food security: Today we have more population than that of food resources human feed adequately. We have already passed our carrying capacity, but if this continues further, we are in danger of widespread food shortage.

Levels of Urban Carrying Capacity The evaluation of urban carrying capacity is a generally a complex process. Aspeslagh (1994) defined six levels for evaluating carrying capacity of the urban areas. They are as follows: Infrastructure carrying capacity: It refers to the level of human activity that infrastructure can adequately support in the specified area without generating degradation of life quality. So, development of appropriate and adequate infrastructure to satisfy public demands should be the primary concern. And the intensity, efficiency, and pattern of resource utilization should be evaluated for infrastructure development, such as waste treatment system, sewerage system, urban water supply pipeline, transportation network, etc. Institutional carrying capacity: This level considers various legal and political frameworks to limit urban activities. For example, the environment conservation provisions, zoning regulations, land use acts, and building permits, etc. are germane to urban development. Therefore, institution is an important component for carrying capacity. And Social equity, governance transparency and cultural elements are the most noticeable components of institutions.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

331


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Perceptual carrying capacity: This refers to the degree of changes or may be the amount of works that can be visually or psychologically perceived by the citizens. At this level, the common sense towards the environment as perceived by the citizens including human attitudes, values, behaviour, and prediction towards monitoring other carrying capacity types are mainly collected by means of social surveys. Environmental carrying capacity: We can say that the environment is an envelope around the economy. Because it supplies the essential inputs for economic production and consumption, and in turn it also has to receive the waste generated. This level tells us about the present state of the environment with respect to productivity. Resource availability should be measured with respect to the productivity that the urban activities require or generate, such as the supply of food, clean air and water, and buildable land, topography etc. Sustainable carrying capacity: The factors which are assessed at this level are long term based. Here, the basic resource flow through the urban area to its ultimate sink is evaluated at this capacity level. Bio centric carrying capacity: This capacity level deal with ethics related to life on earth. This also embraces all forms of life as well as their requirements from the environment and deals with ethics related to these and at this level different threats are assessed which endanger the integrity, stability, beauty and completeness of a biotic community in an urban area.

Calculation of Urban Carrying Capacity The Urban Carrying Capacity is not a static and fixed value but a dynamic and improvable one, with economics, complex relation of human preferences, technology, changing society and patterns of production & consumption. There are various models which give an idea about calculation of carrying capacity. 

Graphical model

Uni-Constraint model

IPAT equation

Ecological Footprint model

Urban Decay model

Energy Analysis model

Pressure-State-Response model

SAFE model

25.1.8.1 

Graphical Model

This model is a graphical representation where the population growth is plotted against time.

The population growth can be of two types, i.e. exponential and logistic.

If there is no environmental resistance then the population growth trend is always exponential.

Due to the property of resilience, the environment tends to stabilize and achieve the logistic growth form.

Based on demographic data the urban carrying capacity can be calculated using this model.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

332


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

This model only tries to understand this relation and doesn’t provide with a capacity.

Figure 25.3 Graph showing the population growth forms Source: Urban Carrying Capacity concept and calculation, MoUD, ILPWRM, Department of civil engineering, IIT Guwahati

25.1.8.2 

Uni constraint model

A “constraint” is an information key that tells us about the likelihood of limits (can be food, shelter, clothing etc.).

In this particular model a single constraint is considered and the entire estimation is based on the assumptions circling the considered constraint.

The population constraints can be food, shelter, clothing etc.

This model provides with the probability of carrying capacity. But the model is not wholesome because, only one constraint at a time can be considered.

25.1.8.3 

IPAT equation

It is a multi-constraint model that uses different factors in calculating the carrying capacity. I=PxAxT “I” - Impact on the environment, “P” - the size of the human population, “A” - the affluence or the level of consumption by that population and “T” - the processes used to obtain resources and transform them into useful goods and wastes.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

333


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

This model doesn’t provide an exact value as carrying capacity. Rather, it only gives the impacts that people have on the environment.

25.1.8.4

Ecological Footprint model

This is one of the most accepted models to calculate carrying capacity of an urban area.

Initially it was called as the “appropriated carrying capacity”, which was later on termed as “ecological footprint” to make the concept more understandable and accessible.

The ecological footprint is a measure of the human demands on the biosphere.

Ecological footprint and carrying capacity are both measured in the same units “global hectares” (gha), and hence they can be compared directly.

If the, ecological footprint of a region > the carrying capacity, it is called as “ecological deficit” region carrying capacity of a region > the ecological footprint, it is called as “ecological remainder” region

This model gives an idea about the amount of biologically productive land and water area required to produce all the resources needed by the population for its consumption and developmental activities as well as to absorb the wastes generated.

25.1.8.5 

Urban Decay model

The urban development of a settlement is plotted against time while considering land as a limited resource.

Figure 25.4 Urban decay model graph Source: Urban Carrying Capacity Assessment for metropolitan area Nitish Kumar International Research Journal of Engineering and Technology (IRJET)_Volume: 04 Issue: 02 | Feb -2017_e-ISSN: 2395 -0056

A – Inception of the settlement A to B – Growth in development & population over time B – Saturation point of development C – Decay point of development

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

334


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 D – New capacity of the settlement and start of sprawl. B to D – The city services will start failing. 

The model only gives a basic idea of how carrying capacity works at the level of an urban area.

25.1.8.6 

Energy Analysis model

It is a quantitative measure of the resources required to develop a product, whether it is a mineral resource, a biological resource or a commercial product; and it expresses the resources in units of one type of energy, usually solar energy.

It provides a bridge between ecological and economic systems. It also provides a system for quantifying facts for evaluating environmental resources.

25.1.8.7

Pressure-State-Response model

The PSR model provides a mechanism to monitor the environment.

It is basically a socio-economic concept that tends to investigate and analyse the processes involved in environmental degradation.

This framework is based on the fact that human exert “pressure” on the environment by their

Figure 25.5 Diagrammatic representation of the Pressure-State Response model Source: Urban Carrying Capacity concept and calculation, MoUD, ILPWRM, Department of civil engineering, IIT Guwahati

activities which results in the radical change of the “state” of the environment. This changed environment state puts impacts on the human population in the form of some disasters that lead to the origin of “responses” which intend to prevent, reduce or mitigate the environmental and socio-economic damage. 25.1.8.8 

SAFE model

After reviewing all existing concepts and methods of evaluating carrying capacity, Centre of Excellence (CoE) for Integrated Landuse Planning and Water Resources Management (ILPWRM) at IIT Guwahati has come up with a new method especially suitable for ecosensitive urban areas.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

335


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

The method is named as “Sustainable Accommodation through Feedback Evaluation (SAFE)”

This is the only model determining both, the carrying capacity and development density of an urban area.

Literature Review To understand the concept more elaborately and its applications in planning along with tools and techniques for evaluation, the following papers/publications have been studied, 1. Urban carrying capacity, concept & calculation, MoUD sponsored centre of excellence for Integrated Land use Planning & Water Resource Management (ILPWRM), Department of Civil Engineering, IIT Guwahati, 2012. 2. Determining development density using the Urban Carrying Capacity Assessment System, Oh et al., 2004 3. Formulating Urban Design Guidelines for Optimum Carrying Capacity of a Place, Roshni Maria George, 2015 4. Sustainable Metropolitan Development using Carrying Capacity as a tool: a case of Mumbai Metropolitan Region, India 5. Using Urban-Carrying Capacity as a Benchmark for Sustainable Urban Development: An Empirical Study of Beijing Table 25.1 Observations from Literature review

Paper. No.

Objectives

Scale of Study

Tools and Techniques Sustainable Undevelopable land Accommodation Land under infrastructure through Feedback FAR Evaluation Floor area requirements (SAFE) Variables/ Parameters

1

To evolve framework to calculate CC

City/ Area

• • • •

2

To assess urban carrying capacity Multi To assess urban carrying Area capacity

• • • •

Waste, Sewerage Water Subway, Road Green areas, Energy

Integrated urban carrying capacity assessment

3

To calculate ecological footprint To calculate carrying capacity

• • • •

Housing Transport Services Infrastructure

Ecological Footprint Model

• • • • • •

Undevelopable land Land under infrastructure FAR Floor area requirements Existing Flat FAR Proposed TOD based FAR

Sustainable Accommodation through Feedback Evaluation (SAFE)

4

Area

To arrive at logical FAR To calculate FAR Region through SAFE Model

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

336


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

5

To develop a practical UCC assessment framework to guide urban development towards achieving sustainability.

City/ Area

• • •

Environmental and natural resources Integrated urban Infrastructure and urban carrying services capacity Public perception assessment Institution setting Society

Table 25.2 Inference from Literature review

S. No.

Title of the Paper

Findings

Critical Opinion of the Study

1

Urban Carrying Capacity, IIT Guwahati, 2012

Carrying Capacity of the area

Taking the area required for various uses

2

Determining development density using the Urban Carrying Capacity Assessment System, Oh et al., 2004

Carrying capacity and implications on quality of life

Taking quality of life in urban areas based on available services

3

Formulating Urban Design Guidelines for Optimum Carrying Capacity of a Place, Roshni Maria George, 2015

Ecological footprint Carrying Capacity

Based on effect of quality of life over the ecosystem

4

Sustainable Metropolitan Development using Carrying Capacity as a tool: a case of Mumbai Metropolitan Region, India

Carrying Capacity of the area Logical and maximum FAR

Taking the area required for various uses Dense Metropolis

5

Using Urban-Carrying Capacity as a Selection of Indicators Limited to very few Benchmark for Carrying Capacity indicators and didn’t Sustainable Urban Development: An evaluation consider the constraints Empirical Study of Beijing

Source: Compiled by the team

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

337


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Urban Carrying Capacity Methodology

Figure 25.6 Methodology for calculating Carrying Capacity - SAFE Model

Models for evaluating Urban Carrying Capacity of Vijayawada SAFE Model Methodology Step 1: Delineation of the resource Step 2: Demarcation of the developable & non-developable area AU= AD+AND ............ (i) AD= AU - AND ............. (ii) Here, AU is the total urban area, AD is the net developable area and AND is the net nondevelopable area. Step 3: Determination of area required for different infrastructure and facilities AD= AIF + AR ................ (iii) Here, AIF is the area for infrastructure development and AR is the area for residential requirements. Step 4: Calculation of the available residential area From (i) & (iii), AU = AND + AIF + AR Therefore, AR = AU - (AND+ AIF) Step 5: Socio economic survey of the urban region & calculation of the floor area requirement of the people

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

338


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Step 6: Determination of the Floor Area Ratio: FAR= AF/AP Where, FAR is the Floor Area Ratio, AF is the total floor area and AP is the area of the plot. Step 7: Calculation of carrying capacity CC= AU - (AND+ AIF) x FAR/S Here, S is the Floor area requirement per head. Step 8: Check for adequacy If inadequate, following two options need to be tried in sequence: i. Apply possible Ecological Management Practice to bring sediment yield ii. Revaluate the carrying capacity by reducing FAR

The carrying capacity along with the optimum value of F.A.R is obtained. Figure 25.7 Existing and Projected Carrying Capacity – SAFE Model Table 25.3 Urban Carrying Capacity - SAFE Model EXISTING CARRYING CAPACITY

URBAN CARRYING CAPACITY (SAFE MODEL)

2021 Existing FAR (1.7)

2021 Optimum FAR (1.65)

2021 Maximum FAR (2.15)

Au

AD+AND

Total Urban Area

61.88

61.88

61.88

A(IF)

(Commercial area, public semi-public areas, recreational areas, industrial areas and area under transport sector)

Area of Infrastructure

18.37

18.37

18.37

A (Res)

Area of Residential

Area of Residential

16.00

16.00

16.00

AD

A (IF) + A (Res)

Area of Development

34.38

34.38

34.38

AND

AU-AD

Area of Non Developable land

27.50

27.50

27.50

FAR

Total Built up / Total Area

1.7

1.65

2.15

S

Floor area requirement per head

0.0000418

0.0000418

0.0000418

6,50,913

6,31,768

8,23,213

Total Built-up / Population

Population (SAFE Carrying Capacity) POPULATION

12,34,245 (2021)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

339


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

PROJECTED CARRYING CAPACITY

URBAN CARRYING CAPACITY (SAFE MODEL)

2041 Existing FAR (2.5)

2041 Optimum FAR (3.0)

2041 Maximum FAR (3.5)

Au

AD+AND

Total Urban Area

61.88

61.88

61.88

A(IF)

(Commercial area, public semi-public areas, recreational areas, industrial areas and area under transport sector)

Area of Infrastructure

21.58

21.58

21.58

A (Res)

Area of Residential

Area of Residential

17.97

17.97

17.97

AD

A (IF) + A (Res)

Area of Development

39.55

39.55

39.55

AND

AU-AD

Area of Non Developable land

22.33

22.33

22.33

FAR

Total Built up / Total Area

2.5

3.0

3.5

S

Floor area requirement per head

0.0000317

0.0000317

0.0000317

14,17,640

17,01,168

19,84,695

Total Built-up / Population

Population (SAFE Carrying Capacity) POPULATION

17,34,881 (2041)

Source: Compiled by the team

Dynamic Indicator System Urban carrying capacity is dynamic, and the indicators were selected one at a time to evaluate urban capacity precisely. The principle of the law of the minimum and compensation effects were adopted to develop the dynamic indicator system. The indicator system of urban comprehensive carrying capacity was selected to reflect the urban development, which includes environmental quality, resource utilization, infrastructure construction, science and technology level, culture and security level, ecological civilization and public service support abilities. The indicators were viewed as a social network of urban comprehensive carrying capacity according to the relations of indicators. The attributes of a node were adopted to identify the key indicators such as degree, closeness, and between-ness. Based on the analysis, 5 sectors and 22 indicators were framed up to study their influence in the Urban Carrying Capacity of the city.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

340


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The status of indicators was depicted as an indicator of R, and then R was used to select the primary limiting indicators according to the criteria.

Figure 25.8 Dynamic Indicator System

Where, Vs is the status value of an indicator at a time; Vmax is the maximum value of an indicator within the threshold interval Vmin is the minimum value of an indicator within the threshold interval Based on the “R” value, the grade of each indicator is analyzed in four categories,

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

341


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Value

Grade

R < −1

Crisis (C)

−1 ≤ R < 0

Warning (W)

0≤R≤1

General (G)

R>1

Friendly (F)

The following are the 5 sectors and 22 primary indicators which has been framed,

Figure 25.9 Status Indicator of Sub – Systems that Influences the Urban Carrying Capacity of Vijayawada Source: Primary

After applying the dynamic indicator system formula to all the primary indicators, the “R” value has been calculated for all and based on which a web diagram is created which shows the impact of each sector on urban carrying capacity,

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

342


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Ecological Sensitivity Analysis Urban land resources are the basis of human survival and social development, wherein reasonable use of land refers to the requirement to achieve cities’ sustainable development goals (Yue, et al., 2013). However, with the fast growth of the urban population, the continuous expansion of the urban scale, rapid social-economic development, and increasing pressure on land resources, people and urban land become monumental contradictions. In the combined system of PopulationResources-Environment Development (PRED), land resources are immovable and non-renewable, placing these characteristics in an immovable central position (Liu & Fang, 2008). Meanwhile, estimating the size of the population that land resources can carry is an essential issue in the ecosystem (Liu & Fang, 2008), where urban land carrying capacity (ULCC) becomes the crux of carrying capacity studies. Due to the uneven distribution of urban populations, a shortage of land resources restricts the development of megacities in China; thus, ULCC has become an increasingly important constraint in the process of urban development. Ecological sensitivity refers to the ability of an ecosystem to adapt to external disturbances, including the resilience of the ecosystem after destruction. Urban carrying capacity defines the number of people that a country or region could continue to support with its own land resources, which is based on the expected levels of economic, technological, and social development and the corresponding material standard of living in different time scales. In short, this term describes the number of people in the area that the land can sustain in the long-term (Feng, 1994). Therefore, urban land carrying capacity can be defined as the level of human activities, population growth, patterns and extent of land use, and physical development that can be sustained by the urban environment without causing serious degradation and irreversible damage. The topic of land resources as it relates to the carrying capacity of the population has been attracting the attention of governments, scientists, and even ordinary citizens since the 1970s. Before 1970, the concept of land population carrying capacity was limited to the field of ecology or perhaps slightly extended beyond that sphere. Starting in the 1970s, most scholars gradually diversified this field of study and no longer rigidly stuck to a single aspect of the carrying capacity. Consideration was extended from the land carrying capacity to the comprehensive carrying capacity. In addition, the approach has been further extended by diversifying. For example, the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) (Slesser & King, 1988) used the agricultural ecological zone method (AEZ), while the ecological footprint method was initially reported to measure the degree of sustainable development. The development of current research on ULCC has moved from the traditional, isolated, and onesided productive forces and from emphasizing individual productive forces of land evolution to the integrated ecological security of land evolution. Among these, ecological sensitivity analysis is popularly applied to evaluate ULCC. Rapid population growth ties to the high-speed development of society and economy in megacities such as Hangzhou, China raise the problem of a shortage of

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

343


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 land resources. Consequently, it is urgent to investigate the carrying capacity of land population in the city in order to guide future planning and sustainable development. Although there are several ways to calculate ULCC that have been developed in recent decades, two widely used approaches that have been developed are ecological footprint analysis (EFA) and the index system method (ISM). EFA is an approach determined by calculating the biologically productive land and water area. In contrast, ISM, including various elements of environment, economy, society, and resources, is applied to evaluate ULCC comprehensively. ISM has been chosen to assess ecological sensitivity in this article, and the result of ULCC was calculated based on an ecological sensitivity evaluation. In this study, therefore, we focus on the evaluation of urban land carrying capacity based on the ecological sensitivity analysis using remote sensing data and geographic information system (GIS) technology in the selected study area.

25.4.3.1 Methodology

Evaluation Index The key purpose of an ecological sensitivity evaluation is to clarify the possibility of ecological environmental problems occurring in a region, along with its hazard rating. It is formulated to the corresponding protection and improvement measures for sensitive areas with different grades. The ultimate objective of the evaluation is the sustainable development of the economy, society, and environment so that the ecosystem can meet the needs of human production and life while minimizing the damage to the ecological environment. Constructing a reasonable evaluation index system is the focus of a comprehensive evaluation of ecological sensitivity. It needs to combine the actual situation of the study area with the evaluation content to construct an appropriate index. The calculation of ISM also involves three steps: selecting indexes, identifying the criterion of the system, and assigning weights to the coefficients. The selection principles of the first step are as follows: 1) Averting inclusion relation, intersectionality, and repeatability; i.e., similar indexes are avoided in the process of choosing; 2) Taking representative indexes into account foremost, which means the indexes could highlight the relationship between land resource development and sustainable urbanization; and 3) Adjusting indexes by local conditions such as location, environment, and resources. For the second stage, a standard grading is used to classify the scale interval into four value groups between 0 and 1 with corresponding scores (1, 2, 3, and 4). A higher value corresponds to higher ecological sensitivity

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

344


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 25.4 the ecological sensitivity evaluation factors rating table

ECOLOGICAL SENSITIVITY EVALUATION FACTORS RATING TABLE Primary Evaluation The Secondary Evaluation Factors

Factors

Ecological

Attribute

Scale

Sensitivity Level

Hierarchical

Interval

≥200

0.75–1

4

100–200

0.5–0.75

3

50–100

0.25–0.5

2

Non-sensitive

<50

0–0.25

1

Highly sensitive

≥25

0.75–1

4

15–25

0.5–0.75

3

5–15

0.25–0.5

2

<5

0–0.25

1

0.67 - 1

3

Cultivated land

0.33–0.67

2

Build-up land

0–0.33

1

≥1.5

0.75–1

4

1–1.5

0.5–0.75

3

Lightly sensitive

0.5–1

0.25–0.5

2

Non-sensitive

<0.5

0–0.25

1

≥3

0.75–1

4

2–3

0.5–0.75

3

Lightly sensitive

1–2

0.25–0.5

2

Non-sensitive

<1

0–0.25

1

<2000

0.75–1

4

2000–4000

0.5–0.75

3

4000–6000

0.25–0.5

2

≥6000

0–0.25

1

<0.2

0.75–1

4

0.2–0.5

0.5–0.75

3

0.5–1

0.25–0.5

2

≥1

0–0.25

1

Highly sensitive Moderately Elevation (m)

sensitive Lightly sensitive

Topographic condition

Moderately Slope (◦)

sensitive Lightly sensitive Non-sensitive Highly sensitive

Land use type

Land use type

Moderately sensitive Non-sensitive Highly sensitive

The distance from residential area (km)

Moderately sensitive

Highly sensitive Regional development intensity

The distance from primary traffic road (km)

Moderately sensitive

Highly sensitive Population density (person/km2 )

Moderately sensitive Lightly sensitive Non-sensitive Highly sensitive

Eco-environmental sensitivity

The distance from eco-

Moderately

environmental sensitive

sensitive

area (km)

Lightly sensitive Non-sensitive

Forest land, water area, bare land

Score

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

345


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Factors

Weights

Weights in %

Elevation

0.09

9

Slope

0.09

9

Land use type

0.14

14

Residential area

0.24

24

Main roads

0.1

10

Population density

0.23

23

Eco-environment

0.11

11

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

346


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Evaluation Using Single Factors

Figure 25.10 Evaluation of individual factors (a) Elevation, (b) Slope (c) Land Use type (d) Distance from primary traffic roads (e) Population Density (f) Distance from the Environmental sensitive area

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

347


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Data Collected o

Map Data: Vijayawada Administrative map with 77 wards from VMC

o

Digital Elevation Model (DEM) and Slope () Data: Resolution of 30 m to analyses the topographic conditions

o

Remote Sensing Data: Landsat ETM+ image data

o

Statistical Data: The social and economic data (2011)

Eco-Environmental Sensitivity According to eco-environmental characteristics, three types of significant ecological protection areas (ecological points, corridors, and patches) have been selected. The ecologically sensitive areas, predominated by environmental factors, are distributed in forest parks, scenic tourist areas, and water areas. In addition, the main sensitive areas around rivers, canals, and other environmental factors are along the riverbanks and are located on sides of the Krishna River and the canal through the city. The ecological sensitivity results obtained from the aforementioned four kinds of evaluation factors have been statistically calculated, and the proportion of the sensitive areas at all four levels has been acquired accordingly. Table 25.5 The sensitivity of each grading proportion data.

Each partition proportion (%) Area of each ecological sensitivity (km2)

1

2

3

4

Total

24.19

19.95

28.93

26.94

100

15.47

13.25

17.90

15.27

61.88

25.4.3.2 Urban Land Carrying Capacity Analysis From previous studies (Fu, et al., 2012), 100% highly sensitive areas, 60% moderately sensitive areas, and 20% lightly sensitive areas have been selected and added up to encompass the ecological land from the comprehensive evaluation of ecological sensitivity in Vijayawada, while the remainder is tagged as construction land. Based on this ratio, it is deduced that the ULCC area of Hangzhou city is the sum of 40% moderately sensitive, 80% lightly sensitive, and all the non-sensitive areas. From above Table, the construction land area is determined to be 32.32 km2 after calculation.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

348


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 25.6: Land population carrying capacity under different standards

Land population carrying capacity under different standards

Condition 1

40% moderately sensitive

6.19

80% lightly sensitive

10.60

all the non-sensitive areas

15.47

Total Construction area (in sq. km)

32.25

Total Construction area (in sq. m)

32251658

The ULCC is related to socio-economic level, policy guidance, and complicated human life style. At present, there is no unified conclusion in this field, and there are different living needs and standards of population carrying capacity objectively. Therefore, under the condition that the land area can be calculated, the ULCC of Hangzhou can be calculated by the per capita land demand index. In comparison to the present population of Vijayawada, it can be determined whether the current population exceeds the carrying capacity of the urban land. The previous studies show that the per capita land demand for human survival and development in the city is 140–200 m2 (including residential, traffic, and daily life), compared to a minimum of 140 m2 as the international standard. Meanwhile, the per capita use of land in different cities is also diverse: for the United States, the figure is 160 m2, for Moscow, it is 100–105 m2, and for China, it is 120 m2. By calculating the area of land available for construction in Vijayawada, the ULCC is calculated according to the per capita land demand index. Table 25.7 Land population carrying capacity under different standards

Per capita land demand index Condition 2 Total Construction area (in Sq. m)/ Per capita land demand index

Sq. m

Population

140

230368.99

120

268763.82

100

322516.58

According to the calculation in the above Table, no matter which of the above standards is applied, the population of Hangzhou is not over the maximum population carrying capacity. Compared with current population, there is a certain margin in different standards. Under the highest domestic standard, the population will be about 3.2 million, which shows a relatively large margin in the study area.

Graphical Model This model is a graphical representation where the population growth is plotted against time. Since there is less environmental resistance, the population growth trend is exponential in the case of Vijayawada.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

349


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 25.11: Graph showing the population growth forms from different Models of evaluating the UCC Source: Primary

25.4.4.1 Existing Carrying Capacity After analyzing the Urban Carrying Capacity of Vijayawada interpreting through various models, it is observed that the existing population (2021-projected) has already exceeded the Carrying Capacity limit of the city considering the land and resource availability. The major reason for this is that the resources and infrastructure development of the city is not coped up with the exponential growth of population of the city. 25.4.4.2 Projected Carrying Capacity It is observed that, if the FAR is increased and the densification and development happens in wards with less density and that lies in less eco sensitive areas, the projected carrying capacity for 2041 can satisfy the projected population for 2041.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

350


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 26: Land use and Spatial Growth Comparative Analysis The landuse change analysis becomes really important to understand the urban growth patterns and identify the major landuse changes. This would also help us identify the spatial sprawl of the city’s extent over time. The analysis of landuse change has been done on the basis of the Landuse maps of the years 2005 and 2020 respectively for attaining the annual growth rates of various landuse types.

Land use and Spatial Growth Analysis Methodology 

The data that had been collected in Phase 1 of the work has been segregated into that relating to the landuse and that relating to land cover.

The landuse maps of 2005 and 2020 have been compared using spatial tools and softwares to identify the:

Change

GAP

Development trend

Sprawl Direction

Future landuse needs

Land cover projection map for the year 2041 was prepared using the Cellular Automaton technique

Based upon the land cover projection, sprawl analysis, compatibility analysis and the land availability analysis, the overall sectoral proposals were arrived at.

Figure 26.1: Methodology for Analysis and Projection of Land use

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

351


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Approach 

Objective Formulation: The overall sectoral objectives were identified

Data Collection: Since the entire study was based on online medium and secondary data sources, this step became a really important one. The data collected was mostly of two types: analytical and spatial. Research papers corresponding to similar studies and the requisite techniques that were to be carried out for the projections of land cover as well as analysis of the spatial data to attain the understanding for proposals. Spatial data related to the Vijayawada city and nearby regions was collected from the USGS website to prepare the GIS based analysis. Landsat 4, 7 and 8 data were utilized for the purpose.

Review: The collected data was then reviewed to find out the research gaps and recheck the availability of data pertaining to all parameters involved in the process of projection and proposal making.

Analysis: The collected and reviewed data was then analyzed to arrive at inferences and understand the key issues and challenges of the sector for prioritizing the proposal stage work.

OBJECTIVE FORMULATION

DATA COLLECTION

REVIEW

ANALYSIS

Figure 26.2: Approach

Landuse Change Analysis The objective behind doing a landuse change analysis was to analyze each landuse type in terms of intensity, distribution and compatibility. Landuse maps of the years 2005 and 2020 were compared to understand how the landuse had changed over the period of 15 years for all individual types of landuse. This helped us achieve a better understanding of how increase in developmental sectors and the built-up was affecting the overall vegetation cover of the city.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

352


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Comparative analysis (2005 v/s 2020) 

The residential landuse increased from 1490 Ha. in 2005 to 1600.48 Ha. in 2020 showing an overall increase of 2.13%.

The commercial type landuse increased from 247.91 Ha. to 266.82 Ha. showing an overall increase of just 0.29% which is lesser than expected.

For public and semi-public landuse the increase was rather more substantial as it increased from 270.16 Ha. to 335.84 Ha. reflecting an overall increment of 1.13%.

Recreational spaces increased from 38 to 66.85 Ha. growing by about 0.5%

The increment in roads and transportation was a little more significant as it increased from 991.3 Ha. to 1091.06 Ha. showing an overall increment of 1.72%

Industrial landuse type saw a rather slow growth of just 0.09% increasing from72.38 to 76.99 ha.

Vacant land saw a decrement of about 3%

Figure 26.3: Land use 2005 Source: MURP

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

353


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 26.4: Land use 2020 Source: MURP Table 26.1: Landuse 2005 vs 2020

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

354


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

GAP Analysis To understand the overall scenario of whether the existing landuse types were quantitatively sufficient or not. Following are the inferences we obtained from the analysis based on a comparison with the URDPFI guidelines: 

Residential type landuse is lesser than ideal and it is about 10% lesser than the ideal 36% as proposed by URDPFI guidelines

Industrial landuse type is also less but the shortage is not that substantial at only 0.7%

Public and semi-public landuse type are about half of what is proposed by the URDPFI guidelines as ideal. The existing is only 5.5% compared to an ideal of 10-12%

The recreational space is also short of the ideal figure of 14-16%. The existing is only 1.1% which is about 1/10th of what is ideal as per the guidelines.

Roads and transport amenities are the only landuse type which are in an excess. The ideal percent is 12-14% whereas the existing is 17.74% which is substantially more than required. It reflects that transport sector has been a major focus for the governance.

There is significant growth observed in the residential, public semi-public, recreational and mixed use areas. At the same time there is noticeable decrease in the vacant land availability and agricultural land. Table 26.2: GAP Analysis

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

355


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Landuse Developability The future land use and further development and growth related proposals can be made w.r.t the developable land suitability along with considering the future projected population for 2041 in compliance with URDPFI guideline as 175 people per hectare for large cities. The following inferences were drawn from the Developability analysis: 

Ward 36,37,50,20,43 do not have any land for development

Ward 54, 42, 48, 49, 77 have good amount of land availability

Agriculture land availability is higher than the vacant land in MC boundaries

Land availability is higher in north-east direction

Land is not or less available in city core areas

Majorly Land is available on the city outskirts.

Agriculture and vacant land is considered for future development

Hazardous land (Flood zones + Landslide zones) we have considered not suitable for any type of development

Figure 26.5: Developability Map Source: Primary; generated by team

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

356


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 26.3: Land suitable for new development

Built-up Analysis Urban sprawl and expansion are global concerns in the process of urbanization. Undoubtedly studies and researches in these areas will be beneficial to the community involved in planning, policymaking, and managing the development of urban areas. Identification and determination of the significant drivers of LUCC to be included in the model are of great importance and challenge. The built-up dynamics of the city has been modeled and compared using an established pure CA as well as a self-designed hybrid of CA-GA model. As of the study area Vijayawada is concerned, though the city is located in the bifurcated state, the current administrative structure incorporating three different capital centers (Visakhapatnam – the executive capital; Kurnool – the judicial capital; and Amaravati – the legislative capital) has diverted the population surge impact especially over the study area. Hence the developed model stands valid for the study area. The modeled scenario for Vijayawada city visualizes the urban planners and policymakers about the possible evolution of the city and aids in planning optimal measures to ensure the sustainability of the available open spaces in and around the city. The following inferences can be made depending upon the LULC data: 

Urban density has increased from 42% to 68% and 0.25% to 9.5% within 5 km and 10 km from the center of the city in 1990 and 2018 respectively.

Most of the urbanization happened between 1990 and 2000.

The years 2000-2010 witnessed major densification more than 5% between 1 km and 3 km from the city center. The same trend was observed over the years 2010-2018 between 3 km – 7 km from the city center.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

357


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 This trend indicates that the annual urban growth rate of the city occurs at a pattern covering the outskirts after densifying the central or core city area.

Figure 26.6: Sprawl Trend 1990-2020

Urban Sprawl The next objective was to analyze the spatial growth pattern and the urban sprawl direction and trend for the future projections. For this purpose LULC maps of the years 1990, 2005 and 2020 were analyzed and compared.

Observations 

For the year 1990, it was observed that the vegetation was more as compared to the builtup implying lesser extent of urban development and sprawl.

Up until 1990, the development was restricted to the core centralized zone only.

For the year 2005, the decrease in the vegetation cover over the period of 15 years was significant and substantial. There was also a substantial decrement in the waterbodies. Barren land and Built-up saw a significant increase over this period.

For the period of 1990-2005, the sprawl trend was evenly towards the north, east and west corridors.

From 2005 to 2020, it was observed that the growth rate of built-up had almost doubled and it had almost taken over the vegetation cover within the city limits.

This is sufficient to remark that Vijayawada’s growth and sprawl trends are gaining pace with the passage of time.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

358


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

The overall vegetation cover has substantially decreased over the past two decades.

Recent growth has been majorly directed towards the Northern part of the city boundaries.

Sprawl Trend •

Degree of Sprawl of in between 1990-2005 and 2005-2020 has been found to be increasing with the time. This means that over a period of Fifteen years the urban growth has been taken a dispersed form. As per spatial growth patterns the growth between the years 1990 and 2005 was in the central portion of the city. The next 15 years (2005-20) the growth was observed in the peripheral parts of the city in a scattered way.

Vijayawada city is showing a higher degree of dispersion of the built-up

The CBD growth was observed because of the presence of major junctions and road networks.

Sprawl direction is majorly outwards from the CBD area covering the agricultural land because of industrial growth

Percentage of green cover is reducing over time.

Figure 26.7: Land cover temporal variation

Figure 26.8: Spatio-temporal Growth of the City Source: Primary

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

359


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Land cover change analysis and detection The land cover change analysis and detection for the projection of urban sprawl becomes really necessary to understand how the city is growing and how it is going to grow in the coming future. This helps us form policies and take initiatives which may help us restrict development happening in the zones with environmental concerns. This way we can prevent environmental harm happening because of the incremental urban growth, because for a city like Vijayawada which has been growing at an ever increasing rate in the recent past it becomes very important that we prevent development from happening in non-suitable areas.

Figure 26.9: Methodology for Land cover prediction

Cellular Automata Cellular automata belong to a family of discrete, connectionist techniques being used to investigate fundamental principles of dynamics, evolution, and self-organization. In this paper, a cellular automaton is developed to model the spatial structure of urban land use over time. For realistic parameter values, the model produces fractal or bi-fractal land-use structures for the urbanized area and for each individual land-use type. Data for a set of US cities show that they have very similar fractal dimensions. The cellular approach makes it possible to achieve a high level of spatial detail and realism and to link the results directly to general theories of structural evolution. The power and versatility of the cellular modelling technique combined with the detailed spatial data held in a GIS would not only permit realistic modelling of specific situations but also might permit a more complete understanding of the phenomena being modelled. Currently, geographic theory is somewhat divorced from practical applications because the

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

360


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 theoretical abstractions depend on simplifying assumptions that are often both unrealistic and difficult to relax. But in the new theoretical approach, exemplified by cellular automata modelling, the theory arises from and is inseparable from the detail. Complexity is seen not as noise, but as information, and so detail is not a distraction: it is essential for understanding the system. Models based on cellular automata and related techniques may thus ultimately make it possible to bring powerful theory to bear in a realistic way on very local and specific problems.

Drivers for Growth The major drivers for growth considered while projecting the urban land cover, were: 

DEM

Distance from Roads

Distance from Rivers

Distance from Waterbodies

Distance from Sensitive zones

Developable land

The parameters considered bring out the emphasis on the environment and environmental concerns while projecting the land cover so that development in eco-sensitive zones may be restricted.

Reasons for the choice of Parameters 

DISTANCE FROM ROADS: Growth happens alongside road

DEM/SLOPE: Infrastructural growth depends on slope

DISTANCE FROM SENSITIVE ZONES: To prevent acquisition of and sprawl in sensitive areas

DEVELOPABLE LAND: On basis of buffer analysis hence provides maximum developability

LULCs: Major parameter for CA Markov chain analysis and neural training

Factors to be considered for future There is shortage of Commercial, Industrial, Recreation Land use according to Standards. Land Availability Land is not or less available in city core areas. Land is available in city outer areas. But some part of the land falling under disaster prone areas. Majority of land falls under agriculture use. Sprawl Direction City is growing in all directions irrespective of the magnitude. Sprawl is higher in South East direction of City. Hence sprawl should be balanced through equitable distribution of built-up

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

361


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Land use Incompatibility Few Land uses are identified incompatible with each other, like industries are located near to residential zone. So this needs to be rectified.

Calculations for future projection FUTURE LAND REQUIREMENT W.R.T. PPH (Ideal is 175 persons per hectare as per URDPFI for large cities) Present population = 1034358 Population projection for 2041 = 1734881 The growth in population = 700523 So, for 700523 more people the more land requirement will be: 3502.6 Ha (Maximum)

Figure 26.10: LULC Map of the year 2000

Figure 26.11: LULC Map for the year 2010

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

362


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 26.12: Projected LULC Map for the year 2041

The land use land cover map projections achieved with the help of Cellular Automaton based on Markov Chain analysis and Neural Network Analysis reflects how the urban growth is sprawling towards North east as well as North West directions. The parameters taken into consideration were more environment centric and focused on concerns such as prevention of growth towards the hill regions as well as the waterbody to ensure the protection and safeguarding of environment.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

363


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 27: SWOC Analysis SWOC

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

364


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 28: Vision and Synergy This chapter establishes Environmental management plan to address the pressing issues relating to environment, social and economic, governance and ensure long term sustainable development of the city. The vision is a collective outcome of various planning area studies, sustainability analysis and understanding various parameters for the enduring of the city. As part of the overall planning process for establishing Environmental Management Plan, The most critical components in city development that may affect the long-term sustainability of the city will be explained as to how they can be addressed consistently in all stages and all aspects of city planning. Prior to establishing the vision, inter-sectoral linkages along the issues were identified. It helps us to identify the context specific issues of the city, following guidance of the six broad areas focusing environmental concerns as shown in the following diagram. Besides identifying key environmental issues, the approach will also set the sustainable strategies for the city’s long-term development. The sustainability targets form the overarching parameters to be achieved through the implementation of the master plan in the next 20 years.

Figure 28.1 Major components and issues

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

365


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

28.1.

Key Issues in city

The issues in the city are directly or indirectly related to economic sustainability and environmental sustainability of the city. Existing potential needs to be tapped and capitalized for upon this purpose at the same time considering environmental concerns 

Lack of urban green spaces

Pollution and population influx increase threat biodiversity

Unauthorized settlements adjacent to rivers and canals

Disposal of solid and liquid waste into water bodies

Water pollution and decrease in surface water quality

Formation of urban heat Island due to increase in temperature

Over exploitation of non-renewable sources of energy

High dependency on fossil fuels

Less available land for carbon sequestration

Population of Vijayawada is over the maximum population carrying capacity along with land use incompatibility and decrement in vegetation etc.

28.2.

Vision

The City is envisioned,

To foster a comprehensive cross-sectoral plan that envisions Vijayawada's long-term viability based on its social, biological, and geographic diversity, in order to enhance the city's resilience by fostering balanced growth & development to sustain with adequate infrastructure

Based on the 6 broad focusing areas and their inter-sectoral linkages along with issues, strategies and proposals are given under 3 major areas of concern i.e., To enhance Urban Greens and Blues, Clean and Green Energy and Promoting balanced growth and development viability.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

366


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Enhancing Urban Blues and Greens To promote and enhance the urban blues and green infrastructure in the city by considering biodiversity, water resources, climate, carbon emission parameters etc.

Clean and Green Energy To reduce GHG emissions which can also help to control the temperature rise and to generate clean energy

Promoting balanced growth and development viability To identify the potential spaces for the development and the population that city can hold considering the natural resources and infrastructure development

28.3.

Strategies

28.3.1. Enhancing Urban Blues and Greens 

Biodiversity register

Improvements in Vegetative cover

Providing a biodiversity park in Bhavani Island

Integrated storm water management

Canal front development

The advent of a new URBAN ‘CULT’ivation

28.3.2. Clean and Green Energy 

Energy and GHG emission reduction in municipal sector

Proposal for solar street lights and traffic signals

Energy and GHG emissions reduction in residential sector

Net zero energy buildings in residential and commercial sector

Proposal for e-vehicles in the city

Solar Power Plant

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

367


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

28.3.3. Promoting balanced growth and development viability 

Aligning the suitability of various land-Uses

Proposed Land-Use in-line with the various sectoral as well as inter-sectoral proposals

Developments and growth points as per the sustainability and economic viability of the locations

Development Zoning and in-line with the Urban Carrying Capacity calculations

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

368


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

369


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 29: Enhancing Blue and Green Infrastructure The inter-sectoral proposal aims in Promoting and Enhancing the Urban Blue and Green Infrastructure in the city. Various parameters like Biodiversity, Water Resources, Urban Climate, Carbon Emission etc. are considered. Key Concerns 

Decrease in the number along with poor maintenance of urban greens.

Pollution and population influx increases threat on biodiversity.

Direct disposal of solid and liquid waste in water bodies.

Unauthorized settlement along Krishna river. Algae and hyacinth growth in water bodies.

Vulnerability due to storm water drainage.

Formation of urban heat island effect in the city.

Increasing carbon emissions in the city.

List of proposals 1. Improvement of Green Cover 2. Biodiversity Park 3. The advent of new urban ‘cult’ivation 4. Biodiversity Register 5. Rooftop Rainwater Harvesting 6. Integrated Storm Water Management 7. Canal Front Development

Improvement of green cover Green spaces especially recreational or accessible green spaces are an important part of the city for the human livelihood and urban environment. In every city there should be adequate amount of these spaces based on population as per the URDPFI standards. For Vijayawada city also we have done a comparison of the existing scenario and the gap as per the standards. Table 29.1: Parks/Recreational Space Gap Analysis

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

370


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Based on this gap analysis we are going to propose certain accessible green spaces which can add to the existing green spaces. Though it is not possible to fill the gap completely but we will try to achieve the most we can. For this we considered the following factor for proposing the accessible green space for the city and its residents:  Existing Parks  Land use – Vacant land  Population  GAP analysis

Identification of suitable plot for Public Parks and Recreational areas The provision of public facilities, including public parks, is an important urban planning issue in several cities in developing countries. Suitability analysis is a process of systematically identifying or rating potential locations with respect to a particular use (Javadian, at. el, 2011). An Analytical Hierarchy Process (AHP) framework was carried out as a multi-criteria decisionmaking approach for integration with the Geographic Information System (GIS) to indicate various parameters for selection of a suitable area for public parks and recreational areas (Table- 2). The land suitability model was used to select the optimal location for public parks and recreational areas. This study can assist and benefit city planners, real estate developers and government officials in studying public facilities, including parks and their accessibility related issues, and taking action to plan and adequately manage land use in urban areas.

Figure 29.1: Land suitability map for Recreational area Source: Primary

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

371


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 29.2: Parameter considered for land suitability analysis of public parks and recreational area:

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

372


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Ward wise proposal for public parks and recreational area Based on the factors mentioned above we have identified suitable location for accessible green space in Vijayawada and represented in the following map. This includes Community parks, housing Table 29.3: Proposed accessible green space area calculations

parks, Neighborhood parks, biodiversity park and canal development.

The existing recreational area is only 81.17ha, and with the various proposal as mentioned in the table No. 3, we are able to achieved 552.9 ha of the proposed accessible green spaces.

Figure 29.2: Proposed accessible green spaces Source: Primary

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

373


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The accessibility of parks and recreation areas has also been improved compared to the current scenario. Below is the comparison map (Fig No. 4 & 5) of Service area network analyst of Green open space between the existing and the proposal.

Biodiversity Park, Bhavani Island

Figure 29.3: Existing and Proposed Service Area Network

Introduction The lush green Bhavani and its neighbouring islands covering an area of 214.93 hectares are located in the middle of Krishna River at upstream of Prakasam Barrage.The Bhavani island is connected through a short ferry route from the Punnami Ghat in Vijayawada. It has a constant source of water and it is located at the path of the migratory birds.

A Biodiversity park at Bhavani Island

Figure 29.4: Map showing Bhavani Island

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

374


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Importance of Biodiversity Park  Create healthy ecosystem & provide conservational, recreational benefits to the cities.  Connects biodiversity to the city and people  Conservation of natural resources  Sink for CO2 & urban pollutants and serves as adaptation to climate change  Enhances the quality of urban environment  Promotes eco-tourism

Figure 29.5: Importance of Biodiversity Park

Importance of Bhavani Island The islands act as a lung for the city as only some parts of the islands can be accessed by the people for recreational purposes and most areas are untouched. The proposed biodiversity park will have wetlands, marshes, flood plains etc. which will have the native plant species.

Figure 29.6: Birds eye view of Bhavani Island

This river Island is formed due to fluvial process of river. Sediment soil are fertile It is also situated in the flight corridor of migratory birds from Mongolia.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

375


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 29.7: Route of Migratory Birds

Bhavani Island is fragmented into total 5 islands connected through wetland and marshes. Total area of Bhavani Island is 214.93 ha and biggest land parcel has area around 128.91ha. Island 1 which has area around 47.83 Ha is connected with the main land of Vijayawada city through waterways. A ferry service is conducted to access the island. This island is maintained by Andhra Pradesh Tourism Development Corp. as this island is used for day tourism facilitated with resort and recreational park for tourist.

Figure 29.8: Bhavani Island with island name

But every year Krishna River flooded during monsoon and Bhavani island affected the most. Shoreline had been damaged by flood upto 100 m in the year 2019. Resort and park area along with ferry ghat also got effected.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

376


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 29.9: Bhavani Island Flood affected area

Proposal of Biodiversity Park The islands act as a lung for the city as only some parts of the islands can be accessed by the people for recreational purposes and most areas are untouched. The proposed biodiversity park will have wetlands, marshes, flood plains etc. which will have the native plant species. There will be two zones inside the park –  

Nature Conservation zone Visitor’s zone

Source: Guidelines for Setting up of Biodiversity Parks in Floodplains of Rivers of India, including River Ganga,

Figure 29.10: Elements of Biodiversity Park

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

377


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 29.2.4.1 Nature Conservation Zone The nature conservation zone will host various existing forest communities interconnected with wetlands and grasslands on the inactive flood plains.

Figure 29.11: Map showing Nature Conservative zone

Wetland ecosystems Wetland ecosystems which acts as a biologically rich area which attracts a lot of migratory birds and also protect the shoreline.

Figure 29.12: Wetland ecosystem

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

378


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 29.13: Migratory birds found in Kolleru Lake Table 29.4: Different plant species for land and wetland along with migratory birds

Riperian corridors Riperian corridors will act as a skin for river ecosystem. It will be divided into 3 parts i.e. upper section, middle section and lower section. It will increase the ground water recharge and prevent the soil erosion.

Figure 29.14: Typical section of Riparian corridor with plant species

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

379


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Fibre logs Fibre logs, also known as Biologs or Coir Logs are biodegradable logs which comes in various sizes and grades for different applications. They are staked into places to prevent them from being moved during high tides and wave actions.

Figure 29.15: Fire Logs

Restricted Activities: • • • • • •

Encroachment of informal settlements Construction of new structures Intensive agriculture and grazing Intensive harvesting of vegetation Extraction of sand, gravels and ground water Solid waste dumping and land fill sites

29.2.5.1 Visitors Zone Visitor’s zone is mainly is the island 1 which is already developed by APTDC for tourism purpose. Visitor’s zone has classified into five zone majorly green development.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

380


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 29.16: Park developed by APTDC

Figure 29.17: Map of visitors’ zone along with typical section

Bird Watching Area An area of 10.37 Ha has been proposed for Bird watching area where fruit bearing plants, wild shrubs and trees would be planted. Butterfly Conservation Zone The area provided for Butterfly Park is around 3 Ha where various host plants, native shrubs and trees will attract about 50-100 species of butterflies. Herbal Garden An area of 2.7 Ha. Has been proposed for construction of Herbal garden where local medicinal plants will be conserved which can be beneficial for local communities. Grove Zone It is a zone in Biodiversity Park with an area of 1.5 Ha. It will host sacred plant species which has medicinal values and religious importance. Recreational Park A suitable landscaped recreational garden with an area of 20.9 Ha. Has been proposed in the visitor’s zone. A network trail connecting different elements of Biodiversity Park has been developed.

Importance  

Easily installed particularly in shallow soils and rocky material More adaptable to slope & contour applications

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

381


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041      

Blend in with the landscape and are less obtrusive. The wetlands serve as habitat for a wide range of animal species that form a rich trophic structure. Acting as shelter belt against flood prevention of channel bank erosion Stabilization of floodplains Grassland acts as a water catchment area and sink for CO2

Urban Agriculture Concern Rising urbanization, decreasing arable land and weather extremes due to climate change all create great pressure on global food production. Currently, agriculture accounts for around 20–30 % of global greenhouse gas emissions.

Figure 29.18: Major Sectoral Concerns

According to the analysis, food miles contribute to 1015.936 tonnes CO₂ eq per annum in Vijayawada city.

Concept of urban agriculture One of the strategy to reduce carbon footprint of food sector is Urban Agriculture. Urban agriculture, can be defined as “the practice of cultivating, processing, and distributing food in or around urban areas. Urban agriculture also involves animal husbandry, aquaculture, beekeeping and horticulture.” It can be practiced at household level, institutional level and community level.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

382


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Case studies 29.3.3.1 Gopinath Residence, Thripunithura LOCATION: Thripunithura,Ernakulam SITE: 40 ft x 65 ft TERRACE AREA: 1,750 sq.ft. PLANTS GROWN: Cucumber, tomatoes, chilly, bitter gourd, snake gourd, OUTPUT: 1 to 2 kg of fresh vegetables/two weeks

On the terrace, in reused thermocol boxes of sizes 45cm x 65cm x 45cm, the crops are grown. The boxes are raised from the floor about 15cm using coconut shell. The plants are provided with fertilizers through drip irrigation. 29.3.3.2 School nutrition (kitchen) garden The MHRD, Under the ‘flexi fund component for innovative interventions’ in Mid-Day Meal scheme, an amount of Rs.5000/- per school is provided for kitchen gardens in institutions. Technical assistance, training, provision of seedlings etc. are obtained from various line departments like KVKs, Food and Nutrition Board, Forest department, etc.

Urban farming in Vijayawada According to Indian standards the daily vegetable demand of 5 members can be met in 80sq.m area. In Vijayawada, the area required per household is 16.5 sq.km. Table 29.5: The area split up for residential and institutional level urban farming

HOUSEHOLD LEVEL

Total residential built-up area

16004800 sq.m

Considering 70% as roof area

11203360 sq.m

Assuming 50% of the roof area for rooftop farming

5601680 sq.m

Total no. of govt. schools INSTITUTIONAL Total area (Assuming min of 800 sq.m to be farmed) LEVEL No. of residential college campus Total area (assuming min 800 sq.m to be farmed) TOTAL

257 205600 sq.m 19 15200 sq.m 5.8 sq.km

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

383


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 29.19: Locations of institutions in Vijayawada

Hydroponic farming With limited availability of natural resources and high land value in the city, hydroponics farming protects the environment and also helps in farming seasonal crops & fruits anytime during the year. Hydroponics is a subset of hydro culture and is a method of growing plants using mineral nutrient solutions, in water, without soil. As per a research report, the India Hydroponics Market is expected to grow at a rate of 13.53% during the forecasting period (2020-2027). According to the FAO report, 2015, urban garden lands are 15 times more productive than the rural holdings. Apart from reducing GHG emissions and increasing carbon sequestration, it helps in enriching the urban environment, employment opportunities and revenue generation. Urban farming can be practiced in the city by following the guidelines: •

Practicing vertical farming using technologies like hydroponics, aquaponics etc. in automated greenhouses.

Using renewable source of energy to run the machineries, and the wastewater should be recycled.

The area selected should have access to roads and should be near to commercial areas.

Must be under the technical supervision of horticulture department.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

384


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 29.6: Area requirements for growing local vegetables in Vijayawada and their corresponding co₂ emissions

Vegetables

Area (in c.m)

CO₂ emission

CO₂ emission

(g Co₂e/km)

(Tonnes Co₂e/km)/Anum

Cabbage/cauliflower

30 X 45

14145

5.162925

Lady’s finger

60 X 45

172500

62.9625

Brinjal

90 X 90

172500

62.9625

Bitter gourd

30 plants /acre

77280

28.2072

Chilly

45 X 45

14145

5.162925

Tomato

60 X 90

74865

27.32573

Leafy vegetables

15 X 30

77280

28.2072

Beans

30 plants /acre

33465

12.21473

Total CO₂ emission reduced from the above food miles = 636180gco2e/km Urban farming helps in reducing the CO₂ emissions and increases the carbon sequestration in the city. About 23% of the carbon emissions are reduced and annual carbon sequestration of 4,204.73 T/Ha/yr. is achieved through urban farming in the city. It also aids in improving the micro-climate and increases the green cover in the city. Urban farming also helps in improving the mental health and well-being of the citizens.

29.3.5.1 People’s biodiversity register (PBR)

The people’s biodiversity register is a new concept under the Biological Diversity Act, 2002. The Biological Diversity Act, 2002 was notified by the Government of India on 5th February, 2003 which extends to the whole of India and reaffirms the sovereign rights of the country over its biological resources. The Act mandates every local self – governing institution in both rural and urban areas to constitute a Biodiversity management Committee (BMC) within its areas of jurisdiction for the promotion of conservation, sustainable use documentation of biodiversity The primary responsibility of BMC is to prepare a People’s Biodiversity Register (PBR) in consultation with local people. Even after 14 years of the promulgation of the Biological Diversity Act, more than 93% of the BMCs are yet to prepare People’s Biodiversity Register. Current compliance rate is 6.95%. Vijayawada is also one of them who has not yet prepared the register.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

385


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

People’s biodiversity register is a database recording people’s traditional knowledge and insight of the status, utilization patterns, history, ongoing changes and forces driving these changes on the biological diversity resources of their own localities. These registers are being prepared with the help of the local people and hence referred as People’s biodiversity register (PBR). It is an attempt to realize the biological resources and documentation of those at local self-government level, States and the whole Country. This will lead to new discoveries and development of new commercial products, patenting of such products, equitable distribution of benefits, paving the way for a new economic order in the country through biodiversity conservation. 

Communities involved Biodiversity Management Committee (BMC): The main function of BMC is to

prepare people’s biodiversity register in consultation with the local people and to advice on any matter referred to it by the State Biodiversity Board or authority for granting approval, maintaining data about the local vaids and practitioners using the biological resources, specify the forms and formats of register, guidance and technical support to prepare register. 

National Biodiversity Authority (NBA): The National Biodiversity Authority shall provide guidance and technical support to the Biodiversity Management Committee for preparing People’s biodiversity register

State Biodiversity Board (SBB): The State Biodiversity Board will provide necessary training to the Technical Support Group of the district and enable smooth functioning and aid in networking for creation and maintenance of people’s biodiversity register.

Technical Support Group (TSG): The Technical Support Group will provide technical inputs and advice to the BMCs on identification of plants and animals, monitor and evaluate the register exercise, examine confidential information and advice on legal protection, maintain a database of local and external experts on biodiversity.

Local People: The local people will provide necessary information regarding the availability of local biological resources and traditional knowledge (such as knowledge regarding their medicinal properties) associated with them.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

386


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Benefits People’s biodiversity register contains comprehensive information on availability and

knowledge of local biological resources, their medicinal or any other use or any other traditional knowledge associated with them that will help in: 

Preparing the biodiversity management plans for the conservation of biodiversity

Declaration of biodiversity heritage sites

Conservation of threatened flora, fauna and endemic species of the area falling within its territorial jurisdiction

Preparing the community and indigenous protocols for biodiversity conservation

Increasing the livelihoods of the local community who are depending on the biodiversity

Effective management, promotion and sustainable uses

Restrict the flora and fauna which are threatened, endemic, rare, etc.

Restrict the activities which cause genetic erosion of affecting the ecosystem,

Process of People’s Biodiversity Register The preparation of people’s biodiversity register follows certain steps including all the

associated communities: 

Formation of Biodiversity Management Committee (BMC

Sensitization of the public about the study, survey and possible management

Training of members in identification and collection of data on biological resources and traditional knowledge

Collection of data (literatures, interviews, observations)

Analysis and validation of data in consultation with technical support group and BMC

Preparation of People’s Biodiversity Register (PBR)

Computerization of information and resources

Data entry frames In People’s Biodiversity Register, the data regarding the biological resources are inserted

in a particular format. The categories of such are: Agrobiodiversity (crop plant, fruit plants, fodder crops/ species, weeds, pests of crops, markets for domesticated animals, peoplescape, landscape, waterscape, soil type)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

387


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Domesticated biodiversity (fruit trees, medicinal plants, ornamental plants, timber plants, domesticated animals, culture fisheries, markets) Wild biodiversity (trees, shrubs, herbs, tubers, grasses, climbers, wild plant species of importance, aquatic biodiversity, wild aquatic plant species, wild plants of medical importance, wild relatives of crops, ornamental plants, chewing plants, timber plants, coastal and marine flora, wild animals) Urban biodiversity (flora, fauna, any other information of local importance)

Figure 29.20: Sample data frame for entry of biodiversity data Source: PBR guidelines by National Biodiversity Authority

29.3.5.2 Case study: PBR Has Led to Better Ecological Outcomes on The Ground

In Chambal valley of Madhya Pradesh’s Morena district, PBR prepared for the BMC Piprai Gram Panchayat revealed that 800 hectares of cultivable land was being transformed into ravines every year leading landlessness among local farmers as a result of accelerated surface erosion in the valley. PBR also revealed that Commiphora wightii (locally known as Guggul) a wild plant species was being pushed towards extinction. The resin extracted from Guggul has wide application in the treatment of numerous physical disorders like inflammation, obesity, cardiovascular disease, fracture of bones and lipid disorders and the same is used by pharmaceutical companies, vaids and other local villagers. However, due to unscientific tapping of Guggul gum, termite infestation and ravine formation, the plant population was under decline. The ravine issue was tackled through: 

Improvement of soil strength by reintroducing the thorny shrub - Guggul

Construction of water conservation and erosion control structures (like Stop dams, check dams). Additionally, the BMC systematically planted 10,000 Guggul plants and conserved 15,000 natural occurring plants in 70-hectare ravines.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

388


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Villagers were introduced to a new gum tapping device developed by Jawaharlal Nehru Agriculture University, Jabalpur.

The BMC also levies fees on companies such as Dabur which use Guggul resin for commercial purposes.

Improvement of vegetative cover Based on the analysis of land use types and their association with green spaces existing or

needed along we have further suggested some vegetation types that is suitable for each type of land use. In order to suggest the type of vegetation we have considered some factors: 

Type of soil

Available water in that particular zone

Intensity of pollution

Considering all these factors and the sole characteristics of the land use vegetation types are suggested that can sustain and improve the urban environment in the Vijayawada city itself. Table 29.7: Suggested vegetation for different zones of Vijayawada

Zone

Character

Suggested vegetation

Industrial area

Kondapalli and Autonagar industrial area dominated by industrial pollutants. Vegetation should be resistant and susceptible to air pollutants.

Saraca Indica, Pongamia Pinnata, Holoptelea Intigrifolia, Polyalthia Longifolia, Magnifera Indica, Azadirecta Indica, Ficus Religiosa, Ficus Benghalensis, Pithe Colobium Dulci, Bauhinia Purpurea, Prosopis

Commercial area

Narrow streets, much built up area, not much of a relation and sunshine vegetation should thrive in such complex like creepers mostly.

Antygonum Leptopus, Bougainvellia Sps, Jasminum Sambac, Jasminum Grandiflorum, Quissqualis Indica, Clitoria Ternate.

Residential area

Multi storied residential complexes, individual complexes part of the area should be categorized and some part of residential complexes should be devoted for vegetation.

Nerium Odorum, Tecoma Stans, Bougainvellia Sps, Swietenia Mahagoni, Syzygum Cumin, Bauhinia Purpurea, Bauhinia Variegate Punica Granatum, Citrus Lemon, Psidium Gucyava, Cassia Fisfula

Area along the sides of three canals

Ample supply of water - more good parks can be developed along with walking tracks for the enjoyment of public.

Saraca Indica, Albizzia Lebac, Delonix Regia, Ficus Religiosa, Ficus Benghalensis, Tamarindus Indica, Magnifera Indica, Azadirecta Indica, Samania Saman, Polyalthia Longifolia, Saccharum Spontaneum, Pandanus Tectorius.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

389


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Hill slope areas

Special types of vegetation can thrive as soil is scarce, rocky type with sloppy terrain

Clero Dendron Infortunatum, Eucalyptus Microtheca, Senna Siamea, Acacia Auri Culiformis, Emblica Officinalis, Bauhinia Purpurea, Nerium Odorum, Pithe Colobium Dulci, Acacia Catechu, Prosopis Cineraria.

Source: Ecofriendly Vegetative Planning for Vijayawada City & other reports & articles

Recommendations for parks We have seen that the parks in Vijayawada are associated with many problems. So here there are some recommendations which can help in the proper maintenance of parks as well as their improvement. 

Dedicated monitoring team

A proper dedicated monitoring team has to be made with experienced and responsible persons who can keep a check on the condition of parks, its facilities etc. They should also check regarding the requirement of park and the density of people depending on the park. A proper monitoring has to be done regarding the condition and dependency of parks. 

Safety inspections on the infrastructural facility

Many of the parks have unsafe or children play equipment and infrastructure – they are damaged, in junked condition, broken etc. This all can harm small children and due to these many parents are not allowing their children to play also. So, what’s a park without the play equipment that can be accessed properly? Therefore, a regular safety inspection of parks mainly for the infrastructure facilities has to be conducted monthly or on a half yearly basis. 

Plant species to be considered while constructing new parks

We know that plants give us many benefits like sequestrating the deadly carbon and other air pollutants. So, if the new parks that are being constructed should consider having trees or plants that have high carbon sequestration power and high air pollution tolerance index which can add to the human livelihood. 

A mobile feedback system for visitors

A mobile feedback system should be conducted for visitors in each regarding taking feedback from the visitors who visit the parks not on a daily basis. Regular visitors’ feedback can be taken on a monthly basis and feedback from guest visitors can be taken for every time they visit. This feedback and their recommendation will help in providing better facilities and in maintaining the park as its them those who use the parks.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

390


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Guidelines for hills Hills are very sensitive areas in an urban area. Moreover, in Vijayawada the hills are devoid of vegetation and also prone to landslides. Major reason is lack of responsibility towards those particular sensitive areas. Many slums have come up at the foothills and they are continuing constructing their houses up and up. Already the slums are facing landslides and they are putting pressure on the hills. So, proper restriction on development at certain height should be made based on vulnerability of landslides. The existing biodiversity is degrading due to lack of maintenance which is leading to extinction of the rare hill biodiversity. So, steps towards conservation, preservation of the existing biodiversity and integration of new flora and fauna with the existing biodiversity is needed. Moreover, if we increase the floral biodiversity the trees and plants can also help in reducing landslides occurrence. Lack of maintenance of hills is the sole reason of the degradation of hills so if we give access to some parts of hill like walking trails or view point then the body responsible for it will look after it and its biodiversity for the people. A minimal fee can be charged from the visitors who will visit which can be used again for the maintenance and improvement of hills. Moreover, time restrictions and place restrictions can also be put for accessing these points so that the biodiversity is not harmed or damaged. Regarding all these things, there has to be awareness among people because it is the lack of awareness that is leading to many problems. Awareness should be done among the people on foothills about the vulnerability i.e., landslides happening and how they can also get affected or hurt due to this if they continue to build their houses on the hills. As a whole all the people should be made aware about the importance to preserve and conserve the biodiversity through various campaigns, learning and development centre for study, rallies and various competitions, etc.

Rooftop Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) Introduction Rooftop Rain Water Harvesting is the technique through which rain water is captured from the roof catchments and stored in reservoirs. Harvested rain water can be stored in sub-surface ground water reservoir by adopting artificial recharge techniques to meet the household needs through storage in tanks. Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

391


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The Main Objective of rooftop rain water harvesting is to make water available for future use. Capturing and storing rain water for use is particularly important in dryland, hilly, urban and coastal areas. As the city is facing depleting ground water levels particularly during summer Rooftop RWH is the best ways to preserve ground water as it is urban and hilly area.

Need for Rooftop Rainwater Harvesting 

To meet the ever-increasing demand for water.

To reduce the runoff which chokes storm drains.

To avoid flooding of roads.

To augment the ground water storage and control decline of water levels.

To reduce ground water pollution.

To improve the quality of ground water.

To reduce the soil erosion.

To supplement domestic water requirement during summer, drought etc.

Current Scenario Vijayawada Municipal Corporation makes rainwater harvesting pits in building plans mandatory. They had made that for every 1m2 of plot area, 0.1m2 should have rainwater harvesting pit in their premises. VMC is charging about Rs. 10000-30000/- from the residents based on the plot area. According to the officials, in 2019, the VMC formed special teams to sensitize residents on the importance of RWH. The teams inspected residential colonies in various parts of the city for almost a month. During their inspection, they got to know that only 20% of the households have adopted. In 20 percent of the houses equipped with the infrastructure, pits are not functional as somewhere the pipes have been damaged and elsewhere the recharge pits have been blocked after being abandoned for a long time.

Proposals 

Achieving the RWH pits to 100% of houses. Damaged pipes have to be rescued.

Promoting Underground storage tanks in residential houses.

Implementing Rooftop RWH in educational institutions. Developing bio swales in the city.

29.4.4.1 Proposal 1: Rainwater Harvesting

Rain Water Harvesting pits with damaged pipes have to be repaired. After working on the damaged pipes, the pit has to be covered with a mesh so as to cover from leaves, debris etc. 29.4.4.2 Proposal 2: Underground Storage As per the case studies, on an average, rain water will satisfy the 40% of the household water demand eventually reduces load on ground water.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

392


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Rooftop RWH potential Formula: Rooftop area (m²) * annual average precipitation (m) * runoff coefficient Table. 1 Rooftop RWH potential Built up area

140 m²

Annual precipitation of the city

0.977 m

Runoff coefficient

0.80

Annual water collection

109.424m³ = 1,09,424 litres capacity

Average household size = 3.7 Water demand = 150 lpcd Water demand per year = 2,02,575 liters Rain water percent = (109424/202575) *100 = 54% Therefore, it is clearly shown that, the rain water will satisfy the household water demands. Storage tanks 

A storage tank should not be located close to a source of contamination such as septic tank etc.

A storage tank must be located on a lower level than the roof to ensure that it fills completely.

Storage tanks should be accessible for cleaning.

The inlet into the storage tank should be screened in such a way that these can be cleaned regularly.

Water may be disinfected regularly before using for drinking purpose by chlorination or boiling etc.

29.4.5.1 Proposal 3: Implementations in Educational Institutions with Bioswales Educational institutions are the optimal locations as they will have relatively secure and large roof. As per the study in Jabalpur city, RWH in educational institutions has increased the ground water level from 12m to 9m within three years within three years with the annual precipitation of 950mm. Present locations of the educational institutions are the locations with the poor ground water quality, hence implementing in these institutions will eventually helpful for achieving the good quality as well as the quantity of ground water in preferably less time.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

393


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 29.21: Locations of educational institutions in the Vijayawada city

Impact on students Rainwater harvesting systems for educational institutions are great for educating students about the benefits of conservation of our natural resources. They save money by not wasting water, and help to encourage an environmentally responsible attitude in the next generation. Bioswales Bioswales are channels designed to concentrate and convey storm water runoff while removing debris and pollution. Bioswales are typically vegetated or mulched. These Bioswales are well suited in central median and along the major roads of the city.

Figure 29.22: Bioswales

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

394


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Unit cost of construction Unit cost of construction for Rain Water Harvesting pit is Rs. 8,185/-. Unit cost of construction of under storage tank is Rs. 12000-14000/-. 29.4.5.2 Promoting RWH There are many ways to encourage rainwater harvesting and improve its implementation, which governments can play a strong role. Targeting the upcoming residential houses, existing and upcoming educational institutions to implement by creating awareness among the residents. The use of government subsidies as incentives can encourage the installation of RWH and increase the number of users, particularly among poorer households.

Integrated Stormwater management Identification of Vulnerable Areas •

UPA Colony

Detention Basin

• •

Moghalrajpuram • Bramanandha Reddy • Nagar • Maruthi Nagar

Vulnerable Areas

• • • •

Mahatma Gandhi• Road • AutoNagar • Kanuru • KP Nagar

Sitharampuram Divine Nagar Eluru Road

Ramachandra Nagar JD Nagar Kishore Nagar Ayyappa Nagar

S Figure 29.23- Urban Flooding Vulnerability

Integrated Stormwater Management

It is a comprehensive eco-system based approach to storm water management while considering interactions of the human system with technical system and natural environment. It demands of integration of drainage system into a multifunctional green infrastructure above ground. It is process of accounting for factors like rate, quality, volume, ground water impact in a logical process so that inadvertent mistakes are not made that could harm a resource.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

395


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Situation Analysis Evaluation

Organisation al Setup

Measure Selection

Monitoring Involvement & Communication

Action Design

Execution

Figure 29.25 - ISWM System

Figure 29.24 - Framework to be Adopted

Case Study – Minnesota

Integrated storm water management has been adopted in Minnesota for management of its water resources and conserve and collect runoff. The Treatment Train approach has been adopted. The system aims at management of runoff by applying green infrastructure practices and BMPs. “Gray” Infrastructure

“Green” Infrastructure Natural Area

Rain Gardens

Storm water Ponds Wetlands

Temporary Flood Storage

Filtration & Infiltration Basins

Conventional Drainage

Underground Storage

Figure 29.26 - Stormwater Control Practices Source: ISWM System Guidelines, City of Turku

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

396


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 29.5.3.1 Framework of ISWM System Adopted in Vijayawada

Green Infrastructure Practices Table 29.8: BMPs Adopted to in Minnesota

Table 29.9: BMPs to be Adopted in Vijayawada

29.5.4.1 Vegetative Swales A Vegetative Swale is a shallow channel that slows runoff and directs it to an area where it can infiltrate. Swales use plants to stabilize the soil, reduce erosion, slow the flow and absorb runoff. A Swale of 30m long will have a mean flow reduction of 52% and peak flow reduction of 61%.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

397


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Plants like Antygonum Leptopus, Jasminum Sambac, Jasminum Grandiflorum, Quissqualis Indica, and Clitoria Ternate can be used for swales.

Figure 29.27- Vegetated Swale Source: Performance of vegetated swales for improving runoff quality by Marie-Charlotte Leroy

29.5.4.2 Porous Pavements Porous pavement is a water-permeable structural groundcover that infiltrates precipitation, attenuates storm water runoff flows and volumes, and reduces temperatures. Porous pavement provides a stable load bearing surface without increasing a project’s total impervious area. It is cheaper than M20 grade Normal concrete per mᶾ volume.

Figure 29.28 - Layers of Porous Pavements Source: Snohomishcountywa.gov

Figure 29.29- Provision of Vegetated Swale and Porous Pavement (M.G Road)

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

398


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 29.5.4.3 Storm Curb Extension Curb extensions can be sited at intersections to narrow the crossing distance for pedestrians and decrease curb radii, encouraging drivers to make slower turns. Bioretention cells can be integrated into intersection curb extensions depending upon drainage patterns.

Figure 29.30 - Provision of Curb Extension at Intersections Source: nacto.org

29.5.4.4 Rain Gardens A rain garden is a shallow depression filled with flood-tolerant shrubs, flowers and grasses with area of 25-50 sq.m. Plants like Lobelia cardinalis, Rudbeckia fulgida, Asclepias incarnata, Hibiscus moscheutos, Carex, Eupatorium, Amsonia, Chelone can be used in creation of rain garden.

Probable Location for Rain Gardens

Figure 29.31 - Probable Locations for Rain Garden in Vijayawada

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

399


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 29.32 - Typical Structure of Residential Rain Garden Source: mywatersheds.org

29.5.4.5 Green Roofs and Rain Barrels Green roofs involve planting vegetation on the roof surface and require coating roof with water proofing materials. The vegetative layer retains water in the soil and plants. Rain barrels help slow the flow of runoff from impervious surfaces and store water for future landscape uses.

Figure 29.33 - Green Roofs and Rain Barrels Source: mygreenmontgomery.org

29.5.4.6 Retention Ponds and Detention Ponds Wet ponds or retention ponds contain a permanent pool of water that is a minimum of 2-3 feet deep with outlet structure above the surface of the water. Dry ponds or detention ponds, are containment areas for storm water runoff which remain dry except after rainstorms, when runoff water is conveyed to them.

Figure 29.34- Retention Pond and Detention Pond Source: sswm.info

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

400


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 29.5.4.7 Storage Reservoir at STP The storage reservoir is provided at STPs to deal with the combine sewer inflows resulting from a storm in order to store the wastewater before treating and releasing it into the water bodies. 29.5.4.8 Riparian Buffer Riparian Buffer are naturally vegetated areas adjacent to waterways. This natural vegetation protects the land adjoining a waterway by preserving the floodplain, keeping native soils intact, and maintaining the streamside land and stream banks. Vegetative buffers help encourage infiltration of rainfall and runoff, and provide absorption for high stream flows – this sponge like action and infiltration provided by the buffer helps reduce flooding and drought.

Canal front development Canals, like rivers and harbours, have become significant waterfront development locations. Canals, in particular, provide a chance to instil water-driven place-based development and build leisure and recreation districts centred on compact, walkable surroundings, as well as economic growth and environmental stewardship, in non-harbour or non-riverfront towns. The Ryves canal has been selected for development. One kilometre of the canal has been designated for development. From the BRTs Bridge to the Alluri Sita Bridge.It is the canal with the greatest diameter of all the canals. The canal has a diameter of 50 metres. It runs through the heart of the city. A lot of open area is available for construction along the canal, and there are no slums along the canal.

Figure 29.35: Ryves canal stretch for development

29.5.5.1 Benefits of canal front development   

The canal front will contribute to the city's beauty. Recreational amenities and open green areas are critical necessities. It will also aid in income generation.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

401


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

Establish a link between humans and the environment 5.Assist in the canal's long-term sustainability and upkeep

29.5.5.2 Proposals

Table 29.10: Facilities provided

Figure 29.36: Measures for cleaning water

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

402


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 30: Clean and Green Energy Introduction The inter-sectoral proposal aims in promoting and enhancing the clean and green energy strategies in the city. Various parameters like Energy, Transportation, Carbon Emission, Urban Climate, etc. are considered. The key concerns were the huge consumption of non-renewable resources, increasing energy consumption and demand, high GHG emissions and climatic changes. The shared objective of the inter-sectoral proposal includes

Carbon reduction

Increased energy security

Energy affordability

Improving social inclusion

Economic regeneration and

Increase in local empowerment and resilience.

The proposals mainly include the residential sector, transportation sector, public and semi-public sectors.

Proposal 1: Energy and GHG Emissions Reduction Minor Strategy: Electric water Geysers replaced by solar water heaters at domestic level. Upgradation of Electric water Geysers to Solar water heaters at household level to curtain energy requirement. Even if only 20% of households switch to solar water heaters by 2021 and 35% by 2041 for their seasonal hot water needs. From the Demographic data, the average household size is 3.7. So, each household having 4 person will need a 100 liter per day solar water heating system. This system will meet about 74% of total annual hot water requirement excluding summer season during which hot water requirement is not considered. Table 30.1: GHG Emission Reduction for solar water heaters by 2041

Energy consumption reduction

GHG emission reduced (t CO₂ eq)/ Anum

20%

35301812

46682.85556

35%

61778171

81694.99722

Year

% of switch to solar water geysers

2031 2041

Financial Incentives from Central Government: The central govt. through Ministry of New and Renewable Energy provides interest subsidy to make soft loans available @ 2% interest to domestic users, 3% to industrial users not availing accelerated depreciation and 5% to industrial/commercial users availing accelerated depreciation from IREDA, public/private sector banks, RBI approved nonbanking agencies etc..

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

403


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 30.2: GHG Emission Reduction for solar water heaters by 2041

Cost of solar water heater system for one household (1100 LPD)

Rs 20,000/-

Cost LPG Gas / Electricity saved per year (910kWh@2.99 Rs/kWh) assuming escalation of 5% per year in electricity charges

Rs 2728/-

Subsidy @ Rs 1500 per Sqms. area of flat plate collector

Rs 1800/-

To conclude, if 20% of households of switch to solar water geysers by 2031 and 35% by 2041 then the decadal reduction of GHG Emissions will be 42%. Major Strategy: Net Zero Energy Buildings Zero energy buildings combine energy efficiency and renewable energy generation to consume only as much energy as can be produced onsite through renewable resources over a specified time period. Achieving zero energy is an ambitious yet increasingly achievable goal that is gaining momentum across geographic regions and markets. Private and commercial property owners have a growing interest in developing zero energy buildings to meet their corporate goals, and in response to regulatory mandates, federal government agencies and many state and local governments are beginning to move toward zero energy building targets. 2 parameters to be focused•

Site energy – total energy consumed by the building

Source energy – any nearby energy organization where the consumer can sell the excess energy or can buy energy when needed. Table 30.3: For Residential Buildings

Types of residential HIG MIG LIG

Consumption (KWh) per month 443.06 404.64 260.4

Solar panels Requirement 3 Panels of 160 KWH 3 Panels of 160 KWH 2 Panels of 160 KWH

Source: Electricity Profile Study for Domestic and Commercial Sectors/ researchgate.net Table 30.4: For Commercial Buildings

Types of buildings

Solar panels Requirement

Hotel Restaurant Store/Office

Consumption (KWh) per month 979.89 472.44 504.91

Workshop

649.59

5 Panels of 160 KWH

7 Panels of 160 KWH 3 Panels of 160 KWH 4 Panels of 160 KWH

Source: Electricity Profile Study for Domestic and Commercial Sectors/ researchgate.net

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

404


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Implementation and enforcement of ECBC energy conservation techniques and promotion of Net Zero Energy Buildings majorly focusing upon commercial sector and residential sector. A site ZEB produces at least as much energy as it uses in a year, when accounted for at the site. As per the study, consideration of the buildings with zero energy consumption of electricity from outer sources should be adopted. These buildings would be capable of producing its own renewable energy.

Proposal 2: E-vehicles in transportation sector This proposal is to reduce GHG Emission in transportation sector by introducing E-vehicles in Vijayawada. So, 40% of 2- wheelers, 4- Wheelers and Taxis, 100% of 3-Wheelers and busses should be E-vehicles. This categorization of vehicles is taken According to the National Electric Mobility Mission and Global Mobility Summit, NITI Aayog on “Zero Emission Vehicles (ZEV’s): Towards a Policy Framework, highlights the proportion of vehicles that is likely to be converted to “Electric vehicles by 2030” based on report ‘India EV Story – Emerging opportunities’, 2018. Table 30.5: GHG emissions before and after E-Vehicles

Type of vehicles

% for e-vehicles

GHG emissions

GHG emissions

before e-vehicles (t

after e-vehicles (t

CO₂ eq)/ Annum

CO₂ eq)/ Annum

124280696

74568417.57

2 WHEELERS

40

4 WHEELERS

40

3 WHEELERS

100

5625879.996

1687764

BUSES

100

10.56744618

7.397212326

TAXIS

40

GOODS

0

TOTAL

129906586.5

76256188.97

Source: India EV Story – Emerging opportunities, 2018

CHANGE IN GHG EMISSIONS 150000000 100000000 50000000 0 GHG Emissions before E-Vehicles

GHG Emissions after E vehicles

Figure 30.1: Change in the GHG emissions

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

405


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 As the fuel consumption is high, the proposal of E-Vehicles can bring 58% of reduction in GHG Emissions. The number of charging points are also calculated according to the Amendments in Model Building Bye-Laws (MBBL - 2016) for Electric Vehicle Charging Infrastructure & Offices of state transport commission/ UT Administrates.

Table 30.6: Number of chargers Required for E-Vehicles

Charger type

SC

FC

4Ws 1 SC - each 3 EVs 1 FC - each 10EVs

2286

686

3Ws 1 SC - each 2 EVs

4200

-

2Ws 1 SC - each 2 EVs

97846

-

PV (Buses) 1 FC - each 10 EVs

36

TOTAL

104332

722

The total number of Soft chargers and Fast chargers that are required are 1,04,332 and 722. Deploy electric vehicle charging infrastructure throughout the city. And provide preferred parking for EV vehicles at public places. To explore policies that can accelerate adoption of alternative fuels in the transportation sector. To Increase consumer and fleet owner awareness and acceptance of electric vehicles.

Proposal 3: Maximizing energy efficiency and minimization of peak demand. The proposal of solar street lights and solar traffic signals helps to maximize energy efficiency and conservation and to minimize peak demand. The power consumption of streetlights in Vijayawada is 3656700KWH per Annum and replacing with solar lights 4837.85 Tons of GHG Emissions will get reduced. 86 No’s of solar street lights have been provided at various locations in the city until June 2012.

Table 30.7: Energy Consumption and GHG Emissions Reduction of Solar street lights.

Number

kwh/Light

Energy Consumption

GHG Reduced(t CO₂ eq)/ Anum

24378

150

3656700

4837.854

Source: Retrieved July 02, 2019, from https://www.apspdcl.in/aboutus.html

VMC have provided solar signaling with wireless system at 3 major junctions and Solar Blinkers at 9 major junctions until August 2011. Vijayawada Municipal Corporation has proposed to install solar powered Modern traffic signaling system at 45 junctions in the city. If the traffic signals are replaced with solar traffic signals then 6750 (t CO₂ eq)/ Annum will be reduced. In the map the location of traffic signals are mentioned.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

406


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Table 30.8: GHG Reduction of Solar traffic signals.

Traffic junctions

Consumption (kwh)

GHG Reduction (t CO₂ eq)/ Anum

45

150

6750

Source: Retrieved July 02, 2019, from https://www.apspdcl.in/aboutus.html

Figure 30.2: Traffic junctions of Vijayawada (2011)

Strategizing for renewable energy generation and reduce GHG emissions Installing solar panels on public and semi-public buildings, which will generate electricity for the institution and may be exported to the grid during off-peak times.It has been observed that the Public, semi-public and Public utilities sectors cover3.2 km2 area in the city out of total area of 62 km2. Table 30.9: Table Showing GHG Emissions reduced by using solar panels on roof top

Source: Calculated

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

407


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 30.3: Footprint Map of Public and Semi-public building

Source: Generated map from ArcGIS

Roof top solar PV based grid connected system may be well quite feasible in the city. It has been observed that the, Government buildings, markets etc. have very large roof areas which are not being used. The grid connected solar PV systems of 100 to 500 kW capacities are technically feasible in commercial buildings. Also 25-50 kW capacity systems might be feasible in residential sector.

Solar Power Plant Measures taken are solar panel and after considering the P&SP Buildings roof area an additional 60 acre of solar farm is required to meet the target of 15% Electricity Generation through Solar power.Five year plan in different phases for the generation of solar energy till 2041.

Figure 30.4: : Five year plan in different phases for the generation of solar energy till 2041.

Source: SCMP,Vijayawada Table 30.10: Generation of Electricity through Solar Power plant

Source: Calculated

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

408


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 30.11: Reduction of Green House Gases

Impact on Urban Climate As these are renewable energy and are clean, it will avoid burning of fossil fuels which causes smoke and emission of GHGs. As the GHG level decreases the heat effect on the urban climate will also decrease which is a major concern in Vijayawada. The clean and green energy adoption will reduce the pollution also. All these collectively put a huge impact on overall urban climate change.

Urban climate In summary, this preliminary draught is built on a previous proposal that was focused on resolving problems.

Improving mitigation The PROPOSAL proposes that every town at high risk develop and implement an adequate mitigation programme that includes both short-term objectives and a comprehensive long-term strategy for mitigating the effects of natural catastrophes. By bridging the gap between the vmc and residents, we can: • integrate both structural and nonstructural mitigation measures in new construction, • Look at methods to make current buildings less vulnerable. • take measures to minimise natural resource vulnerability, and • provide mitigation training with state assistance

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

409


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

A thorough evaluation of the effects of natural catastrophes on agriculture requires a multi-sectoral and integrated approach including important institutions. • Supporting research with practical applications should be prioritised, since study is required to understand the physical and biological components that lead to catastrophes. • Because natural disasters have a disproportionate effect on poor farmers with limited resources in developing nations, community-wide disaster awareness and education initiatives should be prioritised. Programs to improve prediction techniques and warning dissemination should be extended and strengthened. Efforts are also required to assess the effect of natural catastrophes on natural resources.

Figure 30.5: Locations

Target areas

Figure 30.6: Areas for Sectoral Proposals

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

410


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Greens in public space Because trees and other plants assist to chill the environment, they are a simple and effective method to decrease urban heat islands. By providing shade and evapotranspiration, trees and plants reduce surface and air temperatures. Shaded surfaces, for example, may be 20–45°F (11– 25°C) cooler than unshaded materials' peak temperatures. 1 Evapotranspiration may assist decrease peak summer temperatures by 2–9°F (1–5°C) when combined with shade. When trees and plants are planted strategically around buildings or to shade pavement in parking lots and on roadways, they are most effective as a mitigation technique. Researchers discovered that planting deciduous trees or vines to the west is usually the most efficient way to cool a structure, particularly if they shade windows and a portion of the roof.

Figure 30.7: Major Mitigation Techniques

Reduce heat by improving building materials Roofs with green roofs Green roofs have been shown to aid in the reduction of heat islands. This article offers a high-level overview of green roofs' function in reducing the heat island effect, including green roof kinds, additional environmental and social advantages, and cost-benefit analysis. A green roof, often known as a rooftop garden, is a vegetative layer that grows on a rooftop. Green roofs offer shade, absorb heat from the air, and lower temperatures on the roof surface and in the

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

411


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 surrounding air. The use of green roofs in cities or other developed settings with little vegetation may help to mitigate the heat island effect, especially during the day. Green roof temperatures may be 30–40°F lower than normal roof temperatures, lowering city-wide ambient temperatures. Furthermore, green roofs may decrease building energy consumption by 0.7 percent when compared to conventional roofs, resulting in lower peak power demand and yearly savings.

Figure 30.8: Roofing

Roofs that are cool The most essential feature of a cool roof is a high solar reflectance (or albedo), which helps to reflect sunlight and heat away from a structure, lowering roof temperatures. A high thermal emittance also plays a role, especially in warm and bright regions. These characteristics work together to help roofs absorb less heat and remain up to 50–60°F (28–33°C) cooler than traditional materials during peak summer temperatures. 1 Cool roofing products have been used on commercial, industrial, and residential buildings for over 20 years by building owners and roofing contractors. They may be placed on low-slope roofs (such as the flat or slightly sloping roofs seen on commercial, industrial, and office buildings) or steepsloped roofs (such as those found in many homes and retail buildings). • Lower energy consumption: Because a cool roof transmits less heat to the building below, the building remains cooler and requires less electricity for air conditioning. • Lower air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions: By reducing energy consumption, cool roofs reduce related air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions. • Improved human health and comfort: Cool roofs may lower air temperatures within buildings, both with and without air conditioning, assisting in the prevention of heat-related diseases and mortality.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

412


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Figure 30.9: Dark vs Cool Roof

Pavements that are cool Cool pavements are a collection of existing and new solutions that municipalities are investigating as part of their heat island mitigation initiatives. Currently, the phrase refers to paving materials that reflect more solar energy, increase water evaporation, or have been further changed to stay cooler than normal pavements. Traditional paving materials may achieve peak midsummer temperatures of 120–150°F (48–67°C), transmitting surplus heat to the air above them and heating rainwater as it flows off the pavement into nearby rivers. Pavements are an essential component to consider in heat island reduction due to the vast area covered by them in urban settings (approximately 30–45 percent of land cover based on a study of four geographically different cities1). Cool pavements may be produced using both traditional paving technologies (such as asphalt and concrete) and novel methods like as coatings or grass paving. • Less runoff and better water quality: Permeable pavements enable rainwater to soak into the pavement and soil, decreasing runoff and filtering contaminants. Cool pavements, both permeable and non-permeable, may also assist reduce runoff temperatures, resulting in less thermal shock to aquatic life in the rivers into which storm water flows. • Reduced tyre noise: The open pores of permeable pavements may decrease tyre noise by two to eight decibels while keeping noise levels below 75 decibels, but noise reduction may diminish with time. • Improved safety: Permeable highway pavements may increase safety by decreasing water spray from moving cars and improving traction via improved water drainage.

Figure 30.10: Pavements

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

413


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Walls Reflective walls have been used for a long time to keep buildings cool in hot, sunny regions. A "cool" wall is an external wall surface that keeps cool in the daytime by reflecting sunlight and emitting thermal infrared radiation effectively. The advantages and disadvantages of cool walls are comparable to those of cool roofs. Cooler outside air, less power plant emissions, greater air quality, energy and cost savings, decreased electrical grid strain, and increased interior comfort are all advantages. It has not yet been determined if cool walls may prevent climate change via "global cooling."

Figure 30.11: Walling

Dwelling strategies in vulnerable area The Pod Tube House is an experimental low-cost, micro-living housing unit made of a 2.5-meterdiameter concrete water pipe. The design makes use of a sturdy concrete framework to house an apartment for one or two people, with living, kitchen, and bathroom space contained inside 100 square feet (9.29 square meters). Each tube home has smartphone locks for internet access as well as space-saving micro-living furnishings. They can be quickly piled to form a low-rise structure as a modular community, and they can be easily placed and moved in various locations. The selected research location is Vijayawada, which has a hot and humid climate, and a comparison analysis is performed between a conventional building and a sewage drainage pipe, in which the thermal performance of the constructed form is evaluated using a simulation method in Ecotect.

Figure 30.12: OPod

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

414


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 The OPod is intended to take use of underutilised land that is too tiny to be used for conventional housing projects, such as narrow gaps between buildings, vacant areas under roads, or harbourfacing rooftops. It is tackable, cost-effective, and typhoon-resistant. James envisions a future in which low-rise OPod buildings of four or five storeys high may be rapidly built in a matter of months, providing fast, temporary relief to people on lengthy waiting lists for public housing. Indeed, plans are already in action; Cybertecture is collaborating with the Hong Kong government to develop an OPod housing project. “The government has given us a 30,000-square-foot plot of land and money to build 150 units of homes. That will be part of the cheap, temporary housing that the government has set aside to enable individuals on subsidised low rents to remain in the house for a certain amount of time until public housing becomes available,”

EPS Roofs Expanded polystyrene (EPS) for construction industry. EPS is a well-established insulation material used for various applications as it has a light yet rigid foam with good thermal insulation and high impact resistance. EPS is implemented in building design in collaboration with other material capable of resisting fire.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

415


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 31:

Promoting Balanced Growth and Development Viability

Introduction Balanced growth refers to the simultaneous, coordinated expansion of several sectors that is sustainable in the long term. Development viability on the other hand, is the process of the right development, in the right place and is crucial in sustainable economic growth. The main objective of this inter-sectoral proposal is to identify the potential spaces for the development and the population that the city can hold in the next two decades, considering the natural resources availability and infrastructure development, by interlinking the land use and spatial growth pattern along with the carrying capacity of the city. Promoting Balanced Growth and Development Viability involves, o

Proposed Land-Use plan, in-line with the various sectoral as well as inter-sectoral proposals and aligning the suitability.

o

Developments and growth points as per the sustainability and economic viability of the locations, considering the Urban Carrying Capacity calculations.

For preparing the Proposed Land Use Plan – 2041, the following factors have been considered, 

Developable area

Projected 2041 LULC map

Eco Sensitive areas in the city

Potential areas for Urban Green Development

Potential areas for Industrial Development

Zonal development plan for Vijayawada City 2021

Potential areas for Residential, Commercial, Public Semi-public, Recreational and Mixed - Use Development

Urban Carrying Capacity of the city

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

416


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Factors considered for the preparation of Proposed Land Use Plan – 2041 Developable area

Figure 31.1 Developable Area as perProjected 2041 LULC map

Figure 31.2 Projected 2041 LULC map

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

417


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Eco Sensitive areas in the city

Figure 31.3 Eco sensitive areas in the city

Potential areas for Urban Green Development

Figure 31.4 Potential areas for Urban Green Development

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

418


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Potential areas for Industrial Development

Figure 31.5 Potential areas for Industrial development

Zonal development plan for Vijayawada City 2021 

The latest Zonal Development Plan for the Vijayawada Municipal Corporation is for the year 2021.  The city is still under development and growth as per the present trend analysis w.r.t the proposed map but is yet to achieve it completely.  In future whatever development happens would be happening according to the Zonal Development Plan only and hence this map may be considered a guiding framework for the 2041 proposal. Reasons for consideration of the factors   

The consideration of Developability map analysis was made to identify the possible locations where future development may be possible. Using the LULC map and sprawl trends, the 2041 projected map was derived to identify the possible growth of Built-up and Green areas for the future. Consideration of Green areas suitability and industrial suitability was done to identify the source of environmental degradation and possible solution through green area development w.r.t Environmental planning aspect.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

419


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 

Demarcating the future Green areas and Industrial areas automatically predicts the direction for the possible proposals of Residential, Public-Semi Public, Commercial and Recreational areas. E.g. Residential areas can never come up near the proposed Industrial zones but the commercial establishment can. Similarly recreational areas may be proposed near Industrial Zones but Public-Semi-Public areas will be near the Residential Zones. Referring the Eco sensitive map and ZDP to get the final locations.

Figure 31.6 Zonal Development plan for Vijayawada city 2021

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

420


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Potential areas for Development Vijayawada being one of the densely populated city with exponential growth

trend of

population, it is necessary to promote a balanced growth and development for a viable future by identifying the potential areas for built development. The Potential areas has been identified considering three factors, 

Density of population (less than 200 PPH)

Eco – sensitivity (Non and low sensitive areas)

Carrying capacity (gaps less than or equal to zero)

Figure 31.7 Population Density map

Figure 31.8 Eco – Sensitivity Map

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

421


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Table 31.1 Carrying Capacity of the Wards considering the Residential area

Based on the analysis, these 25 wards have been identified as potential areas for development, which has scope for densification considering the less density of population, none or light eco sensitivity and has optimal carrying capacity.

Figure 31.9 Developable Area w.r.t UCC

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

422


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Proposed Land Use Plan – 2041

Figure 31.10 Proposed Land Use - 2041 Table 31.2 Land Use Distribution Comparison

Major

commercial

has been proposed in the north and northeast whereas

corridors, major

industrial zones have been proposed in the east and west as per the

suitability

analysis

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

423


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Projected Urban Carrying Capacity – 2041 SAFE Model (based on 2041 Proposed Land Use map) Table 31.3: SAFE Model based on Proposed land use

Graphical Model (representation)

It is observed that, when projecting the carrying capacity value to 2041, if the FAR is increased to 3.0 to 3.5 it can suffice the 2041 projected population.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

424


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Chapter 32:

Synthesis

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

425


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041 Salient Features of the Proposed Land Use Plan – 2041 

The Plan is developed based on the sectoral analysis which is in line with the vision of proposed development plan 2041.  The Proposed Plan is developed after analyzing future needs and projecting city level population of Vijayawada city for 2041, focusing more on environment sector as well as addressing different sectors including housing, economy, social and physical infrastructure, mobility.  Residential Land use has increased in 2041. Agriculture and vacant land has been converted to new residential developments.  New industrial extension near Autonagar and Commercial Area is proposed in northern parts along with near to the Industrial zones.  The plan emphasize on enhancing the green and recreational areas. Infrastructural facilities as well as new commercial centers are proposed in various parts of the city in order to decentralize the services that would cater the equitable distribution of land and resources.

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

426


Environmental Management Plan for Vijayawada-2041

Master of Environmental Planning and Management 2020-22

427


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook

Articles inside

Area of study

2min
page 284

Landuse near Ryves canal

1min
page 268

Study area analysis

2min
page 285

Observations

0
page 259

20.18.1.3 Governance and management of Biodiversity in the city

5min
pages 255-258

Biodiversity in Bhavani Isalnd

0
page 248

Biodiversity in Rivers and Canals

0
page 247

Linkage between Biodiversity & Human Well-being

1min
page 245

Problems associated with green areas

3min
pages 242-243

Land use types and green areas

5min
pages 239-241

20.13.2.2 Carbon sequestration

3min
pages 234-235

18.5.10.1 Schemes

2min
page 209

Labour Department

0
page 207

Earthquake

1min
page 194

Geology

1min
page 186

Biodiversity

0
page 184

Parks

1min
page 166

Multi-Pollutant Inventory

0
page 155

Transportation of Waste

1min
page 148

Environmental Management Systems

0
page 151

Junior Colleges

0
page 160

Peripheral Area

2min
page 146

Measures the Corporation Is taking and planning to Take in Future

2min
page 141

Technologies and Treatment Plants

5min
pages 136-140

Garbage Bins

0
page 132

Sources of Waste

1min
page 128

Four Step Solid Waste Management

1min
pages 130-131

Sewerage in Vijayawada

0
page 119

Storm water management

0
page 117

City Level Analysis

1min
pages 106-107

Trade and Commerce

0
page 92

Development History and Density

6min
pages 55-59

Population Growth

0
pages 73-74

Land use study

2min
page 85

6.1.8.2 Slums

0
page 72

Population Projection

0
pages 76-77

Existing land use scenario

0
page 84

Distribution of Population

0
page 67

Vijayawada City Vulnerability

1min
page 65
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.